To be the partner of your success

CONTENTS
1 SERIAL COMMUNICATION PIN DEFINITION ............................................................................................ - 1 -
2 PRINTER CONNECTING CABLE DIAGRAM ............................................................................................. - 3 -
2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable ........................................................................................................- 3 -
2.2 Recommend Optional printer ........................................................................................................- 6 -
3 DOWNLOAD CABLE DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................. - 8 -
3.1 Download by Serial Port ...............................................................................................................- 8 -
3.2 Download by USB ........................................................................................................................- 8 -
3.3 Download by Network Ethernet ....................................................................................................- 8 -
4 COMMUNICATION SETTINGS AND GUIDE OF HMI CONNECTING WITH CONTROLLER .......................... - 10 -
4.1 ABB Corporation.........................................................................................................................- 10 -
4.2 Allen-Bradley ..............................................................................................................................- 16 -
4.3 Acrel (Electric power meter) .......................................................................................................- 54 -
4.4 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller ..................................................................................................- 55 -
4.5 ADAM .........................................................................................................................................- 56 -
4.6 ARESTEK ...................................................................................................................................- 59 -
4.7 AysjNet ........................................................................................................................................- 64 -
4.8 BACnet........................................................................................................................................- 65 -
4.9 Barcode .......................................................................................................................................- 71 -
4.10 Baumuller ..................................................................................................................................- 72 -
4.11 Beckhoff ....................................................................................................................................- 73 -
4.12 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter) .............................................................................................- 96 -
4.13 Bosch Rexroth ...........................................................................................................................- 97 -
4.14 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet...........................................................................................................- 106 -
4.15 CANOpen Node Slave ............................................................................................................ - 112 -
4.16 CoDeSys Automation Alilance ................................................................................................ - 117 -
CODESYS V2 Ethernet(TCP Slave)(Free tag Names) ................................................................... - 118 -
4.17 Cimon ......................................................................................................................................- 127 -
4.18 Danfoss Inverter ......................................................................................................................- 129 -
4.19 DCCE ......................................................................................................................................- 135 -
4.20 Delta Corporation ....................................................................................................................- 137 -
4.21 Delta (Temperature Controller) ...............................................................................................- 158 -
4.22 DL_T645 2007 Standard（Electric power meter） ................................................................- 165 -
4.23 ENDA ......................................................................................................................................- 172 -
4.24 Emerson NetWork Power ........................................................................................................- 173 -
4.25 Epower ....................................................................................................................................- 178 -
4.26 Fatek Corporation ....................................................................................................................- 180 -
4.27 Fuji ..........................................................................................................................................- 186 -
4.28 GE Fanuc Automation Inc. ......................................................................................................- 189 -
4.29 HAIWELL...............................................................................................................................- 200 -
4.30 HanG .......................................................................................................................................- 203 -
4.31 Hitachi Inverter .......................................................................................................................- 204 -
4.32 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd ................................................................................................................- 206 -
 To be the partner of your success

4.33 Hollysys Corporation ..............................................................................................................- 213 -

4.34 HuaDA HD-JZ06.....................................................................................................................- 216 -
4.35 HUATO S500 ..........................................................................................................................- 218 -
4.36 IDEC Corporation ...................................................................................................................- 220 -
4.37 Inovance Electric Corporation.................................................................................................- 223 -
4.38 Invt ..........................................................................................................................................- 237 -
4.39 JUNCTECH ............................................................................................................................- 240 -
4.40 KDN Corporation ....................................................................................................................- 242 -
4.41 Kinco Corporation ...................................................................................................................- 243 -
4.42 Kinco Inverter .........................................................................................................................- 251 -
4.43 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge) .............................................................................- 253 -
4.44 Kinco Servo Series ..................................................................................................................- 259 -
4.45 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection) .........................................- 262 -
4.46 Keyence Corporation...............................................................................................................- 263 -
4.47 Koyo Corporation ....................................................................................................................- 273 -
4.48 KTC Srdlink ............................................................................................................................- 278 -
4.49 KYL Slave ...............................................................................................................................- 280 -
4.50 LENZE Inverter.......................................................................................................................- 282 -
4.51 Liteon Corporation ..................................................................................................................- 284 -
4.52 LS Industrial Systems（LG） ................................................................................................- 286 -
4.53 LUST .......................................................................................................................................- 316 -
4.54 Memory map ...........................................................................................................................- 321 -
4.55 MEGMEET .............................................................................................................................- 322 -
4.56 Mikom .....................................................................................................................................- 327 -
4.57 Millenium3 ..............................................................................................................................- 329 -
4.58 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ..............................................................................................- 331 -
4.59 Modbus ....................................................................................................................................- 369 -
4.60 MODROL................................................................................................................................- 377 -
4.61 Motrona controller...................................................................................................................- 378 -
4.62 MyAntenna ..............................................................................................................................- 380 -
4.63 OE MAX .................................................................................................................................- 381 -
4.64 Omron Corporation .................................................................................................................- 383 -
4.65 OMRON E5CN/E5EZ/E5ZN (Temperature Controller) .........................................................- 406 -
4.66 OPTO 22 .................................................................................................................................- 408 -
4.67 Panasonic Electric Corporation ...............................................................................................- 417 -
4.68 Parker Automation（Servo Controller） ................................................................................- 427 -
4.69 PANKONG Corporation .........................................................................................................- 433 -
4.70 PMAC Motion Controller .......................................................................................................- 436 -
4.71 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter .......................................................................................- 438 -
4.72 Profibus DP Slave....................................................................................................................- 439 -
4.73 RF-IC (Card Reader) ...............................................................................................................- 443 -
4.74 RKC Instrument INC...............................................................................................................- 444 -
4.75 Saia-Burgess ............................................................................................................................- 446 -
4.76 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller) .....................................................................................- 449 -
 To be the partner of your success

4.77 Schneider Electric, Ltd. ...........................................................................................................- 450 -

4.78 SHIMADEN ............................................................................................................................- 469 -
4.79 SIEMENS ................................................................................................................................- 474 -
4.80 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5.......................................................................................................- 512 -
4.81 Sinocon Sc1n ...........................................................................................................................- 513 -
4.82 TECO TP03/AP Series ............................................................................................................- 515 -
4.83 TMCM.....................................................................................................................................- 517 -
4.84 Toledo DLoadCell ...................................................................................................................- 522 -
4.85 Toshiba ....................................................................................................................................- 523 -
4.86 Trio motion controller .............................................................................................................- 526 -
4.87 Unitronics ................................................................................................................................- 536 -
4.88 Universal Slave .......................................................................................................................- 540 -
4.89 Vigor Corporation....................................................................................................................- 542 -
4.90 XINJE Controller ....................................................................................................................- 545 -
4.91 XiLin Inverter ..........................................................................................................................- 552 -
4.92 Yamatake Corporation .............................................................................................................- 553 -
4.93 Yaskawa Electric Corporation .................................................................................................- 558 -
4.94 Yokogawa Electric Corporation ..............................................................................................- 570 -
4.95 YuDian AI ................................................................................................................................- 576 -
4.96 ZiGuang Ethernet ....................................................................................................................- 581 -
4.97 ZHIMEI CB920X ....................................................................................................................- 584 -
 1 Serial Communication Pin definition

HMI and PLC connecting guide

1 Serial Communication Pin definition

⚫ Serial port COM0
COM0 is a 9-pin D-Sub male port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, the pin
definition as follows：
1 5 Function
Pin Signal
RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A
1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data
6 9 2 RXD Receive data -- --
3 TXD Transmit data -- --
4 TX- -- -- Transmit data
5 SG Signal ground
6 RX+(A) -- RS485A Receive data
7 NC -- -- --
8 NC -- -- --
9 TX+ -- -- Transmit data

⚫ Serial port COM1

COM1 is a 9-pin D-Sub male port, this port supports RS-232C/RS-485/RS-422A communication, and the pin
definition as follows:
1 5 Function
Pin Signal
RS-232C RS-485 RS-422A
1 RX-(B) -- RS485B Receive data
6 9 2 RXD Receive data -- --
3 TXD Transmit data -- --
4 TX- -- -- Transmit data
5 SG Signal ground
6 RX+(A) -- RS485A Receive data
7 NC Clear transmit -- --
NC Request -- --
8
transmit
9 TX+ -- -- Transmit data

⚫ Serial port COM2

The COM2 and COM0 use the same physical port, the 9-pin D-Sub male port. This COM port supports the
RS232 communication only. The pin definition as follows:
1 5 Function
Pin Signal
RS-232C
1 NC --
6 9 2 NC --
3 NC --

-1-
 1 Serial Communication Pin definition

4 NC --
5 SG Signal ground
6 NC --
7 RXD Receive data
8 TXD Transmit data
9 NC --

The COM2 can be used to download and upload HMI program, and connect to PLC via RS232 as
well.COM2.
⚫ Serial port COM3
The COM3 and COM1 use the same physical port, the 9-pin D-Sub male port. This COM port only supports
the RS-485 communication . The pin definition as follows:
1 5 Function
Pin Signal
RS-485C
1 NC --
6 9 2 NC --
3 NC --
4 NC --
5 SG Signal ground
6 NC --
7 RX-(B) 485B
8 RX+(A) 485A
9 NC --

-2-
 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

2 Printer Connecting Cable Diagram

2.1 Serial Interface Printer Cable
2.1.1 Brightek thermal printer
Users choose the protocol of thermal printer according to the dot-matrix of printer.
16 dots: WH-A62R10 protocol
24 dots: WH-A93RG0-00E825 protocol
2.1.2 Serial Interface Printer Cable of Brightek printer
Printer Type Note
WH4008A31-053:
pulling up W1 short
HMI terminal Bright Printer 26pin port circuit block by RS232
9pin D-SUB female Note:the red line is the
first pin level
com0/com1 com2
19 RXD
3 TX 8 TX
5 GND 5 GND 24 GND

WH-A62R10、WH-E461RB01：Support printing of 190 dots width.

Serial port printing
HMI terminal
Bright Printer 10 pin port mode via RS232 level,
9pin D-SUB female
Note:the red line is the short circuit as follows:
com0/com1 com2 first pin

3 TX 8 TX 5 RXD

5 GND 5 GND 9 GND

WH-E241Z200-00E00240B5
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Printer
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 1+
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 2-

WH-A52Z20-30E125：Support printing of 240 dots width.

Serial port printing
HMI terminal
Bright Printer 10 pin port mode via RS232 level,
9pin D-SUB female Note:the red line is the short circuit as follows:
first pin
com0/com1 com2
3 TX 8 TX 5 RXD

5 GND 5 GND 9 GND

WH-A93RG0-00E825、WH-E393R101：support printing of 384 dots width

-3-
 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

HMI terminal Serial port printing

9pin D-SUB female Bright Printer 20 pin port
mode via RS232 level,
Note:the red line is the first
com0/com1 com2 pin short circuit as follows:

3 TX 8 TX 15 RXD

5 GND 5 GND 19 GND

WH-E173R90-00E11720GA：support printing of 192 dots width.

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Bright Printer 20 pin port
Note:the red line is the first
com0/com1 com2 pin

3 TX 8 TX 19 RXD

5 GND 5 GND 16 GND

WH-E191RB0-00E1182055：support printing of 576 dots width (24).

HMI terminal Serial port printing
9pin D-SUB female Bright Printer 20 pin port
mode via RS232 level
Note:the red line is the first
com0/com1 com2 pin
20 TXD RXD 19
3 TX 8 TX 19 RXD
18 BUSY 17
5 GND 5 GND 16 GND
16 GND 15

WH-C13RA9-00E82B：support printing of 384 dots width, and with automatic cutting function
HMI terminal Serial port printing
Bright Printer 26 pin port
9pin D-SUB female mode via RS232 level,
Note:the red line is the first
pin short circuit as follows:
com0/com1 com2
25 1
3 TX 8 TX 21RXD

5 GND 5 GND 25GND

26 2

WH-M073R101
Use the built-in communication line Baud：115200

2.1.3 Siupo Printer cable

a. SP-E40004SK serial printer supports 240 dots width.

Printer HMI
3 RXD 3 TXD 9 pin serial port
5 pin port

5 GND 5 GND

2.1.4 MY POS Printer cable

Printer Type Note

-4-
 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

MY-POS80K: support printing of 240 dots width

HMI terminal Printer 25

9pin D-SUB female pin
com0/com1 com2
3 RXD
3 TX 8 TX
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND

MY-IP561: support printing of 384 dots width

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Printer 8 pin

com0/com1 com2
6 RXD
3 TX 8 TX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

2.1.5 SPRT Printer cable

Printer Type Note
SP-RMDIIIDSH: support printing of 384 dots width
HMI terminal Printer 10
9pin D-SUB female pin
com0/com1 com2
3 RXD
3 TX 8 TX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND
232 level

2.1.6 RD Printer cable

Printer Type Note
RD-DH32-S5：support printing of 384 dots width
HMI terminal Printer 10
9pin D-SUB female pin
com0/com1 com2
3 RXD
3 TX 8 TX
5p
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

10p
RD-EK32-S：support 55*35 marking paper

-5-
 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

HMI terminal Printer 10

9pin D-SUB female pin
com0/com1 com2
3 RXD
3 TX 8 TX
5p
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

10p
Note：When the Baud rate is higher than 38400, because the printer cache can not be processed, the
printed content will not display well

2.2 Recommend Optional printer

Printer Driver Printer model Interface Print Structure Print format
WH-A52Z20-30E125 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
WH4008A31-053 WH-A52Z20-40E125 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
WH-E202Z20-50E0022T55 serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
WH-A62R10 WH-A62R10-41E725 Serial thermal 192 dots/line
WH-A93RG0-00E725 Serial thermal 192 dots/line
WH-E173R90-00E11720GA Serial thermal 192 dots/line
WH-E241Z200-00E00240B5 Serial thermal 192 dots/line
WH-A93RG0-00E825 WH-A93RG0-00E825 Serial thermal 384 dots/line
WH-T2AR10-30E82B Serial Thermal POS 384 dots/line
WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 WH-E191RB0-00E1182055 Serial thermal 576 dots/line
WH-E393R101 WH-E393R101-00A00B2TBA Serial thermal
WH-E461RB01-00A00B2UBA 576 dots/line
WH-E461RB01 Serial thermal
WH-E46KRB01-00A00B2UBA
WH-M073R101 WH-M073R101-00E00C20BA USB host thermal
Siupo SP-M, D, E, F SP-E4004SK Serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
Siupo SP-E4004SK SP-E4004SK Serial Stylus micro printer 240 dots/line
SP-RMDIIIDSH SP-RMDIIIDSH_S13AS Serial thermal 384 dots/line
MY-POS80K MY-POS80K Serial thermal POS 240 dots/line
MY-IP561 MY-IP561 Serial thermal 384 dots/line
HP LaserJet P1108 HP LaserJet P1108 USB host Laser A4
HP LaserJet 1020 plus HP LaserJet 1020 plus USB host Laser A4
LQ-310
EPSON ESC/P2 USB host Dot Matrix Strike A4
LQ-630K
EPSON LX-310 EPSON LX-310 USB host Dot Matrix Strike A4
Gainscha Gainscha GP-1124T USB host Ink-jet ---
Thermal
RD-DH32-S5 RD-DH32-S5_545xcjb2v1 Serial 384 dots/line
micro-printer

-6-
 2 Printer connectiong cable diagram

Thermal
RD-EK32-S RD-EK32-S Serial 384 dots/line
micro-printer
Zebra ZPL GK888t
USB 主 thermal
GX420t
Note: [Link]-IP561 PLC control page printing page setting recommended 440 width * 240 height, otherwise
print out paper, print alignment easily abnormal. The actual printed page content is controlled at X 0, Y: 1,
Width: 416, height: 220, as shown below:

[Link]-SK32-S PLC control page printing page setting recommended 385 width * 230 height, actual
print range 380*225, as shown below:

-7-
 3 Download cable diagram

3 Download Cable Diagram

3.1 Download by Serial Port
The COM2 port on the back of the case can be used to connect PLC RS-232 devices and can also be used to
connect with the programming interface and setting interface of a PC.
HMI COM2 terminal PC port
9pin D-SUB female 9pin D-SUB female
7 RXD 3 TXD
8 TXD 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND

3.2 Download by USB

USB Type B:

Micro USB

USB Type HMI MODE

GH043/GH043E/ GH070/GH070E/GH070EW
USB Type B GL104E/G104/GH104E
CZ6/CZ10
GH150E
G070/G070E/G070E-CAN/ G121E
GL043/GL043E/GL070/GL070E/GL100/GL100E/GL150E
GT070/GT070E/GT070HE/GT070E-4G/GT070E-WIFI
Micro USB
GT100/GT100E/GT100HE /GT100E-4G/GT100E-WIFI
GW01/GW01-WIFI/GW01-4G
GR043/GR070E/GR100E
F070E

3.3 Download by Network Ethernet

Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use Cross-over cable or

-8-
 3 Download cable diagram

cross-ruling.
A. cross-ruling cable diagram:
HMI Ethernet terminal Controller terminal
RJ45 RJ45
1 TX+ (orange,white) 3 RX+ （green,white）
2 TX- （orange) 6 RX- （green）
3 RX+ (green,white) 1 TX+（orange,white）
4 BD4+ (blue) 4 BD4+（blue）
5 BD4- (blue,white) 5 BD4- （blue,white）
6 RX- (green) 2 TX- （orange）
7 BD3+ (brown,white) 7 BD3+ (brown,white)
8 BD3- (brown) 8 BD3- （brown）
B. cross-over cable diagram:

HMI Ethernet terminal Ethernet Hub or Switch

RJ45 RJ45
1 TX+ (orange,white) 1 RX+（orange,white）
2 TX- ( orange) 2 RX- （orange）
3 RX+ (green,white) 3 TX+ （green,white）
4 BD4+ (bule) 4 BD4+ （bule）
5 BD4- (bule,white) 5 BD4- （bule,white）
6 RX- (green) 6 TX- （green）
7 BD3+ (brown,white) 7 BD3（brown,white）
8 BD3- (brown) 8 BD3- （brown）

-9-
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4 Communication Settings and guide of HMI connecting with Controller

Note：Do not hot plug！

4.1 ABB Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6 ABB AC31 Modbus RTU
RS485
PM571
ABB AC500 PM581 RS232 on the CPU unit ABB AC500
PM591
ABB NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit ABB NextMove ES

◎Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ABB AC500 PM583 CPU Direct ABB AC500 Modbus TCP Slave

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
ABB AC31 O7KR51-V3.6
RS485 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
PM571 RS232 on the port 1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
ABB AC500 PM581
PM591 RS232 on the port 2 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
ABB NextMove ES RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network Communication Settings

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

ABBCPU PM583 CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Settings

HMI Setting
ABB AC31 Modbus RTU protocol：
Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
RS232

- 10 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485

ABB AC500 protocol：

Default communication parameters 9600, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1
RS232

- 11 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Settings
Related parameters settings refer to the communication equipment specifications。

ABB NextMove ES protocol：

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
Use the guide of the Workbench software

- 12 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Network Communication parameters Settings

HMI Settings

PLC 设置
IP setting can use control builder plus orpanel setting，specific reference to ABB help。

◎Supported Device
ABB AC31
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Input bit I00.00-624.15 ------ [Link]

- 13 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Output bit O00.00-624.15 ------ [Link]

Internal Relay M(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) ------ [Link]

Link Relay S000.00-624.15 ------ [Link]

Input Register ------ IW00.00-624.15 [Link]

Output Register ------ OW00.00-624.15 [Link]

Internal Register ------ MW(0.0--99.15)U(233.00-255.15) [Link]

Indirect Register ------ KW01.00-624.15 [Link]

Internal Register
------ MD0.00-624.15 [Link]
(Double words)

Indirect Register
------ KD0.00-624.15 [Link]
(Double words)

ABB AC500
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
PLC Register MB0.0—12499.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal Register ------ MW0.0—3.01695 [Link]
Internal Register (Double words) ------ MD0.0—6.01695 [Link]
Note：
1）Select “MODBUS” mode in the ABB AC500 programming software;
2）If selecting “COM1 MODBUS”, serial communication setting must be “slave” in the 15th
“Operation mode”. Other parameters match the touch-screen.
3）Example: MB address: 0.0.1, please input 0.1 in the HMI.

ABB NextMove ES
（Only data of comms can be monitored, some address greater than or equal to 100 are read only. Please
pay attention to matching the controller software configuration.）
Device Bit Address Word Address（Parameter symbol） Format Notes
BitData 1.00-255.31 --------- [Link]
IntegerData --------- 1-255 DDD
FloatData --------- 1-255 DDD Float Data type

◎Cable Diagram
ABB AC31 RS232

- 14 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin mini DIN(male)

3 TX 8 TX 1 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND
3
6

ABB AC31 RS485

HMI terminal Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB female 8 pin mini DIN(male)
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 2-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 7+
3
6
ABB AC500 port1 RS232
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller com1 terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 6 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 8 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND

ABB AC500 port2 RS232

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller com2 terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 7 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

ABB NextMove ES
RS232 communication cable of HMI connecting to controller
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

- 15 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.2 Allen-Bradley

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MicroLogix 1500 (1764-LRP) Channel 1
MicroLogix 1000 Channel 0
MicroLogix 1200 AIC+ Advanced
MicroLogix MicroLogix 1500 Interface Converter
(1764-LSP,1764-LRP) 1761-NET-AIC
MicroLogix 1400 Channel 0
(1766-L32BWAA) Channel 2
Channel 0
1770-KF3
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix
SLC 5/03 2760-RB
Series(DF1)*1
SLC500 SLC 5/04 1775-KA
SLC 5/05 5130-RM
AB DH485 (Channel 1)
1771-KGM
Channel 1
PLC-5/11
PLC-5/20
PLC-5/30
PLC-5 PLC-5/40 Channel 0
PLC-5/40L
PLC-5/60
PLC-5/60L
1769-L20 AB
1769-L30 CompactLogix/ControlLogix
Channel 0
CompactLogix 1769-L31 Series(DF1)*2
Channel 1
1769-L32E
1769-L35E AB
1756-L61 CompactLogix_ControlLogix(Free
ControlLogix CPU Direct
1756-L63 tag Names)
2080-LC50-24AWB
2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QVB
Micro850 2080-LC50-24QWB CPU Direct AB Micro850 Series*3
2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QBB
*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software
*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software
*3 Suitable for the CCW program software。

- 16 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Ethernet Communication (Direct Online Simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver
MicroLogix 1100
CPU Direct (channel 1)
MicroLogix 1400
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix MicroLogix 1100
MicroLogix 1200 1761-NET-ENI
MicroLogix 1400
AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix
MicroLogix 1500
Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) *1
SLC5/05 CPU Direct (channel 1)
SLC5/03
SLC500
SLC5/04 1761-NET-ENI
SLC5/05
ALL CPUs that support the link I/F
PLC-5 1761-NET-ENI
on the right
1769-L30ER AB
1769-L32E CPU Direct CompactLogix/ControlLogix
1769-L35E Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) *2
CompactLogix AB
All CPUs which support the link I/F CompactLogix/ControlLogix
1761-NET-ENI
on the right Series Ethernet(Free Tag
Names)(TCP Slave)
2080-LC50-24AWB
2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QVB
AB Micro850 Ethernet(TCP
Micro850 2080-LC50-24QWB CPU Direct
Slave)
2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QBB
*1 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx500 program software
*2 Suitable for the PLC that uses RSLinx5000 program software

◎Serial System Communication

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
1500 (1764-LRP) Channel 1 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
Channel 0
MicroLogix 1000
AIC+ Advanced
MicroLogix 1200 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
MicroLogix Interface Converter
MicroLogix 1500
1761-NET-AIC
Channel 0 Your owner cable
MicroLogix 1400 RS232C Setting
Channel 2 Your owner cable
SLC 5/03 Channel 0
SLC500 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
SLC 5/04 1770-KF3

- 17 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SLC 5/05 2760-RB

1775-KA
5130-RM
1771-KGM
Channel 1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
PLC-5/11
PLC-5/20
PLC-5/30
PLC-5 PLC-5/40 Channel 0 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
PLC-5/40L
PLC-5/60
PLC-5/60L
1769-L20
1769-L30 Channel 0
CompactLogix 1769-L31 RS232C Setting Your owner cable
1769-L32E Channel 1
1769-L35E
ControlLogix 1756－L61 CPU Direct RS232C Setting Your owner cable
2080-LC50-24Q
Micro850 CPU Port RS232C Setting Your owner cable
WB

◎Ethernet System Communication

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
MicroLogix 1100 CPU Direct
MicroLogix 1400 (channel 1)
MicroLogix 1000
MicroLogix
MicroLogix 1100
1761-NET-ENI
MicroLogix 1200
MicroLogix 1500 Your owner
Ethernet Setting
SLC5/05 CPU Direct(channel 1) cable
SLC5/03
SLC500
SLC5/04 1761-NET-ENI
SLC5/05
ALL CPUs that support
PLC-5 1761-NET-ENI
the link I/F on the right
CompactLogix 1769-L30ER CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner
1769-L32E cable
1769-L35E
All CPUs which support 1761-NET-ENI
the link I/F on the right
2080-LC50-24AWB Ethernet Setting Your owner
2080-LC50-24QBB cable
Micro850 CPU Direct
2080-LC50-24QVB
2080-LC50-24QWB

- 18 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QBB
2080-LC50-24QBB

◎Serial Communication Setting

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0

PLC Setting
RSLogix500 software setting

NOTE: Driver: DF1 Full Duplex; Error Detection: CRC.

- 19 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

AB DH485 protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, even, 1; station No. : 1

PLC Setting
RSLogix500 software setting

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0

- 20 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
RSLogix5000 software setting
NOTE: Protocol: DF1 Point to Point; Error Detection: CRC; Enable Duplicate Detection: Disabled.
（1）Set the communication parameters: Controller properties

- 21 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Define the new device in the RSLogix5000 before using the register in the HMI.
(2) Define Tags and Data type: Select “Controller Tags” right-click→”New Tag”, set up tag:
NOTE:
1. The controller registers that HMI needs to visit should be defined in the RSLogix5000 in advance.
2. Controller Tags are suitable for all routines in controller, they are global, so the tag should be built in
Controller Tags

(3) Tag Name and File Number mapping: Select “Logic”→”Map PLC/SLC Messages”.（Note: the software
should be in offline mode）

Example：
Build a new tag whose name is a, the Data Type is INT:

- 22 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note:
1. For the Data Type，the CompactLogix/ControlLogix supports the INT, BOOL, REAL data type only.
2. This driver does not support Multi-dimensional array, so you can define the range of Dim0 only.
3. In this driver, the INT range is 0~254; REAL range is 0~254, and the BOOL range is 0~999.

Besides, build two new tags whose Names are b and c, Data Type are REAL and BOOL.

The BOOL variable address range is 0~1024 in PLC, but this driver only supports 0~999. So the HMI can
only visit the BOOL register from to 999.
After the tags are defined, map the Name to the File Number:

Note:

- 23 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

1. The File Number is unique, a same File Number cannot map to different Names
2. The range of File Number in this driver is 0~254.
The HMI mapping addresses are as follows:
Tag Name Data Type Support Range Mapping File Mapping HMI address
Number
a INT[255] 0~254 0 INT 000000~000254
a BOOL 000.0~254.15 0 N_BOOL 000000.00~000254.15
b REAL[255] 0~254 1 REAL 001000~001254
c BOOL[1024] 0~999 254 B_BOOL 254000~254999

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix (Free tag Names) protocol：

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 8, none, 1; station No. : 0

Double click “Label Editor”,chose import tags

- 24 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 25 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Batch import label CSV and L5X label files exported by PLC software (2 files generated by PLC programming
software: L5X is a structure type file, and CSV is a label file)

PLC Setting
RSLogix5000 Software settings：
1）Set the communication parameters: Controller Properties

- 26 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

注意设置：Protocol：DF1 Point to Point；Error Detection：CRC；Enable Duplicate Detection：不勾选

（2）Lable setting：Controller Tags

1. Common label
Create a new tag directly in the tag editor. This only needs to export the CSV to communicate directly with
the
screen.

2. User-Defined tag（Structure tag）

As shown：Structure type "abc":After creating the data type”abc”, you need to add a tag in the tag
editor and reference the type. For example, add a new tag named "strucabc" to reference the
structure type” abc”.

- 27 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

For this type of structure type label, you need to import not only the label CSV to the project of the
screen, but also the structure L5X file:
Rightclick”abc“to export data type

- 28 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

After editing all tags, click Tools-export-tags and logic comments to export the tags CSV
file

l
Notice: The bit label corresponding to a word needs to create a new label to point to the bit of the
word, for example:
Create a new label "on" and point to the first bit in the address of the previous label "a"

- 29 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Similarly, you can create a new label "off" to point to a bit of the word address in the IO module

- 30 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

AB Micro850 Series protocol：

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
CCW software set as follows：
[Link] the serial port

[Link] some global tags

- 31 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] them and right click to copy.

[Link] the PLC address tag editor in HMI software

Click paste

- 32 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] can also click “New”to add a new register corresponding to your PLC

- 33 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note: When Kinco DTools V3.4 or higher version open kinco HMIware2.5 or lower than Kinco DToolsV3.4 ’s
project, you must open the label editor and click OK (regenerate the label), as shown in the figure:

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting

- 34 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
(1) Set IP address in the module properties

- 35 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

(2) Define Tags and Data type: Select “Controller Tags” right-click→”New Tag”, set up tag:
NOTE:
1. The controller registers that HMI needs to visit should be defined in the RSLogix5000 in advance.
2. Controller Tags are suitable for all routines in controller, they are global, so the tag should be built in
Controller Tags

(3) Tag Name and File Number mapping: Select “Logic”→”Map PLC/SLC Messages”.（Note: the software
should be in offline mode）

- 36 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Example：
Build a new tag whose name is a, the Data Type is INT:

Note:
1. For the Data Type，the CompactLogix/ControlLogix supports the INT, BOOL, REAL data type only.
2. This driver does not support Multi-dimensional array, so you can define the range of Dim0 only.
3. In this driver, the INT range is 0~254; REAL range is 0~254, and the BOOL range is 0~999.

Besides, build two new tags whose Names are b and c, Data Type are REAL and BOOL.

The BOOL variable address range is 0~1024 in PLC, but this driver only supports 0~999. So the HMI can
only visit the BOOL register from to 999.
After the tags are defined, map the Name to the File Number:

- 37 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note:
1. The File Number is unique, a same File Number cannot map to different Names
2. The range of File Number in this driver is 0~254.

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) (Free Tag Names) protocol:

HMI setting

Double click PLC to import label

- 38 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Batch import label CSV and L5X label files exported by PLC software (2 files generated by PLC programming
software: L5X is a structure type file, and CSV is a label file)

PLC Setting
RSLogix5000Software settings：
Lable setting：Controller Tags

- 39 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

1. Common label
Create a new tag directly in the tag editor. This only needs to export the CSV to communicate directly with
the
screen.

2. User-Defined label（Structure tag）

As shown：Structure type "abc":After creating the data type”abc”, you need to add a tag in the tag
editor and reference the type. For example, add a new tag named "strucabc" to reference the
structure type” abc”.

- 40 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

For this type of structure type label, you need to import not only the label CSV to the project of the
screen, but also the structure L5X file:
Rightclick”abc“to export data type

- 41 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

After editing all tags, click Tools-export-tags and logic comments to export the tags CSV
file

l
Notice: The bit label corresponding to a word needs to create a new label to point to the bit of the
word, for example:
Create a new label "on" and point to the first bit in the address of the previous label "a"

- 42 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Similarly, you can create a new label "off" to point to a bit of the word address in the IO module

AB Micro850 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI setting

- 43 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Set the IP address of PLC, consistent with the configuration in HMI software.

2. Setting the required types and addresses of registers in your PLC software,such as below:
zi_arry ：An array of bool elements with a dimension of 6
Int1：int type
weiyuan：bool type
fudian：float\real type
szw：An array of word elements with a dimension of 3
zi：word type

3. Select the established variables and copy them.

4. Open the PLC address tag editor in HMI software:

- 44 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] click to add data type

6. Click paste

7. Start paste, and click” OK”

- 45 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] can also click “New”to add a new register corresponding to your PLC,and be sure to double click
when you chose the data type ,or it will prompt “error:data type doesn’t exist!”

- 46 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

9. Add array:

- 47 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

10. After setting up the variables, you can set the corresponding components in the configuration.

◎Supported Register

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series(DF1)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit data file B3：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B10：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B11：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B12：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B13：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file Bf:n：0.0-255255.15 ------ [Link] *1
Output data file O0：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Input data file I1：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Integer data file ------ N15：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N14：0-255 DDD

- 48 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Integer data file ------ N13：0-255 DDD

Integer data file ------ N12：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N11：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N10：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N7：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ Nf:n：0-255255 DDDDDD *1
Floating point data file ------ F8：0-255 DDD
Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV：0-255 DDD
Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV：0-255 DDD
Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV：0-255 DDD
Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV：0-255 DDD
Note:
The format of I/O address is I/O e.s/b, and the e is slot number, s is variable number and b is bit number.
For example:
The PLC address is O0 0.0/11, mapping address in HMI is O0 0.11;
The PLC address is O0 0.1/8, mapping address in HMI is O0 1.8.
The I/O address in HMI is continuous when different AB CPU use the I/O modules.
Take Micrologix 1400 + output module 1762-OW16 for example, O0 1.3/3 maps the O0 6.3 in HMI.

Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow:
Bf:n 113087.12, file number is 113, variable address is 87.12, and mapping address in PLC is B113: 87/12;
Nf:n 9002, file number 9, variable address 2, and mapping address in PLC is F9:2.

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series(DF1)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Integer data file bit level N_BOOL000000.00~254254.15 ------ [Link]*1
Bit data file B_BOOL000000~254991 ------ DDDDDD*1
Floating point data file ------ REAL000000~254254 DDDDDD*1

- 49 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Integer data file ------ INT000000~254254 DDDDDD*1

DInteger data file ------ DINT000000~254254 DDDDDD*1
Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.
2. Users can define the File Number.

AB SLC500/PLC5/MicroLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit data file B13：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B12：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B11：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B10：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B3：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file Bf:n：0.0-255255.15 ------ [Link] *1
Output bit data file O0：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Input bit data file I1：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Output data file ------ OW0：0-255 DDD
Input data file ------ IW1：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N15：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N14：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N13：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N12：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N11：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N10：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N7：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ Nf:n：0-255255 DDDDDD *1
Floating point data file ------ F8：0-255 DDD
Floating point data file ------ Ff:n：0-255255 DDDDDD *1
Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV：0-255 DDD
Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV：0-255 DDD
Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV：0-255 DDD
Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV：0-255 DDD
Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow:
Bf:n 113087.12, file number is 113, variable address is 87.12, and mapping address in PLC is B113: 87/12;
Ff:n 9002, file number 9, variable address 2, and mapping address in PLC is F9:2.

- 50 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

AB DH485
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit data file B13：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B12：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B11：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B10：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file B3：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Bit data file Bf:n：0.0-255255.15 ------ [Link] *1
Output bit data file O0：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Input bit data file I1：0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Integer data file ------ N15：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N14：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N13：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N12：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N11：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N10：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ N7：0-255 DDD
Integer data file ------ Nf:n：0-255255 DDDDDD *1
Floating point data file ------ F8：0-255 DDD
Counter Accumulator Value ------ C5PV：0-255 DDD
Counter Preset Value ------ C5SV：0-255 DDD
Timer Accumulator Value ------ T4PV：0-255 DDD
Timer Preset Value ------ T4SV：0-255 DDD
Note:
*1 Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow:
Bf:n 113087.12, file number is 113, variable address is 87.12, and mapping address in PLC is B113: 87/12;
Ff:n 9002, file number 9, variable address 2, and mapping address in PLC is F9:2.

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Integer data file bit level N_BOOL000000.00~254255.15 ------ [Link]*1
Bit data file B_BOOL000000~254999 ------ DDDDDD*1
Floating point data file ------ REAL000000~254255 DDDDDD*1
Integer data file ------ INT000000~254255 DDDDDD*1
DInteger data file ------ DINT000000~254255 DDDDDD*1
NOTE:
1. Variable less than three address the need to fill the former 0
The correct format example as follow: file number is 112, variable address is 87.12, format is 112087.12.
3. Users can define the File Number.

AB CompactLogix/ControlLogix Series Ethernet (TCP Slave) (Free Tag Names)

- 51 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

&AB CompactLogix_ControlLogix (Free tag Names)

Device Type Address Format
Bit BOOL - D
SINT SINT - D
INT INT - D
DINT DINT - D
REAL REAL - D
STRING STRING - D

AB Micro850 Series \Ethernet (TCP Slave)

Device Type Address Format
Bit Register BOOL - D
Byte Register BYTE - D
SINT SINT - D
USINT SINT - D
WORD WORD - D
INT INT - D
Unsigned INT UINT - D
Double Word DWORD - D
Double INT DINT - D
Float REAL - D
Unsigned Double INT UDINT - D
String STRING - D

◎Cable Diagram

MicroLogix \AB800 RS232 cable diagram

1. 8 pin Mini port
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 8 pin Mini Din (male)

2RXD 7TXD
3TXD 4RXD
5GND 2GND

2. Communication module AIC+ (Part No. 1761-NET-AIC) RS232

HMI terminal
Controller Micrologix series
9pin D-SUB female
AIC+terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (female)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

- 52 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SLC 5/03 RS232 cable diagram

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (female)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

SLC 5/03 RS485cable diagram

HMI terminal Controller

9pin D-SUB female RS485

com0/com1 com3 Channel 1

1 RX- 7 RX- 2 SDB
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 1 SDA
5GND 5GND 7GND

PLC-5 RS232 cable diagram

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 25 pin D-SUB male
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 7 SG
4 RTS
5 CTS
6 DSR
8 DCD
20 DTR
CompactLogix/ ControlLogix RS232 cable diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
CH0/CH1 terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (female)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

- 53 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.3 Acrel (Electric power meter)

◎Serial Communication
Series Link Module Driver
Acrel 210E devices RS485 on the CPU unit Acrel 210E RTU

◎System configuration
Series Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Acrel 210E devices RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
Default communication:9600, 8, 1, none; station：1

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

- 54 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD ----

Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD read only
Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD ----

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A
5 GND 5 GND GND

4.4 ACS-Tech80 Motion Controller

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit ACS-Tech80

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
SA2103 SB214SA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
RS232 communication

◎Supported Device

- 55 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Linear Deceleration（LD） ------ LD 0~3 D R/W
Linear Acceleration(LA) ------ LA 0~3 D R/W
Linear Velocity(LV) ------ LV 0~3 D R/W
Next trgt Abs Pos(AP) ------ AP 0~3 D R/W
Next Motion Mode(MM) ------ MM 0~3 D R/W
Functions Avail.(FA.1) ------ FA.1 0~3 D Read Only
Array Offset(AO) ------ AO 0~3 D R/W
Array’s Upper Index(UI) ------ UI 0~3 D R/W
Array’s Low Index(LI) ------ LI 0~3 D R/W
Path [Link](PG) ------ PG 0~3 D R/W
Motor enabled(MO) MO 0~3 ------ D Write Only
CLEAR CLEAR 0 ------ D
RESET RESET 0 ------ D Write Only
B B 0~3 ------ D
Note：R: Readable，W: Writable。
Register instructions：
1. LD、LA、LV、AP、MM、FA.1、AO、UI、LI、PG
Main address：Axis parameter number（X、Y、Z、T）
2. MO、B（Operating instructions）
Main address：Axis parameter number（X、Y、Z、T）
3. CLEAR、RESET（Operating instructions）

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.5 ADAM

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ADAM-4017 RS485 on the CPU unit ADAM-4017
ADAM
ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit ADMA-4015

◎System configuration
- 56 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Cable
r
ADAM-4017 RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
ADAM
ADMA-4015 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
ADAM-4017 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 255

Note：a. To allow the “Check Code”;

b. Direct online simulation disables.

ADAM-4015 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

Note: PLC station must match with the ADAM-4015 configuration.

PLC Setting
Connect “INIT” with “GND”, and reset the device, then set the communication of ADMA-4015.

- 57 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Set OK, then Update.

◎Supported Device
ADAM-4017
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Read Analog Input form Channel N ------ S_Channel 0-65535 DDDDD
Read Analog Input from all Channel ------ A_Channel 0-7 D
Configuration Status ------ Status 0-65535 DDDDD
Enable/disable Channels for Multiplexing ------ M_channel 0-65535 DDDDD
Read Channel Status ------ Channel_Status 0-65535 DDDDD
Read Version ------ Version 0-65535 DDDDD
Read Module Name ------ Name 0-65535 DDDDD
Note：Order code refer to the ADAM-4107 manual
1、 “Data type” of S_Channel and A_Channel is signed integer. Decimal digits is 2 when the power
supply is 500mv or 150mv, other conditions is 3.
2、 “Data type” of other registers is HEXING
3、M_channel（$AA5VV）：At the same time allow multiplexing.
Enter the decimal value in the range of 0 to 255, mapping hexadecimal (00-FF)

255（FF）：0-7 channel show.

127（7F）：0-6 channel show, 7 Channel does not show.

- 58 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

ADAM-4015
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Channel ------ Channel 0-5 D Floating
Note: Channel 0-5 data type is floating.

◎Cable Diagram

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
7 RX- DATA-
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ DATA+

4.6 ARESTEK

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ARS-010 32T RS232 on the CPU unit ARESTEK ARS-010 RTU
RS485 on the CPU unit

ARS-010E 32T RS232 on the CPU unit ARESTEK ARS-010E RTU

AR1000
AR3000
AR5000
ARmotion RS485 on the CPU unit

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ARS-010E 32T
AR1000 32T
AR3000 32T Ethernet interface on CPU ARESTEK ARS-010E TCP
AR5000 32T

ARmotion 32T

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

- 59 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

ARS-010 32T
RS232 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

ARS-010E
AR1000 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
32T
AR3000
AR5000
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
ARmotion

◎Network Communication Settings

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
ARS-010E
AR1000
32T
AR3000 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
AR5000
ARmotion

◎Serial Communication Settings

ARESTEK ARS-010 RTU/ ARESTEK ARS-010E RTU protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 38400, 8, even, 1; station No. : 1
RS232

RS485

- 60 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

ARESTEK ARS-010E TCP protocol

HMI Setting

- 61 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

◎Supported Device

- 62 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

ARESTEK ARS-010 RTU

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay I 0.0-127.15 ------ [Link]
Output Relay Q 0.0-127.15 ------ [Link]
Data Contact R 0.0-3999.15 ------ [Link]
Internal Relay M 0.0-127.15 ------ [Link]
Timer Value ------ T 0-127 DDD
Counter Value ------ C 0-127 DDD
Input Register ------ IW 0-127 DDD
Output Register ------ QW 0-127 DDD
Internal Register ------ MW 0-127 DDD
Data Register RW 0-3999 DDDD
Data Register RD 0-3998 DDDD
ARESTEK ARS-010E RTU
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay I 0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Output Relay Q 0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Data Contact R 0.0-9999.15 ------ [Link]
Internal Relay M 0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Timer Value ------ T 0-511 DDD
Counter Value ------ C 0-255 DDD
Input Register ------ IW 0-255 DDD
Output Register ------ QW 0-255 DDD
Internal Register ------ MW 0-255 DDD
Data Register RW 0-9999 DDDD
Data Register RD 0-9998 DDDD
ARESTEK ARS-010E TCP
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay I 0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Output Relay Q 0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Data Contact R 0.0-9999.15 ------ [Link]
Internal Relay M 0.0-255.15 ------ [Link]
Timer Value ------ T 0-511 DDD
Counter Value ------ C 0-255 DDD
Input Register ------ IW 0-255 DDD
Output Register ------ QW 0-255 DDD
Internal Register ------ MW 0-255 DDD
Data Register RW 0-9999 DDDD

- 63 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Data Register RD 0-9998 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram
ARESTEK ARS-010 RTU/ARESTEK ARS-010E RTU protocol
RS232 cable diagram
The standard serial port type adopts ARESTEK cable and the internal diagram is as follows:

RS485 cable diagram

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1
1 RX- B2/B1
6 RX+ A2/A1
5 GND 5 GND

ARESTEK ARS-010E TCP protocol

Ethernet cable
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.7 AysjNet
◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Compressor Controller KYK3-K RS485 on port AysjNet

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Compressor
KYK3-K RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Controller

◎Communication Setting

- 64 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
control CTL （0~5）&128&150 ------ DDD Write only
set ------ SET (0~51)&128 DDD
state ------ STATUS 0.0~17.2 DD.D Read only

◎Cable Diagram

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 15-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 16+

4.8 BACnet

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
VLC-660R
BACnet MS/TP Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP
Johnson FC BUS
BACnet MS/TP ALERTON
Port on CPU unit BACnet MS/TP Extend
Extend VLC-660R

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU BACnet IP

- 65 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

BACnet IP Slave Ethernet interface on CPU BACnet IP Slave

◎Serial System configuration

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Cable
r
VLC-660R
BACnet MS/TP CPU Direct RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Johnson FC BUS
BACnet MS/TP ALERTON Port on CPU
RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Extend VLC-660R unit

◎ Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
BACnet IP Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner
BACnet IP Slave Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

BACnet MS/TP protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 38400, 8, none, 1; station No. : 1

NOTE： MAX Master setting：

Protocol Time Out 2（ms）high three is MAX Master，default 127.
MAC address setting：
Protocol Time Out 2（ms）low three is HMI MAC address，Range is 0-127。And it must be
different from others which one in the token-ring。
PLC MAC address is setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.]，Range is 0~255.

- 66 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter。

BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol：

HMI Setting
Default communication：38400bps，8，none，1；station：1

Note: 1. Lable one:

[Link] Communication Time Out:255 stands for HMI’s ID number;
b.005 stands for HMI’s MAC address,Range is 0~127。And it must be different from
others which one in the token-ring。
2. Lable three:
[Link] Time Out 2:16 stands for register read and writer priority,range is 1~16;
b.9999 stands for offset address;Range is 0~4194303;
[Link]’s ID number=Offset address+The setting in [PLC Attribute]-[Station No.];

- 67 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Use this protocol , the hmi must be updated kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware
v2.2(build140805) or later.
4. This protocol only support new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI.
PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.

◎Network Communication Setting

BACnet IP protocol
HMI Setting

1
3

NOTE： 1. BACnet controller IP Address；

2. Port ID: 47808, This the standard communication port of BACnet protocol.
3. HMI ID: 8000, If there are more than two HMIs, user must set the different HMI ID for
each HMI.
4. Device ID: 4194302，the ID is the same as the actual device.
5. The protocol time out: 100；register read and writer priority :16 range（1~16）;
6. Use this protocol, the HMI must be update kernel and rootfs by the kinco HMIware v2.2
(build141210) or later.
7. This protocol only supports new 4000 series and 5020 series HMI.

- 68 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.

BACnet IP Slave protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter.

◎Supported Device
BACnet MS/TP Protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Binary Input BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Binary Output BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Binary Value BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Analog Input ------ AI 0-65535 DDDDD Float
Analog Output ------ AO 0-65535 DDDDD Float
Analog Value ------ AV 0-65535 DDDDD Float
------ MI 0-65535 DDDDD Float
------ MO 0-65535 DDDDD Float
------ MV 0-65535 DDDDD Float

BACnet MS/TP Extend Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
AI ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float
AO ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float
AV ------ 0-65535 DDDDD Float
BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

- 69 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

MI ------ 0-65535 DDDDD

MO ------ 0-65535 DDDDD
MV ------ 0-65535 DDDDD

Note 1. AI、AO、AV is float data;

[Link] protocol does not support direct online simulation;
3. Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve.

BACnet IP Protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Binary Input BI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Binary Output BO 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Binary Value BV 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Analog Input ------ AI 0-65535 DDDDD Float
Analog Output ------ AO 0-65535 DDDDD Float
Analog Value ------ AV 0-65535 DDDDD Float
------ MI 0-65535 DDDDD
------ MO 0-65535 DDDDD
------ MV 0-65535 DDDDD

BACnet IP Slave Protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
BI RB 600.0-600.F ------ DDDDD
BO RB 610.0-610.F ------ DDDDD
BV RB 620.0-620.F ------ DDDDD
AI ------ RW 0-9 DDDDD Float
AO ------ RW 100-109 DDDDD Float
AV ------ RW 200-209 DDDDD Float
MI ------ RW 300-309 DDDDD
MO ------ RW 400-409 DDDDD
MV ------ RW 500-509 DDDDD

[Link]、AO、AV is float data;

[Link] protocol does not support direct online simulation;
3. Bit register transfer is recommended to use a timer to achieve.

◎Cable Diagram

- 70 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
7 RX- -
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +

Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.9 Barcode

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
3800LTP-12E
MLJ-MS9590
Barcode RS232 Barcode
SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR
Flashcode LS3042

◎System configuration
Link COMM
Series CPU Parameter Cable
Module Type
3800LTP-12E
MLJ-MS9590
Barcode RS232 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
SYMBOL LS4208-SR200007 ZZR
Flashcode LS3042

◎Communication Setting

- 71 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Word -------- LW 8900-8999 DDDD
Bit -------- LB 8999 DDDD
NOTE:
1. LW 8900-8999: the character after scanning, text and note book parts can display it.
2. LB 8999: the state of barcode is received or not. LB 8999=1 means the data is received.

◎Cable Diagram
Connect the scanner and the COM port of HMI directly.

4.10 Baumuller

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03 RS422 on the CPU unit Baumuller

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RS422 on the CPU RS422 Setting Your owner
Baumuller BM4413-ST0-02200-03
unit cable

◎Communication Setting

- 72 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit type DB_BIT0．00-255．F ------ DDD.H
Word type ------ DB0-255 DDD
Example: DB2_BIT address please input 0.F in the EV5000 software.
DB2 address please input 11 in the EV5000 software.

◎Cable Diagram
RS422 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 9 pin D-SUB (male)
9 TXD+ 6 RXD+
4 TXD- 5 RXD-
6 RXD+ 9 TXD+
1 RXD- 1 TXD-
5 GND 3 GND

4.11 Beckhoff

◎Network communication (support indirect online and direct online)

Series CPU Link Module Driver
Embedded CX9020
Ethernet interface on CPU Beckhoff TwinCAT 3 ADS_AMS(Ethernet)
PC CX2030
TwinCAT 2 CX9020 Ethernet interface on CPU Beckhoff TwinCAT 2 ADS_AMS(Ethernet)
TwinCAT2/ Beckhoff TwinCAT PLC _Free Tag Names
CX9020 Ethernet interface on CPU
TwinCAT3 （Ethernet）

◎Ethernet System configuration

- 73 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

Embedded CX9020
Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
PC CX2030
TwinCAT 2 CX9020 Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
TwinCAT2/
CX9020 Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
TwinCAT3

◎Network Communication Setting

Beckhoff TwinCAT 2 ADS_AMS(Ethernet) protocol
HMI Setting

PLC Setting
[Link] routing table
Open System Manage ,and click Choose Target System

Pop up the Choose Target System form, and click Search Ethernet

- 74 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Then click Broadcast Search

Select target controller

Click Add Route to enter the user login screen

- 75 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Enter user name and password

Factory settings: non CE system, user name: Administrator, password: 1
Factory settings: CE system, user name and password are blank

After you click OK, if successful communication, as shown below, the X tag will appear, click Close, and
return to the previous form

You can see that the routing table items that you just added appear in the list, select the controller you
want to configure, and then click OK

- 76 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] HMI static routing

Click Routes, then click Add to enter the add static routing interface

Go to the static routing interface and add HMI's static route (IP address is consistent with the IP address
of the HMI), click Add Route, and then click Close

[Link] PLC's AmsNetID number

If the first four of the PLC's AmsNetID numbers do not correspond to the IP address of the PLC, it needs
to be modified to make it consistent

Click Apply, and then click Activate Configuration to download the parameters to PLC

- 77 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note: the HMI’s ADS port defaults to 801; the first four bits of the AMS NetID number of the PLC
controller must be consistent with the IP address of the PLC controlle

[Link] address variables

Open PLC Control, right-click POUs, add New POU, and then click OK

Pop up the "MAIN" dialog box, add variable declarations, and write programs

- 78 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Add variable declaration formats:%MX0.0、%MW2、%MD4

After completing the compilation, you need to activate the configuration and download the program
to the PLC.

- 79 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 80 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Beckhoff TwinCAT 3 ADS_AMS(Ethernet) protocol

HMI Setting

- 81 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Because of the structure limitation in HMIsoftware , this protocol only supports the controller with
the ADS port ,number 851.
PLC Setting
1. Setting IP address
Connecting the X200 DVI port with computer monitor,d the IP address of PLC can be modified in
network device settings in HMI Attribute,and the screen must be in the same network with PLC
2. Setting NetID
NetID is a 6-segment numeric code and the last two sections of the TwinCAT controller NetID are
always "1" while the first 4 sections can be customized. Because of the structure limitation in Kinco
HMIsoftware, it must be required the first four NetID are consistent with plc IP address. For example, the
IP address is [Link], so NetID must be set to [Link].1.1
1) Modify the NetID number of PLC. If the first four of the NetID of PLC is inconsistent with the IP
address of PLC, it needs to be modified to make it consistent.

2) Click“Apply”,and then click“Activate Configuration”，and then download it to PLC.

- 82 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Add Routes to the TC3 System | Routes.

After setting up the IP address and NetID, you can add the routing table.
1) Click“Choose Target System”

2) After popping up the "Choose Target System" form and click "Search Ethernet"

3) Click“Broadcast Search”in popping window

4) Select the target controller and the IP Address mode.

- 83 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

5）Click“Add Route”to user login screen.

Enter the username and password

Factory setting: non-CE system, user name: Administrator, password: 1.
Factory setting: CE system, user name and password are blank.
After clicking OK, if communicate successfully, the X mark will appear as shown in the following
figure,

.
Click "Close" to return to the previous [Link] can see the newly added routing table item appears
in the list, and then select the controller to be configured, and then clicks "OK"

- 84 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Add static routing for HMI.

1）Click“Routes”，then click “Add ” to enter the static routing interface.

2) Enter the static routing interface, Add the static Route of HMI (the IP address is consistent with the
IP address of the touch screen), click "Add Route", then click "Close".

3. Add PLC communication variable.

1) Right click "PLC" and select "Add New Item"

- 85 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2) After popping up the "Add New Item" dialog box and select "Add"

3) Right click "GVLs", select "Add" -- "Global Variable List", then Add the Variable address.
(variable address add format : AT %MW1:WORD;With the AT % MX0.15: BOOL)

- 86 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Beckhoff TwinCAT PLC_Free Tag Names (Ethernet) protocol

HMI Setting
Port must be 48898,please don’t change it.

- 87 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note: [Link] default ADS port of CAT2 is 801, and the ADS port of CAT3 is 851, which can be viewed through
PLC software;[Link] online simulation is not supported.
PLC Setting

- 88 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Add address tags

For TWINCAT2, u need open PLC Control，chose“POUs”add new POU，then click“OK”

Then add address tags in“MAIN”project.

- 89 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Add variable declaration format：%MX0.0、%MW2、%MD4。

After completing the compilation, you need to activate the configuration and download the program
to the PLC.

- 90 -
4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

- 91 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

For TWINCAT3, right click“GVLs”， “Add”----“Global Variable List”，and then add address tags
(Add format of variable address: AT% MW1: WORD; and AT% MX0.15: BOOL;)

After completing the compilation, you need to activate the configuration and download the program
to the PLC.

- 92 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Import Label
Compiled files generated by TwinCAT2 and TwinCAT programming software can be directly imported
into Kinco Dtools. The following steps show how to import address labels.
① PLC attribute>>Label Editor>>Import,pop up the prompt box of importing tags.

②Select the version of PLC software (TwinCAT2 is 2, TwinCAT3 is 3)

The standard file type of TwinCAT2 [Link], and the standard file type of TwinCAT3 [Link],.TcPOU.
Click browse, select file type, and then click OK.

- 93 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note: Dtools software does not support data types such as commons, enumerations, etc.
③Successfully imported labels

- 94 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Support Date Type

Beckhoff TwinCAT 2 ADS_AMS(Ethernet)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Auxiliary relay MX 0.0-65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Output Relay QX 0.0-65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Input Relay IX 0.0-65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O
32-bit Auxiliary register ------ MD0-65535 DDDDD
Auxiliary registe ------ MW0-65535 DDDDD
32-bit Output register ------ QD0-65535 DDDDD
Output register ------ QW0-65535 DDDDD
32-bit Intput register ------ ID0-65535 DDDDD
Input register ------ IW0-65535 DDDDD
Note: MW address can only be even number, MD address can only be multiples of 4;
The correspondence between MD and MW: MD0 corresponds to MW0 and MW2; MD4 corresponds to
MW4 and MW6; MD8 corresponds to MW8 and MW10......

Beckhoff TwinCAT 3 ADS_AMS(Ethernet)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Auxiliary relay MX 0.0-65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Input relay IX 0.0-65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Output relay QX 0.0-65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O
32 bit Auxiliary relay ------ MD 0-65535 DDDDD
Auxiliary relay ------ MW 0-65535 DDDDD
32 bit Input relay ------ ID 0-65535 DDDDD
Input relay ------ IW 0-65535 DDDDD
32 bit Output relay ------ QD 0-65535 DDDDD
Output relay ------ QW 0-65535 DDDDD

Note: 1. The corresponding relationship between MD and MW: MD0 corresponds to MW0 and MW1;MD1
corresponds to MW2 and MW3;......;
2. MW1, MW3, MW5, MW7...It can only be 16bit, not 32bit in CE system.

Beckhoff TwinCAT PLC _Free Tag Names（Ethernet）

Date Type data format Notes
Bool bit
Word 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary
Int 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary
UInt 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary

- 95 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

DWord 32-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary

DInt 32-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary

Real 32-bit Float

UDInt 32-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary

◎Cable Diagram
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.12 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+ (Inverter)

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KVFC+ RS485 Bosch Rexroth KVFC+

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KVFC+ RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
STW0 open, start.
Start/Stop STW0~3 ------ D STW0 close, stop.
STW1 close, positive rotation.

- 96 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

STW1 open, negative rotation.

STW2 REV inching turning.
STW3 FWD inching turning.
Set frequency ------ HSW 0 D
B16 acceleration time.
Basic Function Block ------ B 0~41 DD
B17 deceleration time.
Deviation alarm ------ E 0~41 DD
Programmable control
------ P 0~37 DD
function array
High function array ------ H 0~38 DD
D0: output power.
D array ------ D 0~6 D
D2: running current.

◎Cable Diagram

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
RJ12(male)
com0/com1 com3
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 3 485+
1 RX- 7 RX- 4 485-

4.13 Bosch Rexroth

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
PPC-R PPC-R22.1 13VRS
RS485 on the port
L40 RS232 on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth
L
L20 RS232 on the CPU unit
IndraDrive C HCS02 RS232 on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth SIS

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
PPC-R22.1 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
PPC-R
13VRS RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
L40
L RS232 on the CPU unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
L20
IndraDrive C HCS02 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

- 97 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PPC-R communication setting

RS232 communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station number: 128

RS485 communication

NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.

L40 communication settings

Default communication: 38400, 8, 1, none; Station No.: 2

- 98 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
L40 Hardware Settings

PLC Setting
PPC-R software setting
PLC connects with PC via crossover ethernet cable. If using cross-connection ethernet cable, you must add
a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)
Hardware configuration：

1. Click”scp configurator”--->”scanning ”or” add device”--->”next”, pay attention to the default

controller IP: [Link]. And set IP [Link] in the software (PC and controller must be set up in the
same segment), ping IP address is OK, that configuration is successful. Save and close “scp
configurator”--->”refresh” to see logical devices created in configured logical devices”, double-click to
enter. All configurations will be successful.
2. Open ”indralogic”--->”online/communication parameter”--->”new” and select ”TCP/IP” to modify
“value”, set IP address the same as controller: [Link]

- 99 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI”

4. Click “online/login”
L40 software setting
1) The IndraLogic software connect with the Rexroth IndraControl L40 by ethernet cable（test: plc IP
address：[Link]）
Open the IndraLogic software，create a new project：

Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows:

- 100 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE：Must select Download symbol file

Click “OK” and pop-up the window as follows:

And then edit program：

- 101 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Input B0 and pop-up the dialog, configurations as follows, click “OK”:

And set up coil：

At the same time, you will find that there automatically generate two variables in the global variable：

- 102 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Then setting as follows：

Setting communication parameter:

- 103 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Then click “Login”:

Communicating successfully, you can operate（“Online” menu to select “run” or others）:

NOTE：The PLC panel must be set up, press” Enter”, then press”△”, until showed up “ RS232”, and then
press ”Enter” to enter “COM SERV” interfaces (not SERV, it must change to SERV)

In accordance with the above settings, the serial line access, EV5000 can be communicated with the
Rexroth Controller L40 by serial port.
IndraDrive C
HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 8, parity check, 1; PLC station number: 0

- 104 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
BYTE B0000-9999 ------ DDDD
WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD
INT ------ I0-65535 DDDDD
UINT ------ UI0-65535 DDDDD
DWORD ------ DW0-65535 DDDDD
DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD
UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD

IndraDrive C
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
S40 ------- S40 0 D
S51 ------- S51 0 D
S84 ------- S84 0 D
S430 ------- S430 0.00 [Link]
P1311 ------- P1311 0 D
P1312 ------- P1312 0 D
P1370 ------- P1370 0-15 DD

◎Cable Diagram
PPC-R RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 15 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND

- 105 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PPC-R RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 15 pin D-SUB (male)
1 RX- 7 RX- 5 TX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 4 TX+
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND

L40 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

IndraDrive C
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Controller terminal
com0/com1 6 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 5 RXD
5 GND 4 GND
8 GND 1 RTS

4.14 Bosch Rexroth Ethernet

◎Network communication (indirect online and direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver
IndraLogic IndraLogic L40 DPM ETH on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth Ethernet
IndraMotion MLC IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit Bosch Rexroth L25 Ethernet

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
IndraLogic L40 DPM 02VRS ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable
IndraMotio
IndraControl L25 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable
n MLC

◎Communication Setting
L40
HMI Setting

- 106 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

※PLC Attribute (station disable)

※Network configuration（Note: PLC port num. must be set 6042，HMI port num. is optional，default
is 6042. In addition, the screen and plc must be set in the same network segment, the gateway of the
screen is better to set with the actual use of the network gateway .）

- 107 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: To communicate with the touch screen, declare variable firstly in the Rexroth software.
PLC Setting
PLC connect with PC by crossover network cable，if using cross-connection network cable, you must
add a HUB (we usually use a cross-connection line to access the Internet)
1. After L40 equipped with software driver successfully, to set as follows:

At this time open “indralogic” -->“online/communication parameter” -->“new” and select “TCP/IP ”
to modify “value”，set IP address the same as controller: [Link]

- 108 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. “Resource”--->“Global variables”--->declare variable in “HMI”

3. Click “online/login”

L25:
HMI Setting

- 109 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Modify the IP in the controller.
2. Declare variable in controller programmer software.
3. Software setting
1）Create new project and select IndraMotion MLC L25（library→driver and control→IndraMotion MLC）,
then drug the selected controller onto the project file.

2）IN Insert IndraMotion MLC L25 properties box, set the Firmware release （FWA-CML25*-ML*-12V06）
and IP address.

- 110 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3）Declare variable
Declare variable UD in [Application]→[PlcProg(PRG)],and declare the variable type.

4) View the Declared variable in [Application]→[UserVarGlobal]

4. Click “online/login”

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
BYTE B0000-9999 ------ DDDD
WORD ------ W0-65535 DDDDD
INT ------ I0-65535 DDDDD
UINT ------ UI0-65535 DDDDD
DWORD ------ DW0-65535 DDDDD
DINT ------ DI0-65535 DDDDD
UDINT ------ UD0-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

- 111 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.15 CANOpen Node Slave

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KINCO K4 CAN port on the External Device
Other company devices which support CANOpen Node Slave
CANOpen port
CANOpen

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable
KINCO K4 CAN port on the External Device Setting
Your owner
Other company devices which
CAN port Setting cable
support CANOpen

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting

NOTE: Baud Rate and Station No. must be the same as the setting in the controller.
Parameters Setting
1. Predefined PDO mapping parameters
a. Default is “yes”, that is an effective predefined PDO mapping parameters. HMI now use the following
PDO communication parameters and mapping
Receive PDO Mapping Send PDO Mapping

- 112 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note: TX_PDO using the event-triggered mode, that is, only when its mapping variable changes, it sends
the PDO.
b. If the "No", the main station or other equipment necessary to configure the PDO communication
parameters and mapping (configure only in the pre-operational status). After configured, you can send a
save command via USB-CAN or controller to save the current configuration (restart still valid).
Command:

COB-ID DATA
Save the configuration information： 0x600 + NodeID 0x23 0x10 0x10 0x01 0x73 0x61 0x76 0x65
Restore to factory defaults： 0x600 + NodeID 0x23 0x11 0x10 0x01 0x6C 0x6F 0x61 0x64
Into the operating state： 0x00 0x01 NodeID
Into the pre-operational status： 0x00 0x80 NodeID
COB-ID DA
2. Enter operational state automatically
a. Default is "yes", that is, HMI enter the operational status (OPERATIONAL) automatically after
power-up, NMT Master is no need to re-send start instructions.
b. If the "No", then HMI enter the pre-operational status (PRE-OPERATIONAL) automatically after
power-up, only when the NMT Master sends start commands, system can entering the operational status
(OPERATIONAL)
Note: PDO is effective only in the operating conditions (OPERATIONAL).
3. Baudrate
CAN port baud rate must be the same as CAN bus.
4. Node ID
HMI in the CAN bus ID, the ID only for the use of CANopen protocol. When using all the PDO (RX_PDO1 ~
RX_PDO64, TX_PDO1 ~ TX_PDO64), station number can not exceed 7, the bus station number of other
devices also can not exceed 7.

PLC setting
Note: you can find [Link] in fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download from

- 113 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link].
Take MT6000 for example (we use MT6000 HMI to test, and use 3S CODESYS software to download
project)
1. Setup
⚫ Start Menu “3s Software”->“Codesys v2.3”->“installtarget”

⚫ Click “open” choose “[Link]”, and then click “install”.

2. Copy “[Link]” to “C:\Program Files\Common Files\CAA -Targets\ StepServo\ PlcConf”

3. Configuration setting
a. run codesys software，make a new project

b. configuration setting，right click “PLC configuration” and choose “CanMaster”

- 114 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

c. set Baud Rate

d. choose “CanMaster” right click “Append HMI-MT5020”

e. Node ID: set slave station No.

f. in the “Library Manager” we import “3S_CANopenMaster.lib”

- 115 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

g. PDO read and write setting

h. define Global Variable

- 116 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

i. SDO setting，this step need program

j. load the configuration into the PLC

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
————— LW8000~LW8999 DDDD
NOTE: We must make the setting of PD0, SD0 and LW the same as codesys

◎Cable Diagram
HMI CAN terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller CAN terminal
9 pin D-SUB female/male
CAN
2 CAN_L 2 CAN_L
7 CAN_H 7 CAN_H

4.16 CoDeSys Automation Alilance

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 117 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CODESYS V2 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Ethernet interface on
Kinco F122-D1608T CODESYS V2 Ethernet(TCP Slave)(Free tag
CPU
Names)
DELTA AX-308E Ethernet interface on
CODESYS V3 Ethernet(Free tag Names)
Inovance AM600 CPU

◎Ethernet System configuration

COMM
Series CPU Link Module Protocol Parameter Cable
Type
Your owner
V2 Setting
F122-D16 Ethernet interface cable
Kinco Ethernet
08T on CPU V2 (Free tag Your owner
Setting
Names) cable
DELTA AX-308E Ethernet interface V3(Free tag Your owner
Ethernet Setting
Inovance AM600 on CPU Names) cable

NOTE 1. The rootfs version required to support the codesys protocol is greater than 19825;
2. The protocol currently does not support direct online simulation;

◎Network Communication Setting

CODESYS V2 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1. Create absolute address variable in programming software;
2. Set download communication parameters；

- 118 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CODESYS V2 Ethernet(TCP Slave)(Free tag Names) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1. New construction
2. Open global variables

- 119 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Create global variables

Common data types are supported, including input and output of function blocks, local variables,
compound data types, etc.

Currently, tag communication does not support the following types:LDATE, LINT, LTIME, LWORD, ULINT,
enumeration.
4. Set symbol configuration, select variables
Select the required global variable or local variable, check the required function and click OK

- 120 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

5. Open project--rebuild all and wait for the compilation to complete, a file with the suffix SYM_XML
appears under the project file, which is a label file.

6. Export .xml in HMI configuration edit software

- 121 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CODESYS V3 Ethernet(Free tag Names) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1. Create label variables, you can add global variables, DUT, PLC_PRG and other variables; take the

- 122 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

creation of all variables as an example, right click "Application"-"Add Object" -> "Global Variable List"

2. Enter global variables

3. Create variables

4. Right-click "GVL"-"Properties", and check "Always connect" in the properties window "Compile"

- 123 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

5. After the establishment is completed-"Application"-"Add Object" -> "Symbol Configuration"

6. In the window for adding symbol configuration, select "Include comments in XML"

- 124 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

7. Open the symbol configuration window, click "Compile"-select the variable table "GVL" to be exported

8. Toolbar-"Compile"-"Generate Code"
9. Download plc program, toolbar—"online"—"login in"
10. The .xml file will be placed in the plc program folder.

11. DTools software import .xml

- 125 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Support Date Type

CODESYS V2 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Date type Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
IX 0.00-65535.15 [Link] ----
QX 0.00-65535.15 [Link] ----
MX 0.00-65535.15 [Link] ----
QD 0-65535 DDDDD ----
MD 0-65535 DDDDD ----
ID 0-65535 DDDDD ----
QW 0-65535 DDDDD ----
MW 0-65535 DDDDD ----
IW 0-65535 DDDDD ----

CODESYS V2 Ethernet(TCP Slave)(Free tag Names)

Date type Date Format Notes
Bool Bit ----
BYTE 16-Bit decimal, Hex, Binary 8-bit

- 126 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SINT 16-Bit decimal, Hex, Binary 8-bit

USINT 16-Bit decimal, Hex, Binary 8-bit
WORD 16-Bit decimal, Hex, Binary ----
INT 16-Bit decimal, Hex, Binary ----
UINT 16-Bit decimal, Hex, Binary ----
DWORD 32-Bit Float, decimal, Hex, Binary ----
DINT 32-Bit Float, decimal, Hex, Binary ----
UDINT 32-Bit Float, decimal, Hex, Binary ----
REAL 32-Bit Float, decimal, Hex, Binary ----
DATE Text Component ----
TIME Text Component ----
STRING Text Component ----

CODESYS V3 Ethernet(Free tag Names)

Date Type data format Notes
Bool bit
BYTE 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 8-bit
SINT 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, signed 8-bit
USINT 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned 8-bit
Word 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned
Int 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, signed
UInt 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned
DWord 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned
DInt 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, signed
UDInt 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned
Real 32-bit Float
LReal 64-bit Float
WString Text Component Unicode is checked
String Text Component
Date Text Component
Time Text Component

◎Cable Diagram
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.17 Cimon

◎Serial Communication
- 127 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Series CPU Link Module Driver

PLC-S Cimon CM3-SP16MDRV RS232 on the CPU unit Cimon CM3-SP16

◎ System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Cimon RS232 on the CPU
PLC-S RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CM3-SP16MDRV unit

◎ Communication Setting
HMI setting
Default parameter：9600bps，8，none，1；station number：0
RS232

RS485

◎ Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input X 0.0-63.F ------ DD.F
Output Y 0.0-63.F ------ DD.F
Sub Relay M 0.0-511.F ------ DDD.F
Link Relay L 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.F
Keep Relay K 0.0-255.F ------ DDD.F

- 128 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Timer T 0-519 ------ DDD

Counter C 0-519 ------ DDD
Special Relay F 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Z Register ------ Z 0-1029 DDDD
Timer ------ T 0-519 DDD
Counter ------ C 0-519 DDD
Data Device ------ D 0-9999 DDDD
Sub Relay ------ M 0-511 DDD
Output ------ Y 0-63 DD
Input ------ X 0-63 DD
Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 DDD
Link Relay ------ L 0-255 DDD
Step Control Relay ------ S 0-99 DD

◎ Cable Diagram
RS232
HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female RS232 terminal
com0/com1 com2 Pin Name
2 RX 7 RX 1 TX
3 TX 8 TX 2 RX
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND
RS485
HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
Pin Name
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 4 D+
1 RX- 7 RX- 5 D-
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

4.18 Danfoss Inverter

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Danfoss
Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit
Modbus RTU

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

- 129 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Danfoss FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus RTU FC-300 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
Danfoss Protocol:

Modbus RTU Protocol:

Note：Change the value of 8-30 to 2 on the Danfoss inverter for modbus protocol（Change the value of
8-30 to 0 for the Danfoss Protocol）

Inverter
8-3* FC Port Setting
8-30 protocol
*[0] FC (danfoss protocol)
[2] Modbus (modbus protocol)
8-31 address
1 – 247 * 1 (HMI station No.)
8-32 FC Port Baud Rate

- 130 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[0] 2400 Baud

[1] 4800 Baud
*[2] 9600 Baud
8-33 FC Port Parity
*[0] even, 1 stop bit
[1] Odd, 1 stop bit
[2] None, 1 stop bit
[3] None, 2 stop bit

Inverter setting
Please refer to the manual of Danfoss inverter for details

◎Supported Device
Danfoss Protocol:
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
EEPROM Register(Double Word) ———— EPD0-7998.99999 [Link]

EEPROM Register ———— EPW0-7998.99999 [Link]

RAM Register(Double Word) ———— RMD0-7998.99999 [Link]

RAM Register ———— RMW0-7998.99999 [Link]

Note：
1. D indicates decimal; the prefix of RMD\RMW\EPD\EPW is address parameter, the suffix is index
number.
2. Mapping of index address (adding radix point if having index address, index value follow radix point.
Otherwise there’s no radix point):
RMW310.1 is to 3-10, please clicking Menu, to find 3-10 to check.

3. If no index, radix point followed by default zero. As follows RMW122 to 1-22:

- 131 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4. R/W of process word:

1） Address of EPD register is 8000, is for saving input command value of process word;
2） Address of EPD register is 8100, is for saving return value of process word;
3） Input command value and return value can be showed by RW register.
4）Start\Stop, Mapping of reference value to frequency:
Reason: RWD8000 is for inputting control word, it’s not able to input control word by itself, but
via sending RW1, RW0 to RWD8000 by timer.

◆Control word RW1: While RW1=0x47C or 1148, it means start. While RW=0x0F03 or 3843, it means
stop.

◆Frequency of RW0 mapping : If input 2000 to RW0, frequency is 25HZ, and input 4000, frequency
is 50HZ, and so on.

- 132 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◆Timer, send value of RW1 and RW0 to RWD8000.

Modbus RTU Protocol:

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output bit 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input bit (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Note：
Mapping of address (same as *10 relationships):
2-01 is to 4X2010
3-02 is to 4X3020
So address 4X1300 is to 1-30 as following picture, here is double word address. To get more
information, please refer to danfoss manual.

In addition, to get mapping address of startup, you should set bit of 3, 4, 5, 6,7,11 coil on:
0x047C=0000 0100 0111 1100
Set 0X 3, 0X 4, 0X 5, 0X 6, 0X 7, 0X 11 all to “1” (if random one of these registers is “0”,inverter will
stop.
loop 0 1

- 133 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

01 Preset reference value LSB

02 Preset reference value MSB
03 DC brake Do not DC brake
04 Inertial stop Do not Inertial stop
05 Quickly stop Do not Quickly stop
06 locking frequency Do not locking frequency
07 Acc/Dec stop start
08 Do not reset reset
09 Do not inching inching
10 Acc/Dec 1 Acc/Dec 2
11 valid data invalid data
12 Relay 1 close Relay 1 open
13 Relay 2 close Relay 2 open
14 Set LSB
15 Set MSB
16 Do not reverse reverse
Transducer controller word (FC structure)

Set 0X 3，0X 4，0X 5，0X 6，0X 7 all to “1” via the method of setting on when window open; Change
the inverter status (start or stop) by control the status of 0X11.

0x2000=0010 0000 0000 0000(binary bit from the 17th to the 32nd), setting the 30th bit to “1”
means frequency is 25Hz, and “1” in the 29th bit means 12.5Hz, and so on. In short, the 0X17~0X32 is to

- 134 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

control frequency. The inverter will show the value after starting.
0X17~0X32 for controlling frequency，mapping as follows:
0x4000 ——50Hz
0x2000 ——25Hz
0x1000 ——12.5Hz (approximate)
0x800 ——6Hz
And so on, about 80 times

◎Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- 69
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 68
5 GND 5 GND 61

4.19 DCCE

◎ Serial communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

DCCE MAC1110 RS485 on port DCCE PLC Serial

◎ Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

DCCE MAC1110 Ethernet interface on CPU DCCE PLC Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎ Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Your owner
DCCE MAC1110 RS485 on port RS485 Setting
cable

◎ Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Ethernet interface Your owner
DCCE MAC1110 Ethernet Setting
on CPU cable

◎ Serial Communication Setting

DCCE PLC Serial protocol
HMI Setting
- 135 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI Default communication parameters: 9600bps，8，none，PLC station: 1

RS485 communication

PLC configuration
1) Click on the controller to open the controller management and select the serial port settings.

◎ Network Communication Setting

DCCE PLC Ethernet(TCP Slave）protocol
HMI Setting

PLC configuration
1) Open the PLC_Config software and create a new project.
2) Click Controller Management to add a controller.
3) Refresh controller list.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Switch input I0.00~3.15 ------ [Link]

Switch output Q0.00~3.15 ------ [Link]

Memory variable M0.00~255.15 ------ [Link]

Sequence control S0.00~15.15 ------ [Link]

Local variable L0.00~15.15 ------ [Link]

- 136 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

User variables V0.00~511.15 ------ [Link]

Special function SM0.00~511.15 ------ [Link]

Analog input ------ AI0~15 DD

Analog output ------ AQ0~15 DD

Extended input ------ XI0~255 DDD

Extended output ------ XQ0~255 DDD

Extended analog input ------ PAI0~255 DDD

Variable analog input ------ XAI0~511 DDD

Extended analog output ------ PAQ0~255 DDD

Variable analog output ------ XAQ0~511 DDD

Timer ------ T0~127 DDD

Counter ------ C0~127 DDD

Keep forever ------ P0~8191 DDDD

Extended digital input ------ EI0~31 DD

Extended digital output ------ EQ0~31 DD

Extended analog input ------ EAI0~255 DDD

Extended analog output ------ EAQ0~255 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
HMI接线端terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
Controller
com0/com1 RS485 terminal
RS485接线端
-
1 RX-
6 RX+ +

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Refer to 3.3Download by Network Ethernet

4.20 Delta Corporation

◎Serial Communication
- 137 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Series CPU Link Module Driver

DVP14SS11R2
DVP 24 RS232 on the CPU unit
DVP 32 Delta DVP
DVP DVP 60ES00 RS485 on port
DVP-XXES01
Delta DVP-ES3 Series ASCII
DVP-ES3 RS485 on port
Delta DVP-ES3 Series RTU
Delta AS Series ASCII
Delta AS300 AS332T RS485 on port
Delta AS Series RTU
Delta MC Series RTU
Delta MC DVP Delta 50MC RS485\232 on port
Delta MC Series ASCII
RS232 on the CPU unit
Delta AH AH 500 Delta AH500
RS485 on port

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
DVP-32EH DVPEN01-SL Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet (TCP Slave)
DVP
DVP-ES3 Ethernet interface on CPU Delta DVP-ES3 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
AS300 AS332T Ethernet interface on CPU Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)
DVP Delta
Delta MC Ethernet interface on CPU Delta MC Ethernet(TCP Slave)
50MC

◎Serial System configuration

COMM
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable
Type
DVP14SS11R2 RS232 on the CPU
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
DVP 24 unit
DVP 32
DVP 60ES00 RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
DVP DVP-XXES01
Delta DVP-ES3 Series
RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
ASCII
Delta DVP-ES3 Series
RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
RTU
Delta AS300 ASCII RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Delta AS300
Delta AS300 RTU RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
RS485\
Delta MC Series RTU RS485\232 on port Setting Your owner cable
RS232
Delta MC
RS485\
Delta MC Series ASCII RS485\232 on port Setting Your owner cable
RS232
RS232 on the CPU
Delta AH AH 500 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
unit

- 138 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎ Ethernet Communication Parameters and Cables Production

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
DVP-32EH DVPEN01-SL Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
DVP DVP-ES3 Ethernet interface on Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
CPU
Ethernet interface
AS300 AS332T Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
on CPU
Ethernet interface
Delta MC DVP Delta 50MC Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
on CPU

◎Serial Communication Setting

Use Delta DVP protocol
HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 7, even check, 1;PLC station no. : 1
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

- 139 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Note: RS485 communication, we should change the value of D1120 in the PLC Software.
PLC setting
1. Wpl207->Auxiliary Editing->RS-485 Protocol Setting (D1120), you can set the value of D1120.

[Link] connection with the Wpl207, monitoring changes in the value of D1120. for example, 9600,
7, even, 1. and then D1120=86（HEX）

Use Delta DVP-ES3 Series ASCII protocol

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 7, even check, 1;PLC station no. : 1
RS485 communication

PLC setting
1. Open ISPSoft PLC programming software, and click HWCONFIG after the new project.

- 140 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Click the setting button

[Link] setting, click the download button

Use Delta DVP-ES3 Series RTU protocol

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 7, even check, 1;PLC station no. : 1
RS485 communication

- 141 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC setting
1. Open ISPSoft PLC programming software, and click HWCONFIG after the new project.

2. Click the setting button

Use Delta AS Series ASCII protocol

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 7, even check, 1;PLC station no. : 1
RS485 communication

- 142 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC setting
1. Open ISPSoft PLC programming software, and click HWCONFIG after the new project.

2. Double-click the PLC module, and the communication parameters are set as follows:

3. Establish global symbol -- master symbol table

- 143 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4. Add device monitoring table

Use Delta AS Series RTU protocol

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 7, even check, 1;PLC station no. : 1
RS485 communication

PLC setting
1. Open ISPSoft 3.01 PLC programming software, and click HWCONFIG after the new project.

- 144 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Double-click the PLC module, and the communication parameters are set as follows:

3. Establish global symbol -- master symbol table

4. Add device monitoring table

- 145 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Use Delta MC Series RTU protocol

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 8, none check, 1;PLC station no. : 1
RS485 communication

PLC setting
Open Can Open builder software

- 146 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Use Delta MC Series ASCII protocol

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 8, none check, 1;PLC station no. : 1
RS485 communication

PLC setting
Open Can Open builder software

- 147 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Use Delta AH500 protocol

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameters: 9600bps, 7, 1, even parity; PLC station number: 1
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

- 148 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Open ISPSoft 3.12 PLC programming software, after creating a new project, click HWCONFIG

2. Double-click PLC Module, and the communication parameters are set as follows:

- 149 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Ethernet Communication Parameters

Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet (TCP Slave)
HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1）Open the WPLSoft and bulid new project；

- 150 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2) Change the IP address

- 151 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Delta DVP-ES3 Ethernet (TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1. Open ISPSoft PLC programming software, after creating a new project, click HWCONFIG

[Link] setting button to set the ethernet port parameters

Delta AS300 Ethernet (TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

- 152 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
[Link] ISPSoft,bulid new project and choose the right CPU type.

[Link] parameter setting:

[Link] COMMGR first, set the communication channel name, communication method and IP address
after starting COMMGR

Then open the toolbar to select the communication channel and set the PLC station number

- 153 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Delta MC Ethernet (TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
Please check the relevant PLC software setting instructions

◎ Supported Device
Delta DVP
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input X0-9999 ------ OOOO
Output Y0-9999 ------ OOOO
Auxiliary Relay M0-9999 ------ DDDD
Step Relay S0-9999 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay T0-9999 ------ DDDD
Counter Relay C0-9999 ------ DDDD
Timer ------ TV0-9999 DDDD
Counter ------ CV0-127 DDD
Double word counter ------ CV2 232-255 DDD
Data Register ------ D0-9999 DDDD

Delta MC Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input IX0.0-127.7 ------ DDD.O
Output QX0.0-127.7 ------ DDD.O
Auxiliary Relay MX0-8191.63 [Link]
Auxiliary Register ------ MW0-32767 DDDDD
Input ------ IW0-63 DD

- 154 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Output ------ QW0-63 DD

Delta AH500
Device Word Address Bit Address Format Notes
32-bit counter HC 0-63 ------ DD ----
Index register E 0-31 ------ DD ----
counter C 0-2047 ------ DDDD ----
Timer T 0-2047 ------ DDDD ----
Data register D 0-32767 ------ DDDDD ----
Special data register SR 0-2047 ------ DDDD ----
Output relay Y 0-511 ------ DDD ----
Input relay X 0-511 ------ DDD ----
32-bit counter ------ HC 0-63 DD ----
counter ------ C 0-2047 DDDD ----
Timer ------ T 0-2047 DDDD ----
Step point relay ------ S 0-2047 DDDD ----
Special auxiliary signs ------ SM 0-2047 DDDD ----
Auxiliary relay ------ M 0-8191 DDDD ----
Output relay ------ Y 0.00-511.15 [Link] ----
Input relay ------ X 0.00-511.15 [Link] ----

Delta DVPEN01-SL Ethernet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input X0-377 ------ OOO

Output Y0-377 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M0-4095 ------ DDDD

Step Relay S0-1023 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T0-255 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C0-255 ------ DDD

Timer ------ T0-255 DDD

Counter ------ C0-199 DDD

Double word counter ------ C2 200-255 DDD

Data Register ------ D0-11999 DDDDD

Delta DVP-ES3 Series、Delta DVP-ES3 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
32-bit Counter HC 0-255 ------ DDD
Counter C 0-511 ------ DDD
Timer T 0--511 ------ DDD
Step point Relay S 0-2047 ------ DDDD

- 155 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Special auxiliary sign SM 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Special auxiliary M 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO
Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO
Data Register D 0.00-29999.15 ------ [Link]
32-bit Counter ------ HC 0-255 DDD
Index Register ------ E 0-14 DD
Counter ------ C 0--511 DDD
Timer ------ T 0-511 DDD
Data Register ------ D 0-29999 DDDDD
Special data Register ------ SR 0-2047 DDDD

Delta AS300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
32-bit Counter HC 0-255 ------ DDD
Counter C 0-511 ------ DDD
Timer T 0--511 ------ DDD
Step point Relay S 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Special auxiliary sign SM 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Special auxiliary M 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0.00-63.15 ------ [Link]
Input Relay X 0.00-63.15 ------ [Link]
Data Register D 0.00-29999.15 ------ [Link]
32-bit Counter ------ HC 0-255 DDD
Index Register ------ E_Word 0-9 D
Counter ------ C 0--511 DDD
Timer ------ T 0-511 DDD
Data Register ------ D 0-29999 DDDDD
Special data Register ------ SR 0-2047 DDDD
Output Relay ------ Y 0-63 DD
Input Relay ------ X 0-63 DD

◎Cable Diagram
DVP RS232 communication cable

- 156 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 8 GND

DVP \AS300 RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
-
1 RX- 7 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +

Delta MC50 RS485\232 communication cable

RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- 12 -
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 11 +

RS232
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TX 8 TX 9 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Delta AH500 communication cable

RS232
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485

- 157 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- D-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ D+
5 GND 5 GND GND

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.21 Delta (Temperature Controller)

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
DTA4848
DTB9696VR
DVP RS485 on the CPU unit Delta DTA/DTB/DTC
DTC1000
DTC2000

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
DVP DTA4848 RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
DTB9696VR
DTC1000
DTC2000

◎Communication Setting
RS485 communication

- 158 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Only use 4X, not 3X in the ev5000 project.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output bit 0X1-FFFF ------ HHHH
Input bit (read only) 1X1-FFFF ------ HHHH
Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-FFFF HHHH
Output Register ------ 4X1-FFFF HHHH

Controller Setting
1. Set the communication parameter
Setting communication parameter in “setting mode”

(1) (Station number) matching the station No. of the Ev5000

(2) (Baudrate)

(3) (Data bit)

(4) (Parity)

(5) (Stop bit)

Non-supported formats: 7, N, 1 or 8, O, 2 or 8, E, 2(Databit、Parity、Stopbit).
(6) Setting the parameter of CoSH
The data must be ON when executing write operation in touch-screen.
2. Communication parameters and notes
DTA4848：Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)
Address Content Explanations
4700H Process value (PV)
4701H Set point (SV)

- 159 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4702H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and

Upper-limit alarm is valid.

4703H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the running mode , when ALA1 is 1 and Lower
-limit alarm is valid.

4704H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and

Upper-limit alarm is valid.

4705H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the running mode , when ALA2 is 2 and Lower
-limit alarm is valid.
The data content should not be higher than the temperature
Upper-limit of temperature
4706H
range range. In the setting mode
The data content should not be lower than the temperature
Lower-limit of temperature
4707H
range range. In the setting mode

4708H PB Proportional band 1 to 9999, unit is 0.1. In the adjusting mode

4709H Ti Integral time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode

470AH Td Derivative time 0~9999. In the adjusting mode

470BH Heating/Cooling hysteresis 0~9999

4710H Input temperature sensor type In the setting mode

0: PID (default), 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning. In the setting
4711H Control method
mode

0 to 99 second, 0:0.5s, in the adjusting mode or

4712H Heating/Cooling control cycle
, when it is under the control of PID
Proportional control offset error
4713H 0%~100%
value

4714H Temperature regulation value -99.9~99.9. in the adjusting mode

Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for
4715H Alarm 1 type
detail. In the setting mode
4716H Alarm 2 type Please refer to the contents of the “Alarm Outputs” for

- 160 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

detail. In the setting mode

Temperature unit display
4717H o
C : 1 (default), oF : 0. in the setting mode
selection
Heating: 0 (default), Cooling: 1. in the setting mode
Heating/Cooling control
4718H
Selection

4719H Control Run/Stop setting Run: 1 (default), Stop: 0. in the running mode
Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),
Communication write-in Communication write in enabled: 1.
471AH
selection
In the setting mode

471BH Software Version V1.00 indicates 0 x 100

4729H AT Setting OFF: 0 (default), ON: 1. in the adjusting mode

4733H CT monitor value Unit is 0.1A. in the running mode

DTB9696VR：Address and Content of Word Register (corresponds to 4X in the HMI)
Address Content Explanation
1000H Process value (PV) Measuring unit is 0.1, updated one time in 0.4 second
1001H Set point (SV) Unit is 0.1, oC or oF
The data content should not be higher than the
1002H Upper-limit of temperature range
temperature range. In the setting mode
The data content should not be lower than the
1003H Lower-limit of temperature range
temperature range. In the setting mode
Please refer to the contents of the “Temperature Sensor
Type and Temperature Range” for detail. In the setting
1004H Input temperature sensor type
mode
0: PID, 1: ON/OFF, 2: manual tuning, 3: PID grogram
1005H Control method
control. In the setting mode
0: Heating, 1: Cooling, 2: Heating/Cooling, 3:
1006H Heating/Cooling control selection
Cooling/Heating. In the setting mode

1st group of Heating/Cooling 0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode or

1007H
control cycle

- 161 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2nd group of Heating/Cooling

1008H 0 ~ 99, 0:0.5 sec. in the adjusting mode
control cycle

1009H PB Proportional band 0.1 ~ 999.9. in the adjusting mode

100AH Ti Integral time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode

100BH Td Derivative time 0~9999. in the adjusting mode

100CH Integration default 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode

Proportional control offset error
100DH 0 ~ 100%, unit is 0.1%. in the adjusting mode
value, when Ti = 0
0.01 ~ 99.99, unit is 0.01 (setting when it is under the
The setting of COEF when Dual
100EH
Loop output control are used control of PID ) in the adjusting mode
The setting of Dead band when
100FH -999 ~ 9,999. in the adjusting mode
Dual Loop output control are used
Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
1010H 0~9999. in the adjusting mode or
output group
0~9999. (setting when Dual Loop output control are
Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
1011H
output group used ) in the adjusting mode or
Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual
Hysteresis setting value of the 1st
1012H
output group tuning mode only. In the running mode
Unit is 0.1%; write operation is valid under manual
Hysteresis setting value of the 2nd
1013H
output group tuning mode only. In the running mode
1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear Voltage
Upper-limit regulation of analog
1014H
linear output Output) in the adjusting mode
1 Unit = 2.8uA (Current Output) = 1.3mV (Linear Voltage
Lower-limit regulation of analog
1015H
linear output Output) in the adjusting mode
-99.9 ~ +99.9, unit: 0.1. in the adjusting mode
1016H Temperature regulation value

1017H Analog decimal setting 0~3. in the running mode

Time for valve from full open to full
1018H 0.1~999.9. in the adjusting mode
close

1019H Dead Band setting of valve 0 ~ 100%; unit: 0.1%. in the adjusting mode

- 162 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Upper-limit of feedback signal set

101AH 0~1024. in the adjusting mode
by valve
Lower-limit of feedback signal set
101BH 0~1024. in the adjusting mode
by valve
101CH PID parameter selection
0~4. in the adjusting mode
101DH SV value corresponded to PID value Only valid within available range, unit: 0.1 scale. in the

adjusting mode

1020H Alarm 1 type In the setting mode

1021H Alarm 2 type In the setting mode

1022H Alarm 3 type In the setting mode

0: None (default), 1~3: Set Alarm 1 to Alarm 3.
1023H System alarm setting
In the setting mode

1024H Upper-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode unit: 0.1

1025H Lower-limit alarm 1 In the setting mode

1026H Upper-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode

1027H Lower-limit alarm 2 In the setting mode

1028H Upper-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode

1029H Lower-limit alarm 3 In the setting mode

b0 : Alm3, b1: Alm2, b2: F, b3: ℃, b4: Alm1, b5: OUT2,
102AH Read LED status
b6: OUT1, b7: AT
102BH Read pushbutton status b0: Set, b1: Select, b2: Up, b3: Down. 0 is to push
0: Normal, 1: All setting lock, 11: Lock others than SV
102CH Setting lock status
value. In the running mode

102DH CT read value Unit: 0.1A. In the running mode

102FH software version V1.00 indicates 0x100.

0 ~ 7. In the running mode (setting when it

1030H Start pattern number
is under the control of PID and the mode of )
1040H~ Actual step number setting inside 0 ~ 7 = N, indicate that this pattern is executed from

- 163 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

1047H the correspond pattern

step 0 to step N. in the setting mode
Cycle number for repeating the 0 ~ 99 indicate that this pattern has been executed for 1
1050H~
execution of the correspond
1057H ~ 100 times. In the setting mode
pattern
0 ~ 8, 8 indicates the program end. 0~7 indicates the
1060H~ Link pattern number setting of the next execution pattern number after executing the
1067H correspond pattern
current pattern. In the setting mode
Pattern 0~7 temperature set point
2000H~
setting(Pattern 0 temperature is -999 ~ 9,999. in the setting mode ~
203FH
set to2000H ~ 2007H)
Pattern 0~7 execution time Time 0 ~ 900 (1 minute per scale). in the setting mode
2080H~
setting(Pattern 0 time is set to
20BFH ~
2080H~2087H)
DTB9696VR：Address and Content of Bit Register (corresponds to 1X in the HMI)
0810H Communication write-in selection Communication write in disabled: 0 (default),
Communication write in enabled: 1.

In the setting mode

oC/linear
input (default): 1 , oF : 0. in the setting
0811H Temperature unit display selection
mode
Except for the thermocouple B, S, R type, all the
other thermocouple type are valid. (0 or 1).
0812H Decimal point position selection
In the running mode
OFF: 0 (default), ON : 1.
0813H AT setting
In the adjusting mode
0: STOP, 1: RUN (default).
0814H Control RUN/STOP setting
In the running mode
0: RUN (default), 1: STOP.
0815H STOP setting for PID program control
In the running mode
0: RUN (default), 1: Temporarily STOP.
0816H Temporarily STOP for PID program control
In the running mode
0817H Valve feedback setting status 0: w/o feedback (default), 1: feedback function.
0818H Auto-tuning valve feedback status 0: Stop AT (default), 1: Start AT
3. Communication Parameters List
⚫ Communication protocol: Modbus (ASCII); Available communication address: 1 to 255, 0 is
broadcast address

- 164 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

⚫ Function code: 03H: read the contents of register (Max. 3 words).

06H: write 1 (one) word into register.

◎Cable Diagram
DVP RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- -
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.22 DL_T645 2007 Standard（Electric power meter）

* the instrument for testing is “CHINT” DTS634 type power instrument, standard 07 protocol .

◎Serial Communication
Series Link Module Driver
DTS634 devices RS485 on the CPU unit DL_T645 2007 Standard
DTSD1352 devices RS485 on the CPU unit DL_T645 1997/2007 Standard

◎System configuration
Series Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
DTS634 devices RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
DTSD1352 devices RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
DL_T645 2007 Standard
HMI setting
Default communication:9600, 8, 1, Even; station：1
[Link] attribute setting

- 165 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] interface：
Put a data input element：address data1(Read the power)

- 166 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

The final display results:

- 167 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

DL_T645 1997/2007 Standard

HMI setting
Default communication:9600, 8, 1, Even; station：1
For one-to-many meter use, a meter address is 12 bits, stored in RW:
Station No. 0: Use the address of the upper electromechanical meter
Station No. 1: Use RW0~RW6
Station No. 2: Use RW10~RW16
Station No. 3: Use RW20~RW26
And so on
[Link] attribute setting

- 168 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Example: Put a data input element address data_2007 2010100 (read voltage)

- 169 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

The final display effect:

- 170 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
DTS634 Devices
Device Word Address Format Code type Notes
DTS634 data1 HHHHH BCD ----

DL_T645 1997/2007 Standard

Device Word Address Format Code type Notes
DTSD1352 Data_1997 HHHH BIN ----
DTSD1352 Data_2007 HHHHHHHH BIN ----

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A

- 171 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.23 ENDA

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ELC RS485 on the CPU unit
ETC RS485 on the CPU unit
ENDA devices EUC RS485 on the CPU unit ENDA Controller/PLC Devices
EPC RS485 on the CPU unit
EDP RS485 on the CPU unit

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ELC RS485 on the CPU unit RS485
ETC RS485 on the CPU unit RS485
ENDA
EUC RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
devices
EPC RS485 on the CPU unit RS485
EDP RS485 on the CPU unit RS485

◎Communication Setting
ENDA Devices:Default communication:9600, 8, 1, none; station：1

- 172 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
ENDA PLC Devices
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay MB 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay (read only) IP 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Output Register ------ MW 0-65535 DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD

ENDA Controller Devices

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Coils Coils 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Discrete input (read only) DI 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Holding Registers ------ HR 0-65535 DDDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ IR 0-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A
5 GND 5 GND GND

4.24 Emerson NetWork Power

◎Serial Communication

- 173 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Series CPU Link Module Driver

Emerson EC10 Ec10-1006BRA RS232 on the CPU unit Emerson EC10
Ec20-2012BRA
Emerson EC20 RS232 on the CPU unit Emerson EC20
Ec20-3232BRA

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Emerson RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
EC10-1006BRA
EC10 RS485 on port1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Emerson EC20-2012BRA RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
EC20 EC20-3232BRA RS485 on port1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
Emerson EC10 RS232 communication

Emerson EC20 RS232 communication

Emerson EC10 RS485 communication

- 174 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Emerson EC20 RS485 communication

NOTE: Communication with port1, you must set the system configuration in the programming software
first.

- 175 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Emerson EC10
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO
Output Relay Y000-377 ------ OOO
Internal Relay M0000-1999 ------ DDDD
Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD
Step Relay S000-991 ------ DDD
Timer Relay T000-255 ------ DDD
Counter Relay C000-255 ------ DDD
Data register ------ D0000-7999 DDDD
Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD
Index Register ------ Z00-15 DD
Timer ------ T000-255 DDD
Counter ------ C000-199 DDD
Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 DDD
Data register(double word) ------ D_Double0000-7999 DDDD
Special Register(double word) ------ SD_Double000-127 DDD

- 176 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Emerson EC20
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X000-377 ------ OOO
Output Relay Y000-377 ------ OOO
Internal Relay M0000-1999 ------ DDDD
Special Relay SM000-255 ------ DDD
Step Relay S000-991 ------ DDD
Timer T000-255 ------ DDD
Counter C000-255 ------ DDD
Data register ------ D0000-7999 DDDD
Special Register ------ SD000-255 DDD
Index Register ------ Z00-15 DD
Timer ------ T000-255 DDD
Counter ------ C000-199 DDD
Counter(double word) ------ C_Double200-255 DDD
Data register(double word) ------ D_Double0000-7999 DDDD
Special Register(double word) ------ SD_Double000-125 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
Emerson RS232 communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller port0
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com2 Port1 terminal
2 RX 7 RX TXD
3 TX 8 TX RXD
5 GND 5 GND GND

Emerson RS485 communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 com3 Port1 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- RS485-

6 RX+ 8 RX+ RS485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

- 177 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.25 Epower

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
EPower
Epower Epower CPU Direct
Epower Slave

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Setting Your owner cable
Epower Epower CPU Direct RS232
Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

- 178 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
UPSSet UPSSet1-6 ------ DDDDD

UPSPanel UPSPanel0-9 ------ DDDDD

UPSData ------ UPSData0-70 DDDD
UPSDisp ------ UPSDisp0 DDDDD
UPSCommand ------ UPSCommand0-52 DDDDD
UPSText ------ UPSText0-1 DDDDD
Slave driver notes：
1. Transmit the device value to LW, LB by timer; refer to the addr table for details.
2. UPSCommand must use with UPSSet、macro；
3. UPSDisp must use with UPStexr、UPSPanel、macro.
Epower HMI project notes：
1. The project must have UPSData0 device, otherwise the data accuracy will be affected; Suggest
to put UPSData0 device in the public window.
2. LW.B indicates the bits of UPSData

◎Cable Diagram
COM0 connect to ups communication board
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0 com2 25 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND

COM1 connect to King software or com debug tool

- 179 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female PC terminal
com1 9pin D-SUB female
2 RXD 3 TXD
3 TXD 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND

4.26 Fatek Corporation

◎Serial Communication
c CPU Link Module Driver
FBs-10MA/MC RS232 on the CPU unit Port 0
FBs-14MA/MC Port 1
FBS-CB25-3
FBs-20MA/MC Port 2
FBs-24MA/MC
FBs-32MA/MC
FBs
FBs-40MA/MC
FBs-60MA/MC
FBs-20MN
FBs-32MN
FATEK FB
FBs-44MN
Modbus RTU
FBe/FBn FBe-20MA CPU unit Port 0
FBe-28MA
FBe-40MA
FBe-20MC CPU unit Port 0
FBe-28MC Port 1
FBe-40MC Port 2
FBn-19MCT FB-DTBR
FBn-26MCT
FB-DTBR-E
FBn-36MCT

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 FATEK FB Ethernet(TCP)

◎Serial System configuration

Driver Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RS232 on the CPU
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FB MA unit
FACON FB FBs-20MAT
FB MC RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FBS-CB25-3
RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus FB MA FBs-20MAT FBS-CB25-3 RS232 Setting Your owner cable

- 180 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RTU FB MC RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
FBs FBs-20MAT FBs-CBE-3 ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

FACON FB RS232 communication

FBS-CB25-3 module RS485 communication

FBS-CB25-3 module communication

Modbus RTU RS232 communication

- 181 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Modbus RTU RS485 communication

Note: The detailed communication configuration must be the same as the PLC’s port setting.

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

- 182 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1、 In ether cfg software, click [scan] to search the PLC information.

2、 Click [Properties] to change the IP and ports.

- 183 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3、 Click [ok] to save the settings.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input X0-9999 ------ DDDD
Output Y0-9999 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M0-9999 ------ DDDD
Step Relay S0-9999 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay T0-9999 ------ DDDD
Counter Relay C0-9999 ------ DDDD
Counter Relay（FBe MODE） C_FBe 0-9999 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay（FBe MODE） T_FBe 0-9999 ------ DDDD
D_Bit DDDD.D
------
0.0-9999.15 D
DDDD.D
R_Bit0.0-9999.15 ------
D
PLC MODE PLC_MODE 0-1 ------ D PLC

Data Register ------ R-L 0-3839 DDDD

Data Register ------ R-H 3840-9999 DDDD
Data Register ------ D0-9999 DDDD
Timer ------ T0-9999 DDDD
Counter ------ C0-199 DDD

High-speed Counter ------ DDD

HC200-255
File Register ------ F 0-8191 DDDD
Input Register ------ WX 0-240 DDD
Output Register ------ WY 0-240 DDD

- 184 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Interrupt Register ------ WM 0-1888 DDDD

Step Register ------ WS 0-984 DDDD
Note：R-L register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 0~3839;
R-H register corresponds to the “R” register of the PLC, the address range 3840~9999;
HC register corresponds to the “C(32)” register of the PLC，e.g.：HRC200==C200

◎Cable Diagram
FB RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller port0 terminal 4
com0/com1 com2 pin Mini Din (male)

2 RX 7 RX 4 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 1 GND

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 15 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 1 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 6 GND
3 RTS
4 CTS

FBS-CB25-3 module communication

RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller port1 terminal
com0/com1 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2RXD 2TXD
3TXD 3RXD
5GND 5SG
7RTS 7CTS
8CTS 8RTS
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller port2
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- D-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ D+
5 GND 5 GND G

- 185 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Ethernet cable
Connecting PC and HMI use cross-ruling; communicating with hub or switch use cross-over cable or
cross-ruling.
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.27 Fuji

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SPB NW0P20T-31 RS485 interface on the CPU
Fuji MICREX-SX Series
NB NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU
SPF NA0P14T-34C RS232 interface on the CPU Fuji SPF

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Ethernet Type Parameter Cable
SPB NW0P20T-31 RS485 interface on the CPU RS422
Setting Your owner cable
NB NB2U24R-11 RS485 interface on the CPU RS422
SPF NA0P14T-34 RS232 interface on the CPU RS232 Setting Your owner cable
C
◎Communication Setting
Fuji MICREX-SX Series

NOTE：When PLC is protected by password, protocol time out 2 is 65535, and the register is read only. If
you want to make the register writable, you must let the protocol time out 2 equal the PLC password.
Example: PLC password is 1234, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 1234.
PLC password is 0010, and then you make the protocol time out 2 to be 10.

Fuji SPF
HMI Setting
Default：38400, 8, even,1 ; station number:0

- 186 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
SPB
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Data register D 0~6FF.F ------ HHH.H
Special relay M_special 0~1FF ------ HHH
Counter contact C 0~FF ------ HH
Timer contact T 0~1FF ------ HHH
Keep relay L 0~FFF ------ HHH
Auxiliary relay M 0~FFF ------ HHH
Output relay Y 0~3FF ------ HHH
Input relay X 0~3FF ------ HHH
Timer contact ------ TW 0~3FF HHH
Counter contac ------ CW 0~FF HH
Data register ------ DW 0~6FF HHH
Special register ------ DW_special 0~1FF HHH
Link register(0 slot) ------ W0 0~7FF HH
Link register(1 slot) ------ W1 0~7FF HHH
Link register(2 slot) ------ W2 0~7FF HHH
Link register(3 slot) ------ W3 0~7FF HHH
Link register(4 slot) ------ W4 0~7FF HHH
Link register(5 slot) ------ W5 0~7FF HHH
Link register(6 slot) ------ W6 0~7FF HHH
Link register(7 slot) ------ W7 0~7FF HHH
Note：M_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.
DW_special address: 8000 in the PLC corresponds to 0 in the HMI.

NB
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

- 187 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Data register D 0~3F.F ------ HHH.H

Special relay M_special 0~1FF ------ HHH
Counter contact C 0~1F ------ HH
Timer contact T 0~1F ------ HHH
Keep relay L 0~1FF ------ HHH
Auxiliary relay M 0~3FF ------ HHH
Output relay Y 0~3F ------ HHH
Input relay X 0~3F ------ HHH Read only
Timer contact ------ TW 0~1F HHH
Counter contact ------ CW 0~1F HH
Data register ------ DW 0~3F HHH
Special register ------ DW_special 0~1FF HHH

SPF
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
MW1_bit 0~65535 ------ HHH.H
MW3_bit 0~65535 ------ HHH
MW10_bit 0~65535 ------ HH
Output relay QX0_bit 4-5 ------ HHH
Input relay IX0_bit 0-2 ------ HHH
------ MW1 0~65535 DDDDD
------ MW3 0~65535 DDDDD
------ MW10 0~65535 DDDDD
Output register ------ QX0 4-5 D

Output register IX0 0-2 D

Monitor in the plc programmer, you should some variables

Note:

◎Cable Diagram
Fuji MICREX-SX Series Protocol:

- 188 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 Ethernet RS422 port (male)

1 RX- 4 TXD-
4 TX- 6 RXD-
6 RX+ 3 TXD+
9 TX+ 5 RXD+

Fuji SPF Protocol:

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller port0 terminal 4
com0/com1 com2 pin Mini Din (male)

2 RX 7 RX 4 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 1 GND

4.28 GE Fanuc Automation Inc.

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
GE Fanuc Series IC693CPU311/313 Serial Connector on Power GE Fanuc Series
90-30 IC693CPU321/323 Supply SNP
IC693CPU331
IC693CPU340/341
IC693CPU350/351/352
IC693CPU360/363/364
IC693CPU374
IC693CSE311
IC693CSE313
IC693CSE323
IC693CSE331
IC693CSE340
IC693CPU311/313 Connector on Power Supply GE SNP-X
IC693CPU321/323
IC693CPU331
IC693CMM311
IC693CPU340/341
IC693CPU350
IC693CPU360/364
IC693CPU351 Connector on Power Supply
IC693CPU352 Port1 on CPU unit
IC693CPU363 Port2 on CPU unit

- 189 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

IC693CMM311
IC693CPU374 Port on Power Supply
IC693CMM311
VersaMax Series CPU001/002/005 RS232 on port1
CPUE05 RS485 on port2
VersaMax Micro & IC200UAL004/005/006 RS232 on port1
Nano Series IC200UDD110/120/212
IC200UDR005/006/010
IC200UAA007 RS485 on port2
IC200UAR028
PACSystems RX3i IC695CPE310 RS232 on port1 GE Fanuc Series
IC695CPE320 RS485 on port2 SNP

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
CPU340/341
CPU350/351/352
CPU360/363
CSE311 IC693CMM321
CSE313
Series90-30
CSE323
CSE331
CSE340
CPU364
Ethernet interface on CPU
CPU374
IC200UDD020
IC200UDD040
GE IP Ethernet
IC200UDD064
（TCP Slave）
IC200UDD120
IC200UDD164
IC200UDD220
VersMax Micro&Nano IC200UDD240 IC200UEM001
IC200UDR020
IC200UDR040
IC200UDR064
IC200UDR120
IC200UDR140
IC200UDR164
IC200UDR440
VerMax CPUE05 Ethernet interface on CPU

- 190 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CPU311/313 Modbus TCP

CPU323
CPU331
CPU340/341
CPU350/351/352
CPU360/363
CSE311
CSE313
IC693CMM321
Series 90-30 CSE323
CSE331
CSE340

CPU364
Ethernet interface on CPU
CPU374
CPU731
CPU771
CPU772
CPU780
CPU781
CPU782
CPU788
CPU789
CPM790
CPM915
Series 90-70 IC697CMM742 (Type2)
CPM925
CSE784
CSE924
CSE925
CPX772
CPX782
CPX928
CPX935
CGR772
CGR935
CPE010
PACSystem RX7i CPE020 Ethernet interface on CPU
CRE020
IC695CPE 302 GE RX3i
PACSystem RX3i
IC695CPE305 IC695ETM001 Ethernet(TCP
IC695CPE310 Slave)

- 191 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

IC695CPE 330

◎Serial System configuration

COMM
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable
Type
RS485 on the RS232 Setting Your owner cable
GE Fanuc CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
IC693CPU374
Series 90-30 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
IC693CMM311
RS422 Setting Your owner cable
VersaMax CPU001/002/005 RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Series CPUE05 RS485 on port2 RS422 Setting Your owner cable
IC200UAL004/005/006 RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
VersaMax IC200UDD110/120/212
Micro & Nano IC200UDR005/006/010
RS485 on port2 RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Series IC200UAA007
IC200UAR028
PACSystems IC695CPE310 RS232 on port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RX3i IC695CPE320 RS485 on port2 RS422 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series Connect Type Parameter Cable
Series 90-30/
Ethernet
Versamax/ Setting
(GE IP Ethernet(TCP Slave))
Versamax Mico&Nano
Ethernet
PACSystem RX3i Setting Your owner cable
(GE RX3i Ethernet(TCP Slave))
Series 90-30/
Ethernet
PACSystem RX3i/ Setting
(Modbus TCP Slave)
Versamax Mico&Nano

◎Serial Communication Setting

GE Fanuc Series SNP RS232 Communication

- 192 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

GE Fanuc Series SNP RS422 Communication

GE SNP-X Protocol RS232 Communication

GE SNP-X Protocol RS422 Communication

- 193 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Set matching communication parameter in the Programming software.

PLC Setting

RX3i 设置：

◎Network Communication Setting

- 194 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

MODBUS TCP Protocol:

HMI：

PLC:

GE IP Ethernet（TCP Slave）Protocol:
HMI:

- 195 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC:

GE RX3i Ethernet（TCP Slave）Protocol:

HMI:

PLC:

- 196 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
GE Fanuc Series SNP
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
System SC 01-128 ------ DDD
System SB 01-128 ------ DDD
System SA 01-128 ------ DDD
System S 01-128 ------ DDD
Temporary T 001-256 ------ DDD
Internal M 0001-12288 ------ DDDDD
Genius Global G 0001-7680 ------ DDDD
Output Q 0001-12288 ------ DDDDD
Input I 0001-12288 ------ DDDD
Analog Output ------ AQ 001-32640 DDDD
Analog Input ------ AI 001-32640 DDDDD
Register ------ R 001-32640 DDDDD
GE SNP-X
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
System SC 01-9999 ------ DDDD
System SB 01-9999 ------ DDDD
System SA 01-9999 ------ DDDD
System S 01-9999 ------ DDDD
Temporary T 001-9999 ------ DDDD
Internal M 0001-9999 ------ DDDD
Genius Global G 0001-9999 ------ DDDD

- 197 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Output Q 0001-9999 ------ DDDD

Input I 001-9999 ------ DDDD
Analog Output ------ AQ 001-9999 DDDD
Analog Input ------ AI 0001-9999 DDDD
Register ------ R 0001-99999 DDDD

Address correspondence between modbus

GE IP Ethernet（TCP Slave）
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Note
System S_B 0-127 ---- DDD
System SA_B 0-127 ---- DDD
System SB_B 0-127 ---- DDD
System SC_B 0-127 ---- DDD
Input I_B 0-32767 ---- DDDDD
Output Q_B 0-32767 ---- DDDDD
Internal M_B 0-32767 ---- DDDDD
Temporary T_B 0-1023 ---- DDDD
Genius Global G_B 0-7679 ---- DDDD
Register R_B 0-32769.15 ---- [Link]
Analog Input ---- AI 0-2047 DDDD
Analog Output ---- AQ 0-511 DDD
Register ---- R 0-32639 DDDDD
System ---- S 0-7 D
System ---- SA 0-7 D
System ---- SB 0-7 D
System ---- SC 0-7 D
Input ---- I 0-2047 DDDD
Output ---- Q 0-2047 DDDD
Internal ---- M 0-2047 DDDD
Temporary ---- T 0-63 DD
Genius Global ---- G 0-479 DDD

- 198 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE： In HMI,the first address is0,but in PLC is 1

◎Cable Diagram
90-30/VersaMax/RXi RS232 communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller VersaMax terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX 7 RX 2 TX
3 TX 8 TX 3 RX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

VersaMax Micro & Nano Series RS232 communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female VersaMax Micro&Nano
RJ-45 terminal
com0/com1 com2 (male)
2 RX 7 RX 5 TX
3 TX 8 TX 6 RX
5 GND 5 GND 1 GND

CMM311 RS232 communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
CMM311 port1/port2 terminal
com0/com1 com2 25 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS
8 DCD
20 DTR

CMM311 RS422 communication

- 199 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female CMM311 port2 terminal
com0/com1 25 pin D-SUB (male)
1 Rx- 9 SDA
6 Rx+ 21 SDB
5 GND 7 GND
4Tx- 13 RDA
9 Tx+ 25 RDB
10 RTSA
11 CTSA
12 TER CTS
22 RTSB
23 CTSB

90-30/VersaMax RS422 communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 15 pin D-SUB (male)
1 Rx- 12 SDA-
5 GND 7 GND
6 Rx+ 13 SDB+
9 Tx+ 11 RDB+
4Tx- 10 RDA-
9 RT
8 RTSB
14 CTSB
6 RTSA
15 CTSA
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.29 HAIWELL

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on com1
E/S HW-S16ZA220R Haiwell
RS485 on com2

◎Network Communication (Direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver
C/T/H/N/S Ethernet port on CPU unit Haiwell Ethernet(TCP Slave)

- 200 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
RS232 on com1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
E/S HW-S16ZA220R
RS485 on com2 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Ethernet port on
C/T/H/N/S ETH Setting Your owner cable
CPU unit

◎Serial Communication Setting

Haiwell RS232 communication

Haiwell RS485 communication

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

- 201 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
HW-S16ZA220R
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special memory Relay SM0–99999 ------- DDD
Counter Relay C0–99999 ------- DDD
Timer Relay T0–99999 ------- DDD
Internal Relay M0–99999 ------- DDDD
Switch Output Y0–99999 ------- DDD
Switch Input X0–99999 ------- DDD
System register ------- SV0-9999 DDD
Counter(Current Value) ------- CCV_16 0-9999 DDD
Counter(Current Value double word) ------- CCV_32 48-79 DD
Timer(Current Value) ------- TCV0-9999 DDD
Internal Register ------- V0-9999 DDDD
Analog Output ------- AQ0-9999 DD
Analog Input ------- AI0-9999 DD
Ethernet port on CPU unit
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special memory Relay SM0–215 ------- DDD
Counter Relay C0–255 ------- DDD
Timer Relay T0–1023 ------- DDD
Internal Relay M0–12287 ------- DDDD
Switch Output Y0–1023 ------- DDD
Switch Input X0–1023 ------- DDD
Step relay S0 -- 2047 ------- DD

- 202 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

System register ------- SV0-900 DDD

Counter(Current Value) ------- CV0-255 DDD
Counter(Current Value double word) ------- CCV_32 48-79 DD
Timer(Current Value) ------- TV0-1023 DDD
Internal Register ------- V0-14847 DDDD
Analog Output ------- AQ0-255 DD
Analog Input ------- AI0-255 DD
Extension module parameter ------- CR0-255 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram
Haiwell RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 4 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 2GND

Haiwell RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- DATA-
6 RX+ 8 RX+
DATA+

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.30 HanG

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit HanG

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

- 203 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HanG DTS3338 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Password ------ APAS 0 H
Meter Number ------ ANUM C032 HHHH
Init Meter ------ ASTR 0 H
Register value ------ AMVD 9010 HHHH
NOTE：Use text part to show meter number (ANUM). AMVD data type: signed integer

◎Cable Diagram

HMI terminal Controller

9pin D-SUB female RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 10 B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 10 A

4.31 Hitachi Inverter

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Hitachi Inverter SJ300 RS485 Hitachi SJ300

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable

- 204 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Hitachi Inverter SJ300 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI default communication parameter: 4800, 7, none, 1; station: 1

Inverter internal setting

Code Name description
A001 Frequency set 00(VR)/01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485)/04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)
A002 Run set 01(Terminal)/02(operator)/03(RS485) /04(OPT 1)/05(OPT 2)
C71 Baudrate 02(close loop detect)/ 03(2400bps)/ 04(4800bps)/ 05(9600bps)/
06(19200bps)
C72 Station set 1~32
C73 Data bit 7(7 bit)/8(8 bit)
C74 Parity 00(none)/01(even)/02(odd)
C75 Stop bit 1(bit)/2(bit)
NOTE：A001, A002 must be set 03（RS485）in order to communication with HMI.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
------ P Extend Func 0~50 DD
------ H Extend Func 0~512 DDD
------ F Func Date 0~65535 DDDDD
------ C Func Date 0~65535 DDDD
------ B Func Date 0~999 DDD
------ A Func Date 0~999 DDD
FWD/REW/STOP (00)FWD/REW/STOP 0 D Write only
FREQ SET ------ (01)FREQ SET 0 D Write only
TerminalPoint State (02)TerminalPoint State 0~7 D Write only
Surveillance Data ------ (03)Surveillance Data 0~12 DD Read only
Transducer State (04)Transducer State 0~3 D Read only
Trip Record ------ (05)Trip Record 0~54 DD Read only

- 205 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Revert ------ (08)Revert 0 D Write only

Recount Motor Con ------ (0B)Recount Motor Cons 0 D Write only
Store EEPROM ------ Store EEPROM 0 D
NOTE：(02)Terminal Point State 0~7 use text part

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
Controller
9pin D-SUB female
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
SN
1 RX- 7 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ SP

4.32 Hitachi IES Co., Ltd

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
H-20
H-28
H-40
H-64
H-200(CPU-02H)
H-250(CPU21-02H)
H-252B(CPU22-02HB)
H-252C(CPU22-02HC)
port on CPU
H-300(CPU-03Ha)
H-302(CPU2-03H)
H-700(CPU-07Ha)
H H-702(CPU2-07H) Hitachi
H-2000(CPU-20Ha)
H-2002(CPU2-20H)
H-4010(CPU3-40H)
H-1002(CPU2-10H)
H-300(CPU-03Ha)
H-302(CPU2-03H)
H-700(CPU-07Ha) COMM-H
H-702(CPU2-07H) COMM-2H
H-2000(CPU-20Ha)
H-2002(CPU2-20H)
H-4010(CPU3-40H)

- 206 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

H-1002(CPU2-10H) COMM-2H
EH-150(EH-CPU104)
EH-150(EH-CPU104A)
EH-150(EH-CPU208)
EH-150(EH-CPU208A)
EH-150(EH-CPU308)
EH-150(EH-CPU308A) Serial port 1 on CPU
EH-150(EH-CPU316) Serial port 2 on CPU
EH-150
EH-150(EH-CPU316A)
EH-150(EH-CPU448)
EH-150(EH-CPU448A)
EH-150(EH-CPU516)
EH-150(EH-CPU548)
EH-150(EH-CPU516) Port 1 on EH-SIO
EH-150(EH-CPU548) Port 2 on EH-SIO
MICRO-EH(EH-D10)
MICRO-EH(EH-A14)
MICRO-EH(EH-D14)
MICRO-EH(EH-A23) Port 1 on CPU
MICRO-EH(EH-D23)
MICRO-EH(EH-A28)
MICRO-EH(EH-D28)
MICRO-EH(EH-A23)
MICRO-EH MICRO-EH(EH-D23)
Port 2 on CPU
MICRO-EH(EH-A28)
MICRO-EH(EH-D28)
MICRO-EH(EH-A64) Port on CPU
MICRO-EH(EH-D64)
MICRO-EH(EH-A40)
EH-OB232
MICRO-EH(EH-D40)
EH-OB485
MICRO-EH(EH-A20)
MICRO-EH(EH-D20)

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
S10V LQP510-Z LQP520-Z HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
EHV EHV-CPU32 Ethernet interface on CPU HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
H H-20 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Port 1 on CPU RS232 Setting Your owner cable
MICRO-EH EH-A23DR
Port 2 on CPU RS485 Setting Your owner cable

- 207 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Ethernet System Communication

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
S10V LQP510-Z LQP520-Z Ethernet Setting
Your owner cable
EHV EHV-CPU32 Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting

◎Serial Communication Setting

RS232 communication

RS422 communication

Ethernet Communication Setting

HITACHI S10V Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
HMI Setting

- 208 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

◎Supported Device
- 209 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Hitachi EH-A23DR
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input X 00.000-5A.095 ------ [Link] Read Only
External Output Y 00.000-5A.095 ------ [Link]
Remote Input X 100.000-9FF.095 ------ [Link] Read Only
Remote Output Y 100.000-9FF.095 ------ [Link]
Internal Output R 0000-FFFF ------ HHHH
Data Area M 0000-FFFF ------ HHHH
First CPU Link L 00000-03FFF ------ HHHHH
Second CPU Link L 10000-FFFFF ------ HHHHH
On Delay Timer TD 00000-65535 ------ DDDDD
External Input ------ WX 000.00-05A.09 [Link] Read Only
External Output ------ WY 000.00-05A.09 [Link]
Remote Input ------ WX 100.00-9FF.09 [Link] Read Only
Remote Output ------ WY 100.00-9FF.09 [Link]
Word Internal Output ------ WR 0000-C3FF HHHH
Special Word Output ------ WRF 000-FFFF HHHH
Data Area ------ WM 0000- FFFF HHHH
First CPU Link ------ WL 0000-03FF HHHH
Second CPU Link ------ WL 1000-FFFF HHHH
Timer Counter ------ TC 00000-65535 DDDDD
Note：X0.015 in the HMI match x15 in the PLC,Y1.000 in the HMI match Y100,WX0.09 in the HMI match
WX9 in the Plicate effective address is deleted radix point and the first zero behind radix point.

The list of address correspondence

Bit Address Word Address PLC address Notes
X 00.000-00.047 ------ X 0000-0047
Y 01.000-01.031 ------ Y 0100-0131
------ WX 000.00-000.03 WX 0000-0003
------ WY 001.00-Y001.01 WY 0010-0011
Note: The range of X, Y, WX, WY is according to the I/O assign. Make sure the I/O address before using the
register.
Note:
1. Communication setting
EH series, only port1 supports procedure [Link] DIP and change special Internal Input (WR) value to
select procedure.
EH150 series，only EHCPU***A/448/516/548 support procedure 2.
EH PLC connect with PC only by procedure 1.
2. CPU related actions
EH150

- 210 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

DIP 5 must be set on.

If DIP 5 is on, which procedure (1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR [Link] highest bit of WR
F037 must be on, so that the other bits can be written in. The data keep on, when turn on the power
again.
o By entering 0x8000, turn on the power again and value of the address is [Link] settings,
communication with procedure 1.
o By entering 0xC000, turn on the power again and value of the address is [Link] settings,
communication with procedure 2.
The transmission speed of port 1 will be set with DIP 3, 4 switches
o 3 on, 4 off is 19200 bps
The transmission speed of port 2 will be set with DIP 6, PHL switches.
o 6 off, PHL on is 19200 bps
MicroEH
The transmission speed will be set with DIP switches
o SW1 on is 19200 bps
Which procedure(1 or2) to use by judging the value of the WR [Link] with EH150, The highest
bit of WR F01A is optional, The data will reset when turn on the power again. If the value of R 7F6 is set
on, the data of WR F01A will be stored in Flash memory.
o 0x0000 for procedure 1.
o 0x8000 for procedure 2.
Note: if procedure 2 is set and written in Flash memory, external device (only supports procedure 1) or
ladder editor will not connect with it.

S10V
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
S S 0-BFF ------ HHH
Z Z 0-3FF ------ HHH
E E 0-FFF ------ HHH
V V 0-FFF ------ HHH
P P 0-7F ------ HH
N N 0-FF ------ HH
CCC CCC 0-FF ------ HH
CR CR 0-FF ------ HH
CD CD 0-FF ------ HH
CU CU 0-FF ------ HH
UUU UUU 0-FF ------ HH
UU UU 0-FF ------ HH
TTT TTT 0-1FF ------ HHH
TT TT 0-1FF ------ HHH
K K 0-FFF ------ HHH
M M 0-FFF ------ HHH
R R 0-FFF ------ HHH

- 211 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

G G 0-FFF ------ HHH

Q Q 0-FFF ------ HHH
Y Y 0-FFF ------ HHH
J J 0-FFF ------ HHH
X X 0-FFF ------ HHH
OW ------ OW 0-FFF HHH
IW ------ IW 0-FFF HHH
DW ------ DW 0-FFF HHH
FW ------ FW 0-BFF HHH
SW ------ SW 0-BF HH
ZW ------ ZW 0-3F HH
EW ------ EW 0-FF HH
VW ------ VW 0-FF HH
PW ------ PW 0-8 H
NW ------ NW 0-F H
CW ------ CW 0-F H
UW ------ UW 0-F H
TW ------ TW 0-1F HH
KW ------ KW 0-FF HH
MW ------ MW 0-FF HH
RW ------ RW 0-FF HH
GW ------ GW 0-FF HH
QW ------ QW 0-FF HH
YW ------ YW 0-FF HH
JW ------ JW 0-FF HH
XW ------ XW 0-FF HH
CC ------ CC 0-FF HH
CS ------ CS 0-FF HH
UC ------ UC 0-FF HH
US ------ US 0-FF HH
TC ------ TC 1FF HHH
TS ------ TS 0-1FF HHH

HITACHI EHV Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Timer T 0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Internal output(shared M 0-FFFFF
------ HHHHH
Bit/Word)
Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) L 0-73FFF ------ HHHHH
Internal output R 0-FFFF ------ HHHH
External output Y 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

- 212 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

External input X 0-65535 ------ DDDDD

Timer progress value ------ TC 0-65535 DDDDD
Internal output ------ WM 0-FFFF HHHH
Link area No.n(n is 0 to 7) ------ WL 0-FFFF HHHH
Internal output ------ WR 0-FFFF HHHH
External output ------ WY 0-65535 DDDDD
External input ------ WX 0-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram

Hitachi EH-A23DR RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com2 RJ-45 terminal

5 GND 5 GND 1 SG
2 RX 7 RX 5 SD
3 TX 8 TX 6 RD
7 DSR
2 VCC

Hitachi EH-A23DR RS422 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 15 pin D-SUB male
1 RXD- 12 SDN
6 RXD+ 13 SDP
5 GND 11 SG
9 TXD+ 7 RDP
4 TXD- 9 RT
10 RDN

Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 4.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.33 Hollysys Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 213 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Serial port0 on CPU 485

LM3109
Hollysys LM Serial port1 on CPU 232 Hollysys LM Modbus RTU
LM3107 RS232 on CPU
Hollysys LK RS232 on CPU Hollysys LK Modbus RTU

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Hollysys LK LK210 Ethernet interface on CPU Hollysys LK Modbus TCP Slave*1
*1 Support dual redundancy

◎Serial System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
LM3109
Hollysys LM RS485on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
LM3107 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Hollysys LK RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Hollysys LK LK210 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters:38400，8，none，1；station：51
RS232

RS485

- 214 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

HMI Setting

Note：In the dual redundancy system, just set one of IP addresses in Network Device Setting
PLC Setting
Must set the PLC station in PLC program software.

◎Supported Device
LM
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-2.7 ------ D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-1.7 ------ D.O
M0-99 are occupied
Internal memory Relay M100.0-7816.7 ------ DDDD.O
by system diagnosis.
Analog inputs ------ IW0 D address must be an
Analog outputs ------ QW0 D even number;
Internal register ------ MW0-8190 DDDD IW,QW address

- 215 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

range to 30 by
Internal register(double word) ------ MD0-8188 DDDD
adding a module
Note: I,IW register read only

LK
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Outputs Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Inputs Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Analog inputs ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X 1-65335 DDDDD
Data Register(DWord) ------ 5X 1-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
Hollysys LM RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller port1 terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Hollysys LM RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller port0
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
7 RX- 8
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 3
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.34 HuaDA HD-JZ06

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit HuaDA HD-JZ06\ HuaDA
HD HD-JZ06
RS485 on the CPU unit HD SLAVE

- 216 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
HD HD-JZ06
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
HMI Internal Relay LB 0-4095 ------ DDDD
MCU Register VB 0-4095 ------ DDDD
HMI Internal register ------ LW 0-4094 DDDD
MCU Register ------ VW 0-4094 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

- 217 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS232 Port
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485 Port

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com3
7 B-
1 RX- 7 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 6 A+
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.35 HUATO S500

◎Serial communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
S500 S500-TH-RS485 RS485 on the CPU unit HUATO S500

◎Communication parameters and cable production

Series Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
S500 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial communication settings

HMI setting
HMI default communication parameter: 19200bps,8,1, without checked; PLC station No.: 1
RS485 communication

- 218 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

The Serial number is entered in the Device Number edit box in the PLC property box

◎Supported registers
Device Word Address Bit Address Format Code type Notes
Data register Temperature 0 ------ D BIN ----
Data register Humidity 0 ------ D BIN ----

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
Controller RS485
9pin D-SUB female
9pin D-SUB terminal
com0/com1 com3
7 RX- 2 TX-
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 3 TX+

Note: The yellow line segment of the communication line brought with the equipment corresponds to 3
pins of 9 feet D-SUB, and the blue line segment corresponds to 2 pins

- 219 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.36 IDEC Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FC4A-C10R2 RS232 on the CPU unit IDEC MicroSmart
MICRO SMART FC5A-C24R2
FT1A-H48SA

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MicroSmart FC6A Ethernet on CPU IDEC MicroSmart FC6A Series (TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MICRO FC4A-C10R2 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
SMART FC5A-C24R2
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
FT1A-H48SA

◎Ethernet System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MicroSmart FC6A Ethernet on CPU ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

- 220 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
Must set the PLC station in PLC program software.

◎Supported Device

- 221 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

IDEC MicroSmart
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal Relay M0.0-127.7 ------ DDD.O
Output Q0.0-30.7 ------ DD.O
Input I0.0-30.7 ------ DD.O
Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD
Counter(Current Value) ------ C_CV 0-999 DD
Counter(Preset Value) ------ C_SV 0-999 DD
Timer(Current Value) ------ T_CV 0-999 DD
Timer( Preset Value) ------ T_SV 0-999 DD
Dword data register ------ D_Dword0-9999 DDDD
Note: M address: 121 in the plc correspond to 12.1 in the HMI.
Q\I address: 1277 in the plc corresponds to 127.7 in the HMI.

IDEC MicroSmart FC6A Series (TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal Relay M 0.0-1749.7 ------ DDDD.O

Output Q 0.0-63.7 ------ DD.O

Input I 0.0-63.7 ------ DD.O

Counter C 0-511 ------ DDD

Timer T 0-1023 ------ DDDD

R Register R 0-255 ------ DDD

Data Register D_Bit 0.00-55999.15 ------ [Link]

Data Word Register ------ D 0-55999 DDDDD

Data Double Register ------ D_Dword 0-55998 DDDDD

Internal Relay ------ MW0.0-1748.0 DDDD.O

Internal Double Relay ------ M_Dword0.0-1746.0 DDDD.O

Input Word Register ------ IW 0.0-62.0 DD.O

Input Double Register ------ I_Dword 0.0-60.0 DD.O

Output Word Register ------ QW 0.0-62.0 DD.O

Output Double Register ------ Q_Dword 0.0-60.0 DD.O

Counter(Current Value) ------ CC 0-511 DDD

Counter(Preset Value) ------ CP 0-511 DDD

Timer(Current Value) ------ TC0-1023 DDDD

Timer( Preset Value) ------ TP 0-1023 DDDD

R Word Register ------ RW 0-240 DDD

- 222 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

R Double Register ------ R_Dword 0-224 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
Idec RS232 communication cable
FC4A
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
com0/com1 Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
1 RX-
6 RX+ 2
3 TXD 4 RXD
2 RXD 3 TXD
4 TX- 5
5 GND 6 GND
7
FC5A
HMI terminal
Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB female
8 pin Mini Din (male)
com0/com1
3 TXD 4 RXD
2 RXD 3 TXD
5 GND 7 GND

RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A

5 GND 5 GND SG

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.37 Inovance Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication(PLC)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
H2U H2U-3624MR CPU direct Inovance H2u（don’t support multi station）
COM1
CPU direct Modbus RTU*1

- 223 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

COM1
H3U H3U-1616MT-XP CPU direct Inovance H3u （don’t support multi station）
AM600 AM401-1608TP RS485 Inovance AM600 Series
NOTE: *1 Support multi-station

◎Serial Communication(Inverter)
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MD CL100 RS485 on the CPU unit Inovance Inverter Modbus Protocol

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
H3U H3U-1616MT-XP Ethernet interface on CPU Inovance H3u Ethernet(TCP Slave)

AM600 AM401-1608TP Ethernet interface on CPU Inovance AM600 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

H5U H5U-1614MTD Ethernet interface on CPU Inovance H5u Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Driver Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
H2U 3624 Inovance RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
MR H2u RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the com1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
RTU RS485 on the com1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
H3U 1616MT-XP RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the com1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
AM600 AM401-1608TP RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
H5U H3U-1614MTD RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
MD CL100 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
Ethernet interface
H3U H3U-1616MT-XP Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
on CPU
Ethernet interface
AM600 AM401-1608TP Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
on CPU
Ethernet interface
H5U H5U-1614MTD Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
on CPU

◎Serial Communication Setting

Inovance H2u protocol
HMI Setting
- 224 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI monitor protocol communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0

RS232

RS422

RS485

PLC Setting
You should put off JP0, if communication on the COM0, RS485.
You should set D8126=01h, if communication on the COM1, RS485.

- 225 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Modbus RTU protocol

HMI Setting
RS485 communication parameter: PLC COM0 port is controlled by D8110; COM1 port is controlled by
D8120.

PLC setting
COM0 setting: D8116=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8111=1, station: 1; D8110=81h,
communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.
COM1 setting: D8126=02h, modbus-RTU slave protocol; D8121=1, station: 1; D8120=81h,
communication parameter: 9600, 8, none, 1.

Inovance H3u protocol

HMI Setting
Default parameter：9600bps，7，even，1；station NO.：0
RS232

- 226 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422

RS485

PLC Setting
PLC COM0

- 227 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC COM1

Note：COM1 parameter only support 9600bps；

Inovance AM600 Series protocol

HMI Setting
Default parameter：115200bps，8，even，1；station NO.：1

- 228 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
Connect PLC with PC by USB or network

Defining the PLC variable

Online login PLC to monitor the value of the PLC variable

- 229 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Inovance H5u protocol

HMI Settings
Default parameter：9600bps，8，even，1；Station NO.：1

- 230 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Settings

- 231 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Inovance Inverter Modbus Protoco protocol

HMI Settings
Default parameter：38400bps，8，none，2；Station NO.：1

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

Inovance H3u Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting

PLC Setting
Set a right IP address.

Inovance AM600 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

- 232 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

Inovance H5u Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

- 233 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
Set a right IP address.

◎ Supported Device
Inovance H2u
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X 000-177 ------ OOO
Output Relay Y 000-177 ------ OOO
Auxiliary Relay M 0000-1535 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay T_bit 000-255 ------ DDD
Counter Relay C_bit 000-255 ------ DDD
Data Register Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD
Status Relay S 000-999 ------ DDD
Timer ------ T 000-255 DDD
Counter ------ C 000-255 DDD
Data register ------ D 0000-7999 DDDD
Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8255 DDDD
Counter Memory（DWord） ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD

Inovance H3u Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X0-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y0-377 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M0-8511 ------ DDDD

Data Register Relay SM0-1023 ------ DDD
Status Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T 0-511 DDD

Counter Relay C 0-255 DDD

Timer ------ T0-511 DDD

Counter ------ C0-199 DDD

Data register ------ D0-8511 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD0-1023 DDDD

R Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

- 234 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Inovance H3u
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M 0-8511 ------ DDDD

Data Register Relay SM 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Status Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Relay T_bit 0-511 DDD

Counter Relay C_bit 0-255 DDD

Timer ------ T 0-511 DDD

Counter ------ C 0-199 DDD

Data register C_dword 200-255 DDD

Special Data Register ------ D 0-8511 DDDD

R Register ------ SD 0-1023 DDDD

Input Relay ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

AM600 series/Ethernet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay IX 0.0-8191.7 ------ DDDD.D

Output Relay QX 0.0-8191.7 ------ DDDD.D

Auxiliary register ------ MW 0-65535 DDDDD
Input register ------ IW 0-4095 DDDD
Output register ------ QW 0-4095 DDDD

Inovance H5u 、Inovance H5u Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X0-1777 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y0-1777 ------ OOO

Auxiliary Relay M0-7999 ------ DDDD

Status Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD
B 0-32767 ------ DDDDD

Data register ------ D0-7999 DDDD

R Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Inovance Inverter Modbus Protoco 协议

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Function code FUNC 0-FFFF ------ HHHH

High byte: F0 ~ FF (group F), A0 - AF (group A), 70-7 F (U) low byte: 00 to FF
NOTE
1: To access function code F3-12, the access address of function code is 0xF30C;

- 235 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. To access the function code FP-00, the access address of the function code is 0x1F00(FP group
corresponds to 1F);

◎Cable Diagram
COM0 port communication cable
RS232
Please uses the programming cable: SC-09
RS422
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller COM0 terminal
com0/com1 8pin Mini DIN(male)
1 RX- 4Tx-
6 RX+ 7Tx+
5 GND 3GND
4 TX- 1Rx-
9 TX+ 2Rx+

RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller COM0 terminal
8pin Mini DIN(male)
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 4Tx-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 7Tx+
5 GND 5 GND 3GND

NOTE: Put off JP0 by RS485.

COM1 port communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller COM1
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- 485-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

AM600 Series cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 9 pin D-SUB (male)
6 RXD+ 8 RXD+ 2 RXD+

1 RXD- 7 RXD- 1 RXD-

- 236 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

H5U Series cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- 485-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

CL100 cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- 485-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.38 Invt

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
INVT IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit Invt IVC1

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
INVT IVC1 RS232 on the CPU unit
RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1

- 237 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1

PLC Setting
1. The PLC has two ports: port0 and port1, port1 support RS232 and RS485
2. Port0 configuration as follow:

- 238 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Port1 configuration as follow:

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
C_bit C_bit 0-255 ------ DDD
T_bit T_bit 0- 255 ------ DDD
S S 0-1023 ------ DDDD
SM SM 0-255 ------ DDD
M M 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Y Y 0-177 ------ OOO
X X 0-177 ------ OOO
SD_double ------ SD_double 0-127 DDD
D_double ------ D_double 0-7999 DDD
C_double ------ C_double 200-255 DDD
C_word ------ C_word 0-199 DDD
T_word ------ T_word 0-255 DDD
Z ------ Z 0-15 DD
SD ------ SD 0-255 DDD
D ------ D 0-7999 DDDD

- 239 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller port0
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)

2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller port1
com0/com1 com2
2 RX 7 RX TXD
3 TX 8 TX RXD
5 GND 5 GND GND

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
Port1 terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- RS485-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ RS485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

4.39 JUNCTECH

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
JUNCTECH J32-16T-D RS232 on the CPU unit JUNCTECH JC_JS_JM Series

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
JUNCTECH J32-16T-D RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
RS232 communication

- 240 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
C C0-9999 ------- DDDD
T T0-9999 ------- DDDD
S S0-9999 ------- DDDD
M M0-9999 ------- DDDD
Y Y0-23417 ------- OOOOO
X X0-23417 ------- OOOOO
D ------- D0-12000 DDDDD
TV ------- TV0-9999 DDDD
CV ------- CV0-199 DDD
CV2 ------- CV200-255 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 8 GND

- 241 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.40 KDN Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KDN-K3 KDN-K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit KDN-K3

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KDN-K3 K304-14AR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
KDN-K3 RS232 communication

◎Supported Device
KDN-K3
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-7.7 ------ D.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-7.7 ------ D.O
Internal memory Relay M0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
Analog inputs ------ AIW0-30 DD
Analog outputs ------ AQW0-30 DD
Internal register ------ VW0-4094 DDDD
Internal register(double word) ------ VD0-4092 DDDD
NOTE:
1） AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.
2） AIW and I device read only.
3） The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).

◎Cable Diagram

- 242 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.41 Kinco Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
K2 Series RS485 on the CPU port
RS232 on the CPU unit
K3 Series
RS485 on the CPU port
RS232 on the CPU unit
K5 Series
PLC RS485 on the CPU port Kinco PLC Series
RS232 on the CPU unit
KW Series
RS485 on the CPU port
RS232 on the CPU unit
KS Series
RS485 on the CPU port
RS232 on the CPU unit
AGV AGV001 Kinco AGV001 RTU
RS485 on the CPU unit

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
PLC KS101 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit Kinco PLC Ethernet(TCP Slave)
Kinco AGV001 TCP Slave
AGV AGV001 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
Kinco AGV001 UDP Slave

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
K2 Series RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
K3 Series RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
K5 Series RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
PLC
RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
KW Series
RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
KS Series RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

- 243 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
AGV AGV001
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
PLC KS101 EtherNet/IP port on CPU
Ethernet (TCP Slave) Setting Your owner cable
Unit
EtherNet/IP port on CPU Ethernet (TCP Slave) Setting Your owner cable
AGV AGV001
Unit Ethernet（UDP Slave） Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

PLC:
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

AGV:

- 244 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Default: 9600, 8, none, 1; station number: 1

RS232 communication:

RS485 communication

PLC Setting
1. Open Codesys V3.5 SP16 software to construct a new project,and then right-click to update the
device,choose PLC->SotMotion PLCs->kinco AGV001,and update the device ,at last close it
2. Select Device, click Scan- Network in the communication settings, after the device is scanned, click OK
3. Click [Login in] in [Online] in the menu bar to connect to the device
[Link] the library kinco_Modbus_v1.7, [Link] (kinco) and Standard=Standard, [Link] (System),
right-click to add an object in Application-task configuration, select the task in the task below to call
PLC_PRG (Adding library specific refers to AGV001 Controller Programming Manual)
[Link] the required serial port parameters in the PLC_PRG program
[Link] and download the project to the controller

◎Network Communication Setting

PLC:
HMI Setting

- 245 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

AGV:
Kinco AGV001 (TCP Slave) protocol:
HMI Settings

- 246 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Kinco AGV001 (TCP Slave) protocol:

HMI Settings

PLC Setting
The operation steps for connecting the device are the same as the serial port driver, please refer to the
serial port driver operation steps for the connection method;
Here is a detailed description of how to modify the IP address and query the IP address after modification:
1. The default IP address of the controller is ETH0: [Link] ETH1: [Link]
2. After connecting the device, select the plc command under Device, and then enter the command in the
blank box: ipconfig eth0 -print
The obtained IP address is [Link] (both network ports have network cables connected, enter
ipconfig eth1 -print, the IP address of network port 1 is [Link])
3. If you need to modify the IP address, enter the command in the blank box to modify the IP of network
port 0: ipconfig eth0 -ip [Link] -mask [Link] -gate [Link], to modify the IP of
network port 1, just change eth0 to eth1.
（Note: The programming software fixes ETH0 as the programming port, and scanning only displays the IP
of ETH0, regardless of which port is actually connected.
It is recommended to restart the controller after modifying the IP）

◎Supported Device
Kinco PLC Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-124.7 ------ D.O

- 247 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-124.7 ------ D.O

Internal memory Relay M0.0-4095.7 ------ DD.O
Internal register VW.B0.0-16383.7 ------ DDDDD.O

Analog inputs ------ AIW 0-999 DD

Analog outputs ------ AQW 0-999 DD
Internal register ------ VW 0-16384 DDDD
Internal register VB 0-16384 DDDDD
Internal register(double word) ------ VD 0-16384 DDDDD
Internal register(double word) ------ VR 0-16384 DDDDD
ERR 0~127*1
ERR 128~255*2
ERR -------- DDDDD
ERR 256~383*3
ERR 384~511*4
NOTE:
1) AIW, AQW, VW, VD address must be an even number.
2) AIW and I device read only.
3) The single floating VR of PLC corresponds with the VD of the Ev5000 (choose single floating).
*1 ERR0~127 indicate the recent 128 common errors. ERR0 is the latest error, ERR1 is the later error,
and so on.
*2 ERR128~255 indicate the recent 128 serious errors. ERR128 is the latest error, ERR129 is the later
error, and so on.
*3 ERR256~383 indicate the last 128 common errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR256 is the
last error, ERR257 is the previous error, and so on.
*4 ERR384~511 indicate the last 128 serious errors the last time PLC is powered on. ERR 384 is the
last error, ERR385 is the previous error, and so on.

Kinco PLC Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Discrete inputs and image Relay I0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay Q0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
Internal memory Relay M0.0-4095.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal register VW.B0.0-8191.7 ------ DDDD.O
Analog inputs ------ AIW 0-198 DDD
Analog outputs ------ AQW 0-198 DDD
Internal register ------ VW 0-16384 DDDDD
Internal register VB 0-16384 DDDDD
Internal register(double word) ------ VD 0-8191 DDDD
Internal register(double word) VR 0-8191 DDDD
ERR 0~127*1
ERR -------- ERR 128~255*2 DDD
ERR 256~383*3

- 248 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

ERR 384~511*4

AGV:
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
System internal input node IX0.0-7999.7 ------ DDDD.0
System external input node QX0.0-7999.7 ------ DDDD.0
Intermediate register node MX0.0-99999.7 ------ DDDDD.0
Intermediate register MW_Bit 0-49999.15 DDDDD.H
Input register ------ IW0-49999 DDDDD
Output register ------ QW0-15399 DDDDD
Intermediate register ------ MW0-49999 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

CPU304/CPU304EX/CPU306
RS485 communication cable
Controller RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB terminal
9pin D-SUB female
com0/com1 com3 Port 0

1 RX- 7 RX- 8B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 7A

CPU306EX /308/504/KS Series

RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female RS485 terminal

com0/com1 com3 Port 1

1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A
CPU506EA
RS485 communication cable

- 249 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Controller RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Port1 Port2
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 3B 8B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 2A 7A

KW/KS Series
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 Port0

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 6 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 4 GND

KW Series
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3 Port 1
1 RX- 7 RX- 2 B-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 1 A+

AGV Series
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 Port0
2 RX 7 RX TX0
3 TX 8 TX RX0
5 GND 5 GND GND0
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female RS485 terminal

com0/com1 com3 Port1 Port3

1 RX- 7 RX- B1 B3
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A1 A3
5 GND 5GND SG1 SG3

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub

- 250 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.42 Kinco Inverter

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FV100
FV20
Kinco RS485 on the CPU unit Kinco Inverter
CV20
CV100

◎ Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
FV100
FV20
Kinco RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CV20
CV100

◎Serial Communication Parameters

HMI Setting
Default communication：9600bps，8，even，1；station：5

PLC Setting
A. Inverter operation panel menu
Key Name Function
MENU Programming / Exit key Enter or exit the programming status
ENTER Function / Data key Enter the submenu or confirm data
∧ Increase key Incremental data or function code
∨ Decrease key Decreasing the data or function code
SHIFT Shift key In edit mode, you can choose to modify the bit setting
data; in other states, you can switch the display status

- 251 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

parameters
M Multifunction key The key functions are set by b4.01
RUN Run key In the operation panel mode, press this key to run
STOP/RST Stop / Reset key Shutdown or fault reset

[Link] function code parameters

b3：Communication parameters
Function Name Range Minimum Factory Change machine
Code unit setting setting range
b3.00 Communication LED ones：Baud Rate Selection 1 001 X 0~155H
Configuration 0：4800BPS
1：9600BPS
2：19200BPS
3：38400BPS
4：115200BPS
5：125000BPS
LED tens：Data Format
0：1-8-2-N，RTU
1：1-8-1-E，RTU
2：1-8-1-O，RTU
3：1-7-2-N，ASCII
4：1-7-1-E，ASCII
5：1-7-1-O，ASCII
LED hundreds:Connection mode
0:Direct Cable Connection
（232/485）
1：MODEM(232)
b3.01 Machine Address 0~127，0：Broadcast address 1 5 X 0~127
X：Operation can not be changed
[Link] code parameters of the inverter, control parameters and status parameters are mapped to
Modbus read and write registers; inverter control parameters and status parameters are virtual inverter
function code group; Function code group and its high byte register address map
correspondence shown in the following table
Inverter parameter group Mapped address high byte Inverter parameter group Mapped address high byte
A0 0x00 B2 0x0C
A1 0x01 B3 0x0D
A2 0x02 B4 0x0E
A3 0x03 C0 0x14
A4 0x04 C1 0x15
A5 0x05 D0 0x1E
A6 0x06 D1 0x1F
A7 0x07 D2 0x20
A8 0x08 U0 0x5A

- 252 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

B0 0x0A Control parameters group 0x32

B1 0x0B Status parameter group 0x33
Note：With function code parameter A3.02 example, the register address A3.02 to 0x0302, converted to
decimal number 770, so the HMI set the address to 770 + 1 = 771 (decimal)

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Internal system / external output
0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
node
Internal system / external input node 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Analog input data node 3X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Data Node 4X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ [Link]
4X single write data node 6X_bit 0.01-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Analog Input Data Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD
Data register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD
Data register ------ 5X 1-65535 DDDDD
4X single write register ------ 6X 1-65535 DDDDD
Data register ------ 41X 1-65535 DDDDD
Data register ------ 43X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
Data register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
Data register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

Notes：1.5X :Anti-byte；4X-DINV，3X-DINV: word high and low bit-reversed;

2.41X:Rewrite a single 16-length inverter function code parameter or control parameters,
parameter values after the drive is powered down to save;
3.43X-DINV:Rewrite multiple inverter function code parameter or control parameters,
parameter values after the drive is powered down to save;

◎Cables Production
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- X7 RS485-

6 RX+ 8 RX+ X6 RS485+

4.43 Kinco EB-MOD2P-01(Kinco Bus Bridge)

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 253 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS232 on the CPU unit

Kinco EB-MOD2P-01
FieldBus Bridge EB-MOD2P-01 RS485 on the CPU unit
Modbus RTU
RS422 on the CPU unit

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FieldBus
EB-MOD2P-01 RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Bridge
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
EB-MOD2P-01 RS232 communication

NOTE: Communication parameter must the same as the controller panel.

EB-MOD2P-01 RS422 communication

EB-MOD2P-01 RS485 communication

- 254 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
EB-MOD2P-01
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal/External Output bit 0X1-60 ------ DDDDD
Internal/External Input bit 1X1-60 ------ DDDDD
Data Register bit 3X_bit1-60 ------ DDDDD
Data Register bit 4X_bit1-60 ------ DDDDD
Simulate Input Register bit ------ 3X1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 5X1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 6X1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-60 DDDDD

NOTE：The correspondence between the device of EV5000 and the s7-300 software, as follows:
4X-DINV------------PID
e.g.：4X-DINV1------------PID256 4X-DINV3------------PID260
3X-DINV------------PQD
e.g.：3X-DINV1------------PQD256 3X-DINV3------------PQD260
4X -------------------PIW
e.g.：4X1 --------------------PIW256 4X2--------------------PIW258
3X--------------------PQW
e.g.：3X1---------------------PQW256 3X2---------------------PQW258
0X--------------------I
e.g.：0X1--------------------I0.0 0X9--------------------I1.0
1X--------------------Q
e.g.：1X1--------------------Q0.0 1X9--------------------Q1.0
4X_BIT -------------------PIW（binary）
e.g.：4X_BIT1.0~~1.15-------------------PIW256（binary）
3X_BIT--------------------PQW（binary）

- 255 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

e.g. ：3X_BIT1.0~~1.15--------------------PQW256（binary）

PLC software setting

Setup the GSD in the S7-300 software
Procedure ：
（1）.Close all stations in “HW Config”.
（2）.And select “option”-->”setup GSD”.
（3）. In the “installation *.GSD file” dialog box, select Source: folders contain *. GSD file, or the STEP
7 project contain *. GSD file
（4）.Select one or more files from *.GSD file list, and then click on "install" button.
Copy the icon (. BMP file) to the relevant path, such as BRIDGE product：Bitmap_Device =
"EVIEW", that copy the "EVIEW" BMP file to the relevant path: c:\siemens\step7\s7data\nsbmp or
c:\siemens\cpbv51\bitmaps
After installation, you can find the appropriate symbol in "PROFIBUS DP\GATWAY".

Project configuration
（1）Use the guide to set up projects in the s7-300 software.
（2）Double click “DP” of "HW Config"->attribute->new

（3）After press “ok”, and then give a connection as follows：

- 256 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: the address of DP can’t be the same as MPI’s. Double click the address number to change.
（4）Double click “GATEWAY"->"eview"->"B_MO1"to extend device.

NOTE: for project configuration of BRIDGE, you must configure DI/D0 resource of 12 bytes firstly. AI/AO is
optional.
（5）Must Use OB82,OB86,OB100,OB121,OB122 in the ladder program of the external device, otherwise
you need to manually operate the RUN switch of the external device as “RUN,STOP,RUN” in this order
upon restart the display or PLC. When you use those special OB block, the communication will be
automatically recovered even if you restart the display or PLC.

（6）Save and compile, and download to module, then the light of profibus is on.
（7）After configuration, and then you can program.
Bus Bridge setting:

- 257 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

（1） Setting ID of Profibus by switching 8-bit Dip(DIP1 is lowest bit, DIP8 is highest bit),range is from 3 to
125;
ID must be the same as its configuration in Siemens software. As above picture for example, setting is “3”,
that the switch DIP1 and DIP2 on the panel of profibus are set ON, others are OFF.
（2）Profibus support baudrate as follows: 9.6Kbit/s, 19.2Kbit/s, 45.45Kbit/s, 93.75Kbit/s, 187.5Kbit/s,
0.5Mbit/s, 1.5Mbit/s, 3Mbit/s, 6Mbit/, 12Mbit/s，and interface is automatically adaptive.
（3）A cable (purple),connect DP interface of s7-300 and bus bridge of profibus. Two sides have active
terminal resistors; Switch on the s7-300 PLC is off, on the busbridge is on.
（ 4 ） Setting baudrate of modbus by switching DIP1-3 of modbus ID port, support 8 kinds of
baudrate .Setting as follows:
1 2 3 Baud
OFF OFF OFF 1200
ON OFF OFF 2400
OFF ON OFF 4800
ON ON OFF 9600
OFF OFF ON 19200
ON OFF ON 38400
OFF ON ON 57600
ON ON ON 115200
（5）Setting station number of modbus by switching DIP4-8 of modbus ID port ,support 1 to 30 kinds of
station number(DIP4 is lowest bit,DIP8 is highest bit, if DIP4 is on and DIP5~8 is off, it means station
number is 00001,that is No. 1 station).

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller Modbus port terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS422 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller Modbus port terminal
com0/com1 9 pin D-SUB (male)
1 RD- 6 TD-
4 TD- 8 RD-
5 GND 5 GND
6 RD+ 1 TD+
9 RD+ 9 RD+

- 258 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal Controller Modbus

9pin D-SUB female terminal
com0/com1
com3 9 pin D-SUB (male)
1 RD- 6 TD-
7 RX- 4 TD- 8 RD-
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND
6 RD+ 1 TD+
8 RX+
9 TD+ 9 RD+

4.44 Kinco Servo Series

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ED100 RS232 on the CPU unit
ED430
ED
ED620 RS485 on port
ED630 Kinco Servo Series
CD420
CD CD430 RS232 on the CPU unit
CD620

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ED100 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
ED430
ED
ED620 RS485 on port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
ED630
CD420
CD CD430 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CD620

◎Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; staion: 1
RS232 communication

- 259 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: If the servo controller to modify the station number, the servo power needed to restart, the station
number to take effect, otherwise the communication is incorrect.
RS485 communication

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Range Notes
Dword ———— 20 Refer to the kinco manual
word ———— 10 Refer to the kinco manual
word ———— 8 Refer to the kinco manual
Dword ———— TBL Refer to the kinco manual
NOTE: Use the touch screen, pay attention to the rules addressing. The specific reference to the

following description.
Touch-screen type of address: according to the number of bits to the servo. Can only be 20, 10, 8.
Address of the touch screen: master address, and sub address
For example, kinco servo drive manual on page 117, the address 2509, sub-address 06, median 20,
addressing the touch screen as shown:

- 260 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Cable Diagram

ED Series
RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
9 pin D-SUB (male)
com0/com1 com3
7Rx-
1 RX- 7 RX- 8Tx-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 5 GND
5 GND 5 GND 2Rx+
3Tx+

CD Series
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 1 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 6 GND

- 261 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.45 Kinco Master & Kinco Slave(Master/Slave Protocol Connection)

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Kinco Master Kinco Master
Kinco Slave Kinco Slave

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Kinco Master Setting Your owner cable
Kinco Slave Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
Kinco Master

Kinco Slave

- 262 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
B 0 – 65535 ------ DDDDD
Broadcast Relay F_B 0 – 65535 ------ DDDDD
------ W 0 – 65535 DDDDD
Broadcast Register ------ F_W 0 – 65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9pin D-SUB female

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.46 Keyence Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KV-16DT KV-16DT CPU Direct Keyence KV-16DT
KV-1000 KV-1000 CPU Direct Keyence KV-1000
KV-3000 KV-3000 CPU Direct Keyence KV-3000
KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct Keyence KV-N60AT/7000

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct Keyence KV-5000/7000 EtherNet Slave
KV-7000 KV-7500 CPU Direct
Ethernet interface Keyence KV-8000 EtherNet(TCP Slave)(Free Tag
KV-8000 KV-8000
on CPU Names)

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KV-16DT KV-16DT CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable
KV-1000 KV-1000 CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable
KV-3000 KV-3000 CPU Direct RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 Your owner cable
KV-Nano Series KV-N60AT CPU Direct Setting
RS485 Your owner cable

- 263 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
KV-5000 KV-5000 CPU Direct Ethernet
Setting Your owner cable
KV-7000 KV-7500 CPU Direct Ethernet
Ethernet
Keyence KV-8000 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
interface on CPU

◎Serial Communication Setting

Keyence KV-16DT protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0

Keyence KV-1000 protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0

Keyence KV-3000 protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0(Don’t support station No.)

- 264 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Keyence KV-N60AT protocol

Default communication parameters， 9600bps, 8，even， 1,；station NO：0
RS232

PLC setting
1. In the [Confirm unit setting information] dialog box click [Yes], and the [Unit Editor] window will
display. On the [Select unit] tab, from the displayed list of units select “KV-N60”, then drag &drop to the
unit placement area. Configure the setup items as follows.
Operation Mode: KV STUDIO mode; Baud Rate: 9600 bps.
Note: 1. Timer and counter register must be programmed in the KV STUDIO software before it be used in
the HMI.
2. If the communication is slower, you can change the baud rate and the Protocol time out 1(ms)

◎Network Communication Setting

Keyence KV-5000/7000 EtherNet Slave protocol
HMI Setting

- 265 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC configuration
1. "Editor" window, click [Configure unit] in the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" to modify the IP address of the
PLC, PLC and PC in the same segment, modify the IP address of the test shown, click [confirm] to save the
modifications
2. Switch to the "Monitor" window to see the changes of the figure will pop up window, Click [PLC
transfer -> Monitor mode (T)], pop-up "transmission program [communication goals: KV-5000 path: USB]",
Click [implementation], content writing, once again view the "[0] KV-5000 R30000" in the PLC's IP address
in the "Monitor" window [unit configuration], This indicates that the address has been modified over.

Keyence KV-8000 EtherNet(TCP Slave)(Free Tag Names)

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1. IP Setting

- 266 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Create variables
1）Variable->Global or Local, create variables.

2）Create struct variables,right click and select new

3）Export variable:File->Output CSV/TXT file->Variable information

- 267 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Import variable

◎Supported Device
KV-16DT
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Counter Relay Counter_contact0- 59915 ------ DDDDD

Timer Relay Timer_contact0- 65535 ------ DDDDD

High speed counter CTH_contact0- 511 ------ DDD
High speed counter Comparator CTC_contact0- 511 ------ DDD
Relay Relay0- 32766 ------ DDDDD
Counter current ------ Counter_current0- 3915 DDDD
Counter preset ------ Counter_preset0- 65535 DDDDD

- 268 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Timer current ------ Timer_current0- 65534 DDDDD

Timer preset ------ Timer_preset0- 11998 DDDDD
High speed counter ------ CTH_current0- 65534 DDDDD
High speed counter ------ CTH_preset0- 32766 DDDDD
High speed counter Comparator ------ CTC_current0-65534 DDDDD
High speed counter Comparator ------ CTC_preset0- 32766 DDDDD
Data memory ------ DM0- 32766 DDDDD
Temporary data memory ------ TM0- 32766 DDDDD
Note: Non-supported batch transfer of bits or words for this protocol.

KV-1000
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay R0-599.15 ------ DDDDD
Control Relay CR0-39.15 ------ DDDD
Internal auxiliary relay MR0-999.15 ------ DDDDD
Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ DDDDD
Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD
Control Memory ------ CM0-11998 DDDDD
Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD
Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD
Extended Data memory ------ FM0-32766 DDDDD

KV-3000
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay R0-999.15 ------ [Link]
Control Relay CR0-39.15 ------ [Link]
Internal auxiliary relay MR0-999.15 ------ [Link]
Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ [Link]
Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD
Control Memory ------ CM0-5999 DDDD
Temporary data memory ------ TM0-511 DDD
Extended Data memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD
Extended Data memory ------ FM0-32767 DDDDD
Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses
corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.

- 269 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Example, PLC which corresponds to R009, the touch screen address is R0.09; PLC which corresponds to
R015, the touch screen address is R0.15.

KV-5000/7000
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay R0-1999.15 ------ [Link]

Control Relay CR0-79.15 ------ [Link]

Internal auxiliary relay MR0-3999.15 ------ [Link]

Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ [Link]

Timer T0~3999 ------ DDD

Counter C0~3999 ------ DDDD

Data Relay DM_bit 0~65535.15 ------ [Link]

High-speed Counter
CTC_contact 0~7 ------ D
Comparator (Contact)
High-speed Counter (Current Value) CTH_contact 0~3 ------ D

Link Relay B 0~7FFF ------ HHHH

Work Relay VB 0~F9FF ------ HHHH
Temporary Data Relay TM_bit 0-511.15 [Link]
Extension Data Relay EM_bit 0-65534.15 [Link]
High-speed Counter Comparator (Setting
------ CTC_preset 0~7 D
Value)
High-speed Counter ------ CTC_current 0~7 D

- 270 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Comparator (Current Value)

High-speed Counter (Setting Value) ------ CTH_preset 0~3 D
High-speed Counter (Current Value) ------ CTH_ current 0~3 D
Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD
Control Memory ------ CM0-7599 DDDD
Temporary Data Memory ------ TM0-511 DDD
Extension Data Memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD
File Register ------ FM0-32767 DDDDD
File Register ------ ZF 0~524287 DDDDDD
Work Memory ------ VM 0~59999 DDDDD
Link Register ------ W 0~7FFF HHHH
Timer (Current Value) ------ TC 0-3999 DDDD
Timer (Setting Value) ------ TS 0-3999 DDDD
Counter (Current Value) ------ CC 0-3999 DDDD
Counter (Setting Value) ------ CS 0-3999 DDDD
Index Register ------ Z 1-23 DD
Note: PLC bit address without a decimal point in the distinction, in fact, the last two addresses
corresponding to the fractional part, makes a distinction between the touch screen.

KV-N60AT
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay R0-999.15 ------ [Link]
Control Relay CR0-89.15 ------ [Link]
Internal auxiliary relay MR0-999.15 ------ [Link]
Latch Relay LR0-999.15 ------ [Link]
Link Relay B0-7FFF ------ HHHH
Work Relay VB0-F9FF ------- HHHH
Extension Data Relay EM_bit 0-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Temporary Data Relay TM_bit 0-511.15 ------ [Link]
High-speed Counter ------
CTC 0~7 D
Comparator (Setting Value)
High-speed Counter (Current Value) ------ CTH 0~3 D
Counter (Current Value) ------ CC 0~3999 DDDD
Timer (Current Value) ------ TC 0~3999 DDDD
Data Memory ------ DM0-65534 DDDDD
Control Memory ------ CM0-8999 DDDD
Temporary Data Memory ------ TM0-511 DDD
Link Register ------ W0-7FFF HHHH
Work Memory ------ VM0-59999 DDDDD
File Register ------ ZF0-131071 DDDDDD
File Register ------ FM0-32767 DDDDD
Extension Data Memory ------ EM0-65534 DDDDD

- 271 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Date Type data format Notes

Bool bit
Int 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, signed
UInt 16-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned
DInt 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, signed
UDInt 32-bit BCD, Hex, Binary, Unsigned

Real 32-bit Float

LReal 64-bit Float

String Ascii component Array limit cannot exceed 128

Struct Not support array

◎Cable Diagram
KV Series RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 RJ-12(male)
3 TXD 4 RD
2 RXD 2 SD
5 GND 3 SG

KV Series RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB female KV-L20
com0/com1 PORT2(male)

6 TXD 5 RD
1 RXD 3 SD
5 GND 1 SG
4 2 RDA-
9 4 RDB+

KV L20 module RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
com0/com1 9pin D-SUB male
com2
2 RX 7 RX 3 TX
3 TX 8 TX 2 RX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

KV L20 module RS422 communication cable

- 272 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male Controller terminal
com0/com1 RS485-4

1 RX- SDA-
6 RX+ SDB+
5 GND SG
4 TX- RDA-
9 TX+ RDB+

KV L20module RS485-2 communication cable

HMI terminal Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male RS485-2

com0/com1 SDA-
1 RX- RDA-
5 GND SG
6 RX+ SDB+
RDB+

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.47 Koyo Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit
DL06
DL105 RS232 on the port1
KOYO DL230
Koyo Direct
DIRECT DL240
DL250 RS232\RS422 on the port2
DL350
DL450

◎Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KOYO NK1 CPU Direct Koyo NK1 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
KOYO SM24-T RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

- 273 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

DIRECT RS485 Setting Your owner cable

DL05 RS232 on the port1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
DL06
DL105 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
DL230
DL240 RS232 on the port2
DL250
RS422 Setting Your owner cable
DL350
DL450

◎Network configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
KOYO NK1 CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Series Communication Setting

KOYO series RS232 communication setting

KOYO series RS485 communication setting

- 274 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication setting

PLC software setting

1. The security password function must be disabled.
2. The COM port must adopt K sequence protocol.
3. Set the switch of the CPU with working mode setting switch to the TERM state.

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

- 275 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

◎Supported Device
Koyo Direct
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input I(X) 0-77777 ------ OOOOO
Output Q(Y) 0-77777 ------ OOOOO
variable M(C) 0-77777 ------ OOOOO
Timer Status T(T) 0-77777 ------ OOOOO
Counter Status C(CT) 0-77777 ------ OOOOO
Input GX 0-10000 ------ OOOOO
Output GY 0-10000 ------ OOOOO
S 0-2000 ------ OOOO
SP 0-2000
Data Register ------ R(V) 0-77777 OOOOO
Counter ------ Counter 0-2000 OOOO
Timer ------ Timer 0-2000 OOOO

- 276 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Koyo NK1 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input I 0-1777 ------ OOOOO
Output Q 0-1777 ------ OOOOO
variable M 0-3777 ------ OOOOO
Timer Status T 0-777 ------ OOOOO
Counter Status C 0-777 ------ OOOOO
Input GI 0-3777 ------ OOOOO
Output GQ 0-3777 ------ OOOOO
S 0-1777 ------ OOOO
SP 0-1777 ------ OOOO
Data Register ------ R 0-37777 OOOOO

◎Cable Diagram
KOYO SM24-T series RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 RJ-12(male)

3 TX 8 TX 3 RX
2 RX 7 RX 4TX
5 GND 5 GND 1 GND
6

KOYO SM24-T series RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 Rs485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A
5 GND 5 GND FG

KOYO DL06 series RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 RJ-12(male)

3 TX 8 TX 3 RX
2 RX 7 RX 4TX
5 GND 5 GND 1 GND
6

- 277 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller PORT2
15 pin SVGA terminal
com0/com1 com2
(male)
3 TX 8 TX 3 RX
2 RX 7 RX 2 TX
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS

KOYO DL06 series RS422 communication cable

HMI terminal Controller PORT2

9pin D-SUB female 15 pin SVGA terminal
com0/com1 (male)
1 RX- 10 TX-
6 RX+ 9 TX+
5 GND 7 GND
4 TX- 6 RX-
9 TX+ 13 RX+
11 RTS+
14 CTS+
12 RTS-
15 CTS-

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.48 KTC Srdlink

◎Serial Communication

Series CPU Link Module Driver

RS232 on CPU unit
SRD SRD2211
RS485 on CPU unit
KTC SRDLINK
RS232 on CPU unit
COM COM2023
RS485 on CPU unit

◎System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

SRD SRD2211 RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

- 278 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 on CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
COM COM2023
RS485 on CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

KTC RS232 communication

KTC RS485 communication

NOTE: Must modify communication parameter in the programming software.

◎Supported Device

Please refer to the PLC manual for details.

◎Cable Diagram

KTC RS232 communication cable

- 279 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Direct connect (cable by KTC Corporation)

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 8 pin Mini DIN (male)
1 7
2 3
3 5
4 1
5 GND 4
8
KTC RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 Net+
6 RX+ 8 RX+
1 RX- 7 RX- 2 Net -

4.49 KYL Slave

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit KYL Slave

◎System configuration
Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Cable
r
KYL Slave KYL RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
RS232

- 280 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Group close instruction LB0 ------ DD
Remote valve open operation LB1 ------ DD
Remote valve close operation LB2 ------ DD
Remote valve address set operation LB3 ------ DD
Set gain cunrrent state LB4 ------ DD
flase valve open LB8 ------ DD
flase valve close LB9 ------ DD Station:1; LB
valve open feedback LB10 ------ DD address
valve close feedback LB11 ------ DD
valve uncap alarm LB12 ------ DD
valve hypopiesis alarm LB13 ------ DD
Show current valve state LB14 ------ DD
Show valve state LB15 ------ DD
Group close instruction LB17 ------ DD
Remote valve open operation LB18 ------ DD
Remote valve close operation LB19 ------ DD
Remote valve address set operation LB20 ------ DD
Set gain cunrrent state LB24 ------ DD Staion:2, LB
flase valve open LB25 ------ DD address(LB is on
flase valve close LB26 ------ DD the base of
valve open feedback LB27 ------ DD 1station+16)
valve close feedback LB28 ------ DD
valve uncap alarm LB29 ------ DD
valve hypopiesis alarm LB30 ------ DD
Show current valve state LB31 ------ DD

◎Cable Diagram
RS232

- 281 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.50 LENZE Inverter

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Lenze Lecom A/B EVF9323-EV RS232 on the CPU unit Lenze Lecom_AB

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
Lenze Lecom RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
EVF9323-EV
A/B RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
Lecom AB RS232 communication

Lecom AB RS485 communication

- 282 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Refer to the PLC software for details；Global drive control
Note：code_H: Data type is HEX
code_F: Data type is Floating
code_D: Data type is Decimal

◎Cable Diagram

Lecom AB RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Lecom AB RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
Controller
9pin D-SUB female
Rs485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 72
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 71

- 283 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.51 Liteon Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
ISA_7X ISA_7X-100-A1 Liteon Servo Driver
RS485 on the CPU unit
EVO6000 RS232 on the CPU unit
EVO Series EVO6800 Liteon Inverter Driver
EVO8000 RS485 on the CPU unit

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
ISA_7X ISA_7X-100-A1
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
EVO6000 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
EVO
EVO6800
Series RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
EVO8000

◎Communication Setting
Liteon Servo Driver protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication：9600, 8, none, 2; station: 127

RS232 communication

RS485 communication

- 284 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
For related parameter settings, please refer to the relevant instructions of the communication equipment.

Liteon Servo Driver protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication：19200, 8,None, 1; station:1

RS232 communication

RS485 communication

◎Supported Device

- 285 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Liteon Servo Driver

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
word ———— 4X 0--91D HHH

Liteon Inverter Driver

Device Bit Address Word Address Range Notes
word ———— 4X0--FFFF Refer to the Liteon manual

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 communication cable

HMI Terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller Terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 1 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 6 GND

RS485 communication cable

HMI Terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller Terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 4-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 5+

4.52 LS Industrial Systems（LG）

◎Serial Communication
Series Type CPU Link Module Driver
K7M-DR10UE
K7M-DR20U
Port1 on CPU unit LS Master-K CPU Direct
Master-K K120S K7M-DT30U
Port2 on CPU unit LS Master-K Cnet
K7M-DT40U
LS Master-K Modbus RTU
K7M-DT60U
K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit
XGT XGK-CPUH
XBC-DN64H RS232 on the CPU unit LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct
XGB
XBC-DR32H

- 286 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

XBC-DR40EB
Built-in RS-232C/RS-485 LS XBC/XGK Cnet
XBC-DN30S
XEC-DN20SU RS232 on the CPU unit LS XEC CPU Direct
XEC-DR32H
Built-in RS-232C/RS-485 LS XEC CPU Cnet
XEC-DN32UA
RS232 on the CPU unit
GM6 G6L-CUEB
G6L-CUEC
GLOFA GM LS GLOFA Cnet
RS232 on the CPU unit
GM7 G7L-CUEB
G7L-CUEC
iG5A SV008iG5A-2 RS485on the CPU unit LS iG5A
iG5 SV004IG5-1 RS485 on the CPU unit LS iG5
C100 LV0002C100-2N RS485on the CPU unit LS C100 Series Inverter
Inverter
iGxA SV008IGXA-4 RS485on the CPU unit LS iGxA Series Inverter
iS7 SV0550-0750iS7-4 RS485on the CPU unit LS iS7 Series Inverter
S100 LV0004S100-4EONNS RS485on the CPU unit LS S100 Series Inverter
The difference of LS Master-K CPU Direct、LS Master-K Cnet、LS Master-K Modbus RTU
Protocol PLC Setting Communication Mode Multi-station Baud(bps)
LS Master-K Cnet Switch the DIP2 to be RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200
ON, DIP1 to be OFF /38400
LS Master-K Switch the DIP2 to be RS232/RS485 support 9600/19200
MODBUS RTU ON, DIP1 to be OFF /38400
LS Master-K CPU Switch the DIP1 and RS232 non-support 38400
Direct DIP2 to be OFF

◎Ethernet communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
GLOFA GM6-CPUA G6L-EUTP LS GLOFA FEnet
XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT LS XGT Ethernet
XGT XMC-32EA XMC-32EA LS XMC FEnet Slave
XGB XBC-DR60SU XBL-EMTA LS XBC FEnet Slave

◎Serial System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
K7M-DR10UE
Port2 on CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
K120S
Port1 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
K7M-DR20U
Port2 on CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
K200S K3P-07AS RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
XGT XGK-CPUH RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
XGB XBC-DN64H RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

- 287 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

XBC-DR32H Built-in RS-232C RS232 Setting Your owner cable

XBC-DR40EB
XBC-DN30S Built-in RS-485 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

XEC-DN20SU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
XEC-DR32H Built-in RS-232C RS232 Setting Your owner cable
XEC-DN32UA Built-in RS-485 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
GM6 G6L-CUEB
G6L-CUEC RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
GLOFA
RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
GM7 G7L-CUEB
G7L-CUEC RS422/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
iG5A SV008iG5A-2 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
iG5 SV004IG5-1 R485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
LV0002C100-2
C100 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
N

◎Ethernet System Configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
GLOFA GM6-CPUA ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting
XGT XGK-CPUE XGL-EFMT ETH Setting Your owner cable
XGB XBC-DR60SU XBL-EMTA ETH Setting
XGT XMC-32EA XMC-32EA ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

LS Master-K Cnet protocol
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
HMI Setting
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

- 288 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC setting

If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the run
light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.

LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
RS232 communication

- 289 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Only support 38400 baud rate for the protocol

LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication: 38400, 8, none , 1; station:1
RS232 communication

PLC Setting

- 290 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

If click “Connect+Write+Run+Monitor Start”, it will give a “Cannot Change PLC Mode”. Need to let the run
light go out by manual control, and then download. After download, let the run light keep on.

LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct protocol

Default communication: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication

NOTE: Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.

LS XBC/XGK Cnet protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0
HMI Setting
RS232 communication

- 291 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 communication

PLC Setting
1. “Tools”---“Network Manager” set communication

- 292 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Communicating in the OPR mode

LS XEC CPU Direct

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 115200bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0

NOTE:Only support 115200 baud rate for the protocol; station number disable.

LS XEC Cnet protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 9600bps, 8, 1, none; PLC station No.:0

- 293 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
[Link] parameter settings:[Tools]-[Network Manager].

2. In the pop-up window “XG-PD”, creat a new file, select the correct CPU kind.

[Link] click the [ 00:Embedded Cnet], in the pop-up window “Standard Settings-Cnet” to set
communication.

- 294 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

LS GLOFA Cnet protocol

Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 0
HMI Setting
RS232 communication

RS422 communication

- 295 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Set the parameters of CPU module
Open GMWIN, “Parameters”→”Basic Parameters” set “Communication”:

2. Set the parameters of module

Take G6L-CUEC for example,
Open GMWIN, select ”Tool”→”Cnet Frame Editor”,

- 296 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

As G6L-CUEC is RS422/485 module, the channel should be selected “RS422 side”. After set the parameters,
click ”Online”→”Connect”, and then click ”Online”→”Write” after the communication is built, pay
attention to choose the correct Slot No..

The Slot No. is the I/O slot position where the communication module is. For example, G6L-CUEC is
plugged in the I/O 1, the Slot No. should be selected SLOT 1.
NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.

LS ig5A Protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600bps,8,none,1;PLC station:1

PLC Setting
Settings
Parameter directions
panel display Addr
I59 A43B Protocol 0 Modbus RTU
1 LS BUS
I60 A43C Station 1-250
I61 A43D Baud Rate 0 1200[bps]
1 2400[bps]
2 4800[bps]

- 297 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3 9600[bps]
4 19200[bps]
I65 A441 Parity Check 0 none，stop bit:1
1 none，stop bit:2
2 even，stop bit:1
3 odd，stop bit:1

The controller also supports the standard Modbus RTU protocol, set the agreement with LS
ig5A.

LS Ig5 Protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication：9600bps，8，none，1；station：1

PLC Setting
Setting in operation panel：
Code Name Display Range Unit Factory setting Change
I/O-46 Inverter No. I46 1 to 32 1 1 yes
I/O-47 Baud rate I47 0：1200bps - 3：9600bps yes
1：2400bps
2：4800bps
3：9600bps
4：19200bps
I/O-50 Communication I50 0：LS-BUS 7 yes
protocol 1-6：MODBUS ASCII
7-9：MODBUS-RTU
Note： Setting communication protocol in operation panel(0：LS-BUS),when use inverter

LS C100 Series Inverter Protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication:9600bps, 8，non，1；station：1
（Attention， parity check ：non ，no modification）

- 298 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

LS GLOFA FEnet protocol
GM6-CPU Setting
HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1. Modify the parameters of PLC: “Tools”→”Enet Frame Editor”, set the type as “FENET”:

- 299 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Modify the IP address only via serial communication, and in the offline.
2. On the “Enet Editor” and select “Edit”, set the PLC series and IP address

3. On the “Option” and select “COM Port”, set the serial port of PC

4. Download: “Online”→”Connect”→”Write”

XGK-CPUE Setting

- 300 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI setting

PLC setting
1. PLC parameter settings: [Tools] - [ network management ] , in the pop-up window XG-PD , create a
new file , select the correct CPU kind .

2. Double click the [ base 00 ], in the pop-up window [communication module Settings], select the
category FEnet .

- 301 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Double click the FEnet, in the pop-up window [ Standard Settings] to set the IP address and drive .

LS XBC FEnet Slave

HMI Setting

- 302 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Open XG5000,new project aaa,choosing the right CPU ;

[Link] parameter setting（IP setting）：

A.【Tools】→【Network Manager】,new project bbb in XG-PD,choosing the right CPU;

[Link] click【Base00】→【Add Communication Module】，Select FEnet;

[Link] IP and Driver in【Standard Settings】;

- 303 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] OK，writer parameters to PLC;

LS XMC FEnet Slave
HMI Setting

PLC Setting

- 304 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
LS Master-K CPU Direct
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O Relay P 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Link Relay L 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Keep Relay K 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Special Relay F 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Counter C 0-255 ------ DDD
Timer T 0-255 ------ DDD
I/O Relay ------ P 0-255 DDD
Auxiliary Relay ------ M 0-255
Link Relay ------ L 0-255
Keep Relay ------ K 0-255
Special Relay ------ F 0-255
S ------ S 0-255

- 305 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Timer ------ T 0-4096 DDDD

Counter ------ C 0-4096 DDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD
NOTE：F address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;
F address: 2A in the PLC corresponds to 2.A in the HMI.
Other register addresses, and so on.
LS Master K-cnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O Relay P 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Link Relay L 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Keep Relay K 0.0-256.0 ------ DDD.H
Special Relay F 0.0-256.0 DDD.H
Counter C 0-255 ------ DDD
Timer T 0-255 ------ DDD
Timer ------ T 0-255 DDD
Counter ------ C 0-255 DDD
Data Register D 0-9999 DDDD
I/O Relay ------ P 0-255 DDD
Auxiliary Relay ------ M 0-255 DDD
Link Relay ------ L 0-255 DDD
Keep Relay ------ K 0-255 DDD
Special Relay ------ F 0-255 DDD
S ------ S 0-255 DDD

LS Modbus RTU
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O Relay P 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H
Link Relay L 0.0-2047.F ------ DDD.H
Keep Relay K 0.0-4095.F ------ DDD.H
Special Relay F 0.0-1023.F ------ DDD.H
Timer ------ T 0-255 DDD
Counter ------ C 0-255 DDD
Data Register ------ D 0-9999 DDDD

LS XBC/XGK Cnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
ZR_bit 0.0-65535.F

- 306 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

U_bit 0.0-4095.F
File Relay R_bit 0.0-32767.F DDDDD.H
Data Relay D_bit 0.0-32767.F DDDDD.H
Communication Relay N_bit 0.0-21503.F DDDD.H
Link Relay L_bit 0.0-11263.F DDDD.H
S_bit 0.0-127.F
Index Relay Z_bit 0.0-624.F ------ DDD.H
Counter Contact Relay C_bit 0-32767 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact Relay T_bit 0-32767 ------ DDDD
Special Relay F_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
Keep Relay K_bit 0.0-8191.F ------ DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
I/O Relay P_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
ZR 0-65535
U 0-4095
File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-32767 DDDDD
Communication Register ------ N 0-21503 DDDD
Link Register ------ L 0-11263 DDDD
Step Control Register S 0-127 DDDD
Index Register Z 0-9999 DDDD
Counter ------ C 0-2047 DDDD
Timer ------ T 0-2047 DDDD

Special Register ------ F 0-2047 DDDD

Keep Register ------ K 0-8191 DDDD

Auxiliary Register ------ M 0-2047 DDDD

I/O Register ------ P 0-2047 DDDD

NOTE: T_bit、C_bit are not surported to be transferred quantities

LS XBC/XGK CPU Direct

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
S_bit 0-127.F
U_bit 0-4095.F

- 307 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

File Relay R_bit 0.0-32767.F ------ DDDDD.H

Data Relay D_bit 0.0-32767.F ------ DDDDD.H
Communication Relay N_bit 0.0-21503.F ------ DDDD.H
Link Relay L_bit 0.0-11263.F ------ DDDD.H
Index Relay Z_bit 0.0-624.F ------ DDD.H
ZR_bit 0.0-65535.F ------ DDDDD.H
Counter Contact Relay C_bit 0-32767 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact Relay T_bit 0-32767 ------ DDDD
Special Relay F_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
Keep Relay K_bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
I/O Relay P_bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
U 0-4095
File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-32767 DDDDD
Communication Register ------ N 0-21503 DDDD
Link Register ------ L 0-11263 DDDD
Step Control Register ------ S 0-127 DDDD
Index Register ------ Z 0-9999 DDDD
------ ZR 0-65535 DDDDD
Counter Set Value ------ C_ SV 0-2047 DDDD
Timer Set Value ------ T_ SV 0-2047 DDDD
Counter Current Value ------ C_ CV 0-9999 DDDD
Timer Current Value ------ T_ CV 0-9999 DDDD
Special Register ------ F 0-2047 DDDD
Keep Register ------ K 0-4095 DDDD
Auxiliary Register ------ M 0-2047 DDDD
I/O Register ------ P 0-2047 DDDD

LS XEC CPU Direct

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
A_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD
Special Relay F_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD
W_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDDD Same area with R
File Relay R_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDDD
Communication Relay N_Bit 0-81919 ------- DDDDD
Special module Relay U_Bit 0-8191 ------- DDDD
Keep Relay K_Bit 0-65535 ------- DDDDD
Link Relay L_Bit 0-32767 ------- DDDDD
Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-131071 ------- DDDDDD

- 308 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Output Relay Q_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD

Input Relay I_Bit 0-16383 ------- DDDDD
------- A 0-16383 DDDDD
Special Register ------- F 0-1023 DDDD
------- W 0-10239 DDDDD
File Register ------- R 0-10239 DDDDD
Communication Register ------- N 0-5119 DDDD
Special module Register ------- U 0-511 DDD
Keep Register ------- K 0-4095 DDDD
Link Register ------- L 0-2047 DDDD
Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-8191 DDDD
Output Register ------- Q 0-1023 DDDD
Input Register ------- I 0-1023 DDDD

LS XEC Cnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
A_Bit 0-524287 ------- DDDDDD
Special Relay F_Bit 0-32767 ------- DDDDD
W_Bit 0-524287 ------- DDDDDD Same area with R
File Relay R_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD
Special module Relay U_Bit 0-15511 ------- DDDDD
Keep Relay K_Bit 0-131071 ------- DDDDD
Link Relay L_Bit 0-65535 ------- DDDDD
Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-262143 ------- DDDDDD
Communication Relay N_Bit 0-163839 ------- DDDDD
Output Relay Q_Bit 0-151563 ------- DDDDDD
Input Relay I_Bit 0-151563 ------- DDDDDD
------- A 0-32767 DDDDD
Special Register ------- F 0-2047 DDDD
------- W 0-32767 DDDDD
File Register ------- R 0-16383 DDDDD
Special module Register ------- U 0-1531 DDDD
Keep Register ------- K 0-8191 DDDD
Communication Register ------- N 0-10239 DDDD
Link Register ------- L 0-4095 DDDD
Auxiliary Reguster ------- M 0-16383 DDDD
Output Register ------- Q 0-15153 DDDDD
Input Register ------- I 0-15153 DDDDD

- 309 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

1. The address format of %UX is [Link] (0.0.0-0.15.511) in the PLC, it correspond to

DDDDD (0-15511) in the HMI. And the %UX 0.m.n in the PLC is U_Bit m*512+n in the HMI.
For example,
Internal address: %UX 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to U_Bit 512 in the HMI
Internal address: %UX 0.15.511 in the PLC correspond to U_Bit 8191 in the HMI

Similarly, the %UW 0.0.0-0.15.511 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 0-1531 in the HMI.
The %UW 0.m.n in the PLC is U_Word m*32+n.
For example,
Internal address: %UW 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 32 in the HMI
Internal address: %UW 0.15.31 in the PLC correspond to U_Word 511 in the HMI

2. The address format of %QX/IX is [Link] (0.0.0-15.15.63) in the PLC, it correspond to

DDDDDD (0-151563) in the HMI. And the %QX/IX a.b.c in the PLC is Q_Bit/I_Bit
a*1024+b*64+c in the HMI.
For example,
Internal address: %QX/IX 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to Q_Bit/I_Bit 64 in the HMI
Internal address: %QX/IX 15.15.63 in the PLC correspond to Q_Bit/I_Bit 16383 in the HMI

Similarly, the %QW/IW 0.0.0-15.15.3 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 0-15153 in

the HMI. The %QW/IW a.b.c in the PLC is Q_Word/I_Word a*64+b*4+c.
For example,
Internal address: %QW/IW 0.1.0 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 4 in the HMI
Internal address: %QW/IW 15.15.63 in the PLC correspond to Q_Word/I_Word 1023 in the
HMI

LS GLOFA Cnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Buffer Memory(Bit) MX0-32767 ------ DDDDD
Output(Bit) QX0-1763 ------ DDDD
Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD
Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-16368 DDDDD
Output(Dword) ------ QD0.0-17.1 DD.D
Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D
Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-32767 DDDDD
Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D
Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D

LS GLOFA FEnet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Buffer Memory(Bit) MX0-131056 ------ DDDDD
Output(Bit) QX0-1763 ------ DDDD
Input(Bit) IX0-1763 ------ DDDD

- 310 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Buffer Memory(Dword) ------ MD0-4095 DDDD

Output(Dword) ------ QD0.0-17.1 DD.D
Input(Dword) ------ ID0.0-17.1 DD.D
Buffer Memory(Word) ------ MW0-8191 DDDD
Output(Word) ------ QW0.0-17.3 DD.D
Input(Word) ------ IW0.0-17.3 DD.D
NOTE:
1. The address format of %QX\IX is [Link] (00.0.00~63.7.63) in the PLC, it correspond to DD D DD
(0~63763) in the HMI; Note that put 0 before the address if the address is less than two bits.
For example,
Internal address : %QX\IX 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 301 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QX\IX 1.4.63 in the PLC correspond to QX\IX 1463 in the HMI;
2. The address format of %QD\ID is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.1) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.1) in the
HMI;
For example,
Internal address : %QD\ID 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 3.1 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QD\ID 1.5.1 in the PLC correspond to QD\ID 15.1 in the HMI;
3. The address format of %QW\IW is D.D.D (0.0.0~1.7.3) in the PLC, it correspond to D D.D (0.0~17.3) in
the HMI;
For example,
Internal address : %QW\IW 0.3.1 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 3.1 in the HMI;
Internal address : %QW\IW 1.5.3 in the PLC correspond to QW\IW 15.3 in the HMI;

LS iG5A protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Bits AB 0.0-65535.F ------- DDDDD
Words ------- AW 0-65535 DDDDD

1、The representation of address is hexadecimal in the Inverter User's Manual , used in the
project must be converted to [Link] as universal domain address 0000
corresponds to AW0，The address of the function list A100 corresponds AW41216.
2、Register more than eight consecutive addresses will not be properly read.
NOTE:
3、Some address may affect the surrounding register read, should used separately：
H8 and H10，H42 and H44,do not show put together
H20，H30，H36，H37，H42，H50，H51，H52，H70，H90
F30，F37，F60，I27，I57

MODUS RTU protocol（support LS iG5A）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Read Holding Registers ------- 3X 1-65535 DDDDD
Read Input Registers ------- 4X 1-65535 DDDDD

- 311 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Inverter address converted to decimal, the address of the function list A100 corresponds
NOTE: AW41216.
Modbus address starting from 1, the general field of 0000 address is inaccessible.

LS C100 Series Inverter protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
------ Fbr 0 D
------ rEF 0 D
------ Fra 0 D
------ drv2 0 D
------ drC 0 D
------ nOn 0 D
------ vOL 0 D
------ dCL 0 D
------ rPM 0 D
Driver ------ CUr 0 D
------ St3 0 D
------ St2 0 D
------ St1 0 D

------ Frq 0 D
------ drv 0 D
------ dEC 0 D
------ ACC 0 D
------ DRIVER_0 0 D
I/O ------ I 0-87 DD
Funcation 1 ------ F0-72 DD
Funcation 2 ------ H0-95 DD

LS XBC FEnet Slave protocol

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O Relay P_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
Link Relay L_Bit 0.0-11263.F ------ DDDDD.H
Counter Contact Relay C_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact Relay T_Bit 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Special Relay F_Bit 0.0-2047.F ------ DDDD.H
Keep Relay K_Bit 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H
Auxiliary Relay M_Bit 0-8191.F ------ DDDD.H
Analog Data ------ U_Word 0.00-127.31 [Link]
------ ZR_Word 0-65535 DDDDD

- 312 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

File Register ------ R_Word 0-32767 DDDDD

Data Register ------ D_Word 0-32767 DDDDD
Communication Register ------ N_Word 0-21503 DDDDD
Counter Register ------ C_Word 0-2047 DDDD
Timer Register ------ T_Word 0-2047 DDDD
Link Register ------ L_Word 0-11263 DDDDD
Step Control Register ------ S_Word 0-127 DDD
Index Register ------ Z_Word 0-127 DDD
Special Register ------ F_Word 0-2047 DDDD
Keep Register ------ K_Word 0-4095 DDDD
Auxiliary Register ------ M_Word 0-2047 DDDD
I/O Register ------ P_Word 0-2047 DDDD
LS XMC FEnet Slave protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O Relay IX 0-131071 ------ DDDDDD

I/O Relay QX 0-131071 ------ DDDDDD

MX MX 0-16777215 ------ DDDDDDDD

UX UX 0-8191 ------ DDDD

KX KX 0-146015 ------ DDDDDD

FX FX 0-1048575 ------ DDDDDDD

IW ------ IW 0-8191 DDDD

QW ------ QW 0-8191 DDDD

MW ------ MW 0-1048575 DDDDDDD

UW ------ UW 0-511 DDD

KW ------ KW 0-9125 DDDD

FW ------ FW 0-65535 DDDDD

ID ------ ID 0-4095 DDDD

QD ------ QD 0-4095 DDDD

MD ------ MD 0-524287 DDDDDD

UD ------ UD 0-255 DDD

KD ------ KD 0-4562 DDDD

FD ------ FD 0-32767 DDDDD

IB ------ IB 0-16383 DDDDD

QB ------ QB 0-16383 DDDDD

- 313 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

MB ------ MB 0-2097151 DDDDDDD

UB ------ UB 0-1023 DDDD

KB ------ KB 0-18251 DDDDD

FB ------ FB 0-131071 DDDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
LS Master-K Cnet/ LS Master-K Modbus RTU protocol
RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9pin D-SUB(male)
3 TX 8 TX 4 RX
2 RX 7 RX 7 TX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
terminal
com0/com1 com3
7 RX- -
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +

LS Master-K CPU Direct protocol

RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9pin D-SUB(male)
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

LS XBC/XGK/XEC CPU Direct protocol

RS232 communication cable

- 314 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 6pin Mini DIN(male)

2 RX 7 RX 6 TX

3 TX 8 TX 2 RX

5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

LS XBC/XGK/XEC Cnet protocol

RS232 programming cable

PC terminal Controller terminal

9pin D-SUB male 6pin Mini DIN(male)
2 RX 6 TX
3 TX 2 RX
5 GND 3 GND

RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
com0/com1 com2 Controller terminal
2 RX 7 RX TX
3 TX 8 TX RX
5 GND 5 GND SG

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 com3 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- 485-

6 RX+ 8 RX+ 485+
5 GND 5 GND SG

LS GLOFA Cnet protocol

RS232 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9pin D-SUB(male)
3 TX 8 TX 4 RX
2 RX 7 RX 7 TX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

- 315 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 terminal
1 RX- SDB
6 RX+ SDA
5 GND SG
4 TX - RDB
9 TX + RDA

NOTE: Be sure to put the switch of the module to 9 (ON-LINE) position when communicating.

LS iG5A protocol
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- S-
6 RX+ 8 RX+
S+

Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

LS C100 Series Inverter protocol

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- RS485-

6 RX+ 8 RX+ RS485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

4.53 LUST

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
CDE34.008 CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit LustBus

◎Network communication (direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 316 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU Lust Ethernet Slave

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
CDE34.008 CDE34.008 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ServoOne junior Lust ETH on the CPU ETH Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

Lustbus RS232 default communication: 57600, 7, even, 1; station: 1

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

The way to change IP of Servo drive system

- 317 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Plug the 24-volt power supply on the X2, plug the network cable on the X9.

Refer to the map, press the T1 or T2 to modify the IP

- 318 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Parameter b3 b2 b1 b0
int 192 168 39 5
Initial IP
hex C0 A8 27 05
int 192 168 100 240
Modified IP
hex C0 A8 64 F0

Parameter b3 b2 b1 b0
int 192 168 39 5
Initial IP
hex C0 A8 27 05
int 192 168 100 240
Modified IP
hex C0 A8 64 F0
The following description of specific processes, after the servo power
D1 D2
5. 1.
Press key T1 of about 1s
D1 D2
P R
Press key T1 of about 1s
D1 D2
I P
Press key T2 of about 1s
D1 D2
l u
Press key T2 of about 1s
D1 D2
b 0
Press key T2 of about 1s
D1 D2
b 0
1s at about T2 button to display the value of d0, the initial value is 05
D1 D2
0 5
Press T1, respectively, and T2, you can adjust the value of b0, After release, while at T1 and T2 key until
the display or can be, Then press and T1 and T2, also show b0, then press the key T1 of about 1s,can
switch to b2, empathy can be modified the value of b2, b3, b4, modify the good, the same press T1 and T2
until display “or” (where press T1 and T2 at the same time is the key to save and exit).
Well, after the change, restart the power, and then ping.

- 319 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

After the software is connected

◎Supported Device
CDE34.008
Refer to the Controller software for details: DriveManager for c-line drives
ServoOne junior
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Array_DWord32 ———— 0.00000-32767.65535 [Link]
Array_DWord16 ———— 0.00000-32767.65535 [Link]
DWord32 ———— 0-32767 DDDDD
Word16 ———— 0-32767 DDDDD
Note: Array_DWord32/Array_DWord16 the address format is the primary address + decimal point +
sub-address, such as the address for the save as shown below, the main address is 11, sub-address is 0,
the data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to the address is Array_DWord16 11.00000.

- 320 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

The primary address is 11, sub-address is 1, the data type is int16, then the touch screen corresponding to
the address is Array_DWord16 11.00001. In addition, INT8 address, select Word16, but also through the
conversion can be displayed, as should show -3, while the display 253, which can be done in the macro
data conversion, so 253-256 = -3, that is in need of special address type conversion .

◎Cable Diagram
Lustbus RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.54 Memory map

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit MemoryMap(Master-Slave)

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r

- 321 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Your owner
BMS005A-MC11 BMS005A-MC11 RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting
cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 57600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting
Please refer to the manual of PLC for the configuration.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
LW.B 8000.0-8999.15 -------- [Link]
-------- LW8000-8999 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 RS422 terminal
1 RX- 1 Tx-
6 RX+ 2 Tx+
5 GND 5 GND
4 TX- 3 Rx-
9 TX+ 4 Rx+

4.55 MEGMEET

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 322 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

MEGMEET MC280 MC280-1616BTA4 RS232 on the CPU unit MEGMEET MC Series

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MC Series MC 5100 CPU Direct MEGMEET MC Series Ethernet（TCP Slave）

◎ Serial Communication Parameters and Cables Production

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

MEGMEET MC280-1616 RS232 on the CPU

RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
MC280 BTA4 unit

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
MC Series MC Series CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Parameters

HMI Setting
Default communication:9600bps, 8，even，1；station：1
RS232

RS485

- 323 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
[Link] X_builder,New project，select PLC type（MC280）

[Link] System block→Comm Port,set comm port（support Modbus）

（1）Port0 setting（RS232）

- 324 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

（2）Port1andPort2 setting（RS485）

Notes：Using X_builder，Main routine cannot be empty

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

- 325 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC configuration
1. Open MEGreator programming tool software, create new project, project name is optional, PLC type
selects MC5100, and then click OK
2. Select the Ethernet connection in the PLC connection, the connecting IP input is the same PLC IP
address that in the HMI settings, finally click OK.

◎ Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO R
Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO
Internal Relay M 0-10239 ------ DDDDD
Special Relay SM 0-511 ------ DDD
Step Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay T_BIT 0-511 ------ DDD
Counter Relay C_BIT 0-306 ------ DDD
Data register ------ D 0-7999 DDDD
Special Register ------ SD 0-511 DDD
Index Register ------ Z 0-15 DD
Timer ------ T_Word 0-511 DDD
Counter ------ C_Word 0-199 DDD
Counter(double word) ------ C_DWord 200-306 DDD

------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

------ R_DWord 0-32767 DDDDD

Special Register(double word) ------ SD_DWord 0-511 DDD

Data register(double word) ------ D_DWord 0-7999 DDDD

◎ Cables Production
RS232

- 326 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller port0
terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 port1andPort2 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- RS485-

6 RX+ 8 RX+ RS485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

Ethernet Cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.56 Mikom

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
MX2H MX2H-3232M Mikom MXxh
RS485 on port

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
Port 0 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
MX2H MX2H-3232M
Port 1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 19200, 7, 1, even；Station：1

- 327 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Input Relay X 0-777 OOO
Output Relay Y 0-777 OOO
Counter C_bit 0-511 DDD
Timer T_bit 0-511 DDD
Status Relay S 0-1535 DDDD
Special Relay SM 0-511 DDD
Internal Relay M 0-4095 DDDD
Data register D 0-7999 DDDD
Special Register(double word) SD 0-511 DDD
Index Register Z 0-255 DDD
Timer T_word 0-255 DDD
Counter C_word 0-199 DDD

The PLC MODBUS protocol does not support double-word data type, so the protocol does
NOTE:
not support the bulk of the word read and write .

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication

- 328 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller port0
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com2 Port1 terminal
2 RX 7 RX TXD
3 TX 8 TX RXD
5 GND 5 GND GND

RS485 Communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
Port1 terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- RS485-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ RS485+
5 GND 5 GND GND

4.57 Millenium3

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
Millenium 3 Millenium 3 Millenium 3
RS485 on the CPU unit

◎System configuration
Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Cable
r
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Millenium 3 Millenium 3
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 115200, 7, 1, even；Station：1
RS232 Communication:

- 329 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 Communication：

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Register ------ Register 0~23 DD Write only
Register ------ Register 24~47 DD Read only

◎Cable Diagram
RS232
Serial programing cable

M3 HMI

Users need to make the communication cable for M3 and HMI (region of red marquee as shown above)
M3 communicate with COM0/COM1 of HMI, the cable connection is as follow:

- 330 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal Controller terminal

9pin D-SUB(female/male) 9pin D-SUB(male/female)
COM0/COM1

2 RXD 2 RX

3 TXD 3 TX

5 GND 5 GND

External power +5V 4 DTR

supply COM
NOTE: Provide 5V DC high level for the pin 4 of M3 9-pin D-Sub.
RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- -
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +

4.58 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FX0S CPU Direct
Mitsubishi FX1S*2
FX1S FX□□-422-BD*3
FX0N Mitsubishi FX1S*2
FX1N FX□□-485-BD *3 Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station)
FX2 FX□□-485-ADP*3 *1
FX3S
CPU Direct
FX1NC Mitsubishi FX 2N/3G*2
FX□□-422-BD*3
FX2N FX□□-485-BD*3
FXCPU Mitsubishi FX2N/3G*2
FX2NC FX□□-485-ADP*3 Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station)
FX3SA
FX□□-232-BD*3 *1

FX2N-10GM
CPU Direct Mitsubishi FX2N_10GM/20GM
FX2N-20GM
CPU Direct
Mitsubishi FX3U*2
FX3U FX□□-422-BD*3
FX3UC FX□□-485-BD*3 Mitsubishi FX3U*2
FX□□-485-ADP*3 Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station)

- 331 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

FX□□-232-BD*3 *1
RS422 on the CPU unit
FX5U-32M Mitsubishi FX5U
FX5-232ADP
FX3G
CPU Direct Mitsubishi FX2N/3G*2
FX3GE
RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port)
QJ71C24
QJ71C24-R2
Q00jCPU 1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
QJ71C24N
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
RS232 on the CPU unit
QJ71C24
Q00CPU QJ71C24-R2 1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
Q01CPU QJ71C24N 2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
Q01UCPU
Q03UDCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port)
QCPU Q06UDHCPU

Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port)

RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU QJ71C24
Q25HCPU QJ71C24-R2
1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
QJ71C24N
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QJ71C24N-R2
QJ71C24N-R4
Q12HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
Q02UCPU RS232 on the CPU unit Mitsubishi Melsec Q
Mitsubishi Q06H
Q06HCPU RS232 on the CPU unit
Mitsubishi Q06Hv2*4
L02CPU LJ71C24-CM
LCPU Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)
L02SCPU RS232 on the CPU unit
NOTE: 1. *1 The protocol support multi-station
2. *2 The protocol don’t support multi-station
3. *3 □□means the module that is suitable for the PLC
4. *4 The protocol support to modify the device points, only to support Q06HCPU and Q02HCPU.

◎Network Communication (Direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 332 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU unit

Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L
FXCPU
Mitsubishi FX5U Series Ethernet(TCP
FX5U-32MT/ES Ethernet port on CPU uni
Slave)
Q00CPU
Q00JCPU
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
QJ71E71
Q06HCPU
QJ71E71-B2
Q12HCPU
QJ71E71-B5
Q25HCPU
QJ71E71-100
Q03UDECPU
QCPU Q04UDEHCPU Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave
Q06UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU QJ71E71
Q04UDHCPU QJ71E71-B2
Q06UDHCPU QJ71E71-B5
Q13UDHCPU QJ71E71-100
Q26UDHCPU
L02CPU
LCPU Ethernet port on CPU unit
L26CPU-BT
Q03UDECPU Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP
QCPU Q04UDEHCPU Ethernet port on CPU unit Slave)
Q26UDV CPU
iQ-R R04ENCPU Ethernet port on CPU unit

◎ Serial System configuration

COMM
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable
Type
FX0S RS485 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FX1S FX□□-422-BD RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX0N
FX1N FX□□-485-BD
RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX2 FX□□-485-ADP
FXCPU FX3S
RS485 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FX1NC
FX□□-422-BD RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX2N
FX□□-485-BD
FX2NC RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX□□-485-ADP
FX3SA
FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable

- 333 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

FX2N-10GM RS232 Setting Your owner cable

RS485 on the CPU unit
FX2N-20GM RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX3G RS485 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FX3GE RS422 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
FX□□-422-BD RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX3UC
FX□□-485-BD
FX3U RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX□□-485-ADP
FX□□-232-BD RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
FX5U
FX5-232ADP RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q00jCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q00CPU
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q01CPU
Q00jCPU QJ71C24
Q00CPU QJ71C24-R2
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q01CPU QJ71C24N
Q02CPU QJ71C24N-R2
Q02HCPU QJ71C24
Q03UDCPU QJ71C24N RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Q25HCPU QJ71C24N-R4
Melsec Q Q00UJCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
Q01UCPU
Q02UCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q03UDCPU
Q06HCPU
Q06UDHPU
Q25HCPU
Q06HCPU
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Q12HCPU
RS232 Your owner cable
L02CPU LJ71C24-CM Setting
LCPU RS422 Your owner cable
L02SCPU RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
FXCPU FX3GE-24M Ethernet port on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
unit
FX3U-32M FX3U-ENET-L
FX5U-32MT/ES Ethernet port on CPU Setting Your owner cable
Ethernet
unit

- 334 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Q00CPU
Q00JCPU
Q01CPU
Q02CPU
Q02HCPU
QJ71E71
Q06HCPU
QJ71E71-B2
Q12HCPU Ethernet
QJ71E71-B5
Q25HCPU
QJ71E71-100
Q03UDECPU
Melsec Q Q04UDEHCPU
Q06UDEHCPU
Q13UDEHCPU
Q26UDEHCPU
Q02UCPU
Q03UDCPU QJ71E71
Q04UDHCPU QJ71E71-B2
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Q06UDHCPU QJ71E71-B5
Q13UDHCPU QJ71E71-100
Q26UDHCPU
L02CPU Ethernet port on CPU
MELSEC L Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
L26CPU-BT unit
QCPU Q26UDV CPU Ethernet port on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
Q04UDEHCPU unit
Q03UDECPU
Ethernet port on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
iQ-R R04ENCPU
unit

◎Serial Communication Setting

Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication

- 335 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 communication

HMI Setting
When using the Mitsubishi FX1S 、 Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G 、 Mitsubishi FX3U protocol, PLC
configuration is as follow:
Don’t select “Operate communication setting”, and click “default”

- 336 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE:
1. If you do not use the multi-station when using communication module, you can choose the protocol of
Mitsubishi FX1S、Mitsubishi FX0N/1N/2N/3G、Mitsubishi FX3U etc. according to the PLC model
2. Make sure that the value of D8120 is 0 when using the communication module
Mitsubishi FX-485ADP/485BD/232BD (Multi-station) protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0

PLC Setting
Select the “Operate communication setting”

- 337 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE:
1. FX0N series don’t support the “Operate communication setting”, but the communication parameters
can be modified by setting the value of D8120、D8121、D8129
2. If series of PLC is FX3U/3UC, you must select “CH1”
3. Select the “Dedicated protocol” and check “Sum check” option, Transmission control procedure must be
Form4
4. If you use the FX□□-232-BD module, set H/W type to Regular/RS-232C; if you use the FX□□
-485-BD/FX□□-485-ADP module, set H/W type to RS-485

The communication parameters can be modified by setting the value of D8120/D8121/D8129

Special register Description
D8120 Communication format
D8121 Station number
D8129 Overtime
For example
The communication parameters of PLC as follow:
Communication format: 9600bps, 7, even, 2;
Station No.:1;
H/W type: RS485;
Time out: 1
Set the value of D8120/D8121/D8129:
D8120=0xE08E；
D8121=1；
D8129=1；
NOTE: Restart the PLC after setting the value of D8120.

- 338 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

FX2N-10G/20GM protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication

RS422 communication

Mitsubishi FX5U protocol

HMI Setting

- 339 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
a. CPU 485 Serial Port Setting

b. FX5-232ADP Setting

c. After setting，click [Apply] button, then write to PLC.

- 340 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Mitsubishi Q00J (CPU Port) protocol

HMI Setting
Default parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; Station No.: 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect
to one PLC)
RS232 communication

NOTE：
1、 If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It
is not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.
2、 This drives support password protection model Q00J.

Mitsubishi Q series (CPU Port) protocol

HMI Setting
Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect
to one PLC)
RS232 communication

- 341 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It is
not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.

Mitsubishi Q06H 、Mitsubishi Q06Hv2 protocol

HMI Setting
Default parameters :115200, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0(Non-support station number, only one HMI connect
to one PLC)
RS232 communication

NOTE: If communication baudrate is error, HMI automatically set PLC baudrate for the HMI baudrate. It is
not necessary to consider whether the PLC communications baudrate being true.

Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) & Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol

HMI Setting
Default parameters :9600, 8, odd, 1 ; Station No. : 0
RS232 communication

- 342 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 communication

The differences of Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port)、Mitsubishi Melsec Q:

1. Mitsubishi Q_QnA (Link Port) protocol advantage is communication speed
2. Mitsubishi Melsec Q protocol advantages is that it support RS232 and RS485 communication modules,
disadvantage is that communication is slow.
HMI Setting
1. CPU port communication

- 343 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. C24 module communication

a. “Parameter” double-click “PLC parameter”, select “I/O assignment”.

b. Click “type” to select “intelligent”

- 344 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

c. Click “switch setting” and set

Setting the intelligent function unit switch

switch content example

- 345 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Switch1 CH1:transmission rate, transmission setting 0BEEH

115Kbps
8 bit
1 bit
even

Switch2 CH1:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H

Switch3 CH2:transmission rate, transmission setting (the same as switch 1) 0BEEH
Switch4 CH2:communication protocol MC protocol type5 binary 0005H
Switch5 Station No. setting 0~31 0000H

If the communication parameters of CH2 485 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows “switch setting”
in “PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”.

If the communcation parameters of CH1 232 is 19200/8/odd/1, station:0, set as follows “switch setting”
in “PLC parameters” and “I/O assignment”.

- 346 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: After setting the switches, reset the PLC or turn the power off and then back on again.

◎Network Communication Setting

Mitsubishi FX Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting

NOTE:Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

PLC Setting
FX3GE-24M
1. Double click“PLC Parameters”，select“Built-in Ethernet Port Settings”，the parameters
configuration as follow:

- 347 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:

NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

FX3U-ENET-L
1. Open“FX3U-ENET-L Configuration Tool”，the parameters configuration as follow:

3. Click“Operational settings”，the parameters configuration as follow:

- 348 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4. Click“Open settings”，the parameters configuration as follow:

NOTE: Data fomat of PORT number is decimalism

Mitsubishi FX5U Series Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

NOTE: [Link] fomat of PORT number is decimalism

[Link] station must be 255
PLC Setting
1. Click”Parameter”----“FX5UCPU” ---- “Module Parameter” ----“Ethernet Port”

- 349 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. In the “Ethernet Port” Setting Item List---“External Device Configuration”,click “Detailed Setting”.
3. Popup the Ethernet Device(General) list, choose “SLMP Connection Module”,and set TCP Protocol,
Port No. :1025, then Close with Reflecting the Setting.

NOTE: [Link] fomat of PORT number is decimalism

4. When connecting multiple HMI, the multiple HMIs cannot be set in the same project.
Example: Two HMIs connect to one plc.
HMI setting:

- 350 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

a. HMI1 setting in the project:

b.HMI2 setting in another project:

c. Download two projects to two HMIs respectively

PLC setting:

Note: there are requirements for port number on PLC. To connect one device, you need to open a port
number. To connect N devices, you need to open N port numbers, and the port number cannot be
repeated

Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet protocol

HMI Setting

- 351 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Network parameters

[network type] select "Ethernet"; [start I/O] is a hexadecimal number increments & H10, you can select
"0"; [network number] range is 1-239, generally set at the network level, only a layer of the network, so
set to "1"; [Group number] range is 0-32, select "0"; [station number] range 1-64, 1 occupied by the
computer side, can be set to 2-64, the example is set to "2" ; [Model] Select "online". Next, click

- 352 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[operation], set the IP address of the dialog box pops up, in part by the network to determine the first
three, the fourth part of the free use of the network number. One thing to note is that the figure of [the
initial time setting] to choose "Always wait to open" (stop when communication), or Ethernet port is not
open external device. Click [end set] button to save the settings.
2. Operational settings

3. Open settings
Multiple HMIs are connected, set in "open Settings", select "TCP" -- " MELSOFT connection ", connect
N HMIs, and then set N TCP.

4． The HMI IP is in the same network segment with PLC.

Note: the port number of the HMI can be ignored.
5. Just write to set the PLC in the main menu selection [online]->"PLC write", the "PLC/network
parameters" in the content downloaded to the PLC, the correct execution, the writing on the work of the
Ethernet parameters completed.

Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

L02:
HMI Setting

- 353 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE:
1. PLC station number must be 255
2. Data format of Port number is decimalism
PLC Setting
Double click “PLC parameters”, select “Built-in Ethernet Port Settings”

Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:

- 354 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.

Q03UDE CPU :
HMI Setting

NOTE:
1. PLC station number must be 255
2. Data format of Port number is decimalism
PLC Setting

- 355 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Click “Open Setting”, the parameters configuration as follow:

NOTE: Host Station Port No. will be set by the selected format.

R04ENCPU :
HMI Setting

- 356 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE:
1. PLC station number must be 255
2. Data format of Port number is decimalism
PLC Setting
1. click “Module Parameter”，and set some parameter in “Basic Setting”

2. Double Click” External Device Configuration”, and add SLMP Connection Modbule

- 357 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
FX1S
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 00-764 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 00-764 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M 000-7999 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact T 00-255 ------ DDD

Counter Contact C 00-255 ------ DDD

Data Contact D_bit 0.0-9999.F ------ DDDD.H

State S 000-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Value ------ T_word 00-511 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word 00-199 DDD

Data Register ------ D_word 000-9999 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD_word 8000-9999 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD 32 bit device

FX0N/FX1N/2N/3G
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X 000-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 000-377 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M 0000-3071 ------ DDDD

Timer Contact T_bit 000-255 ------ DDD

- 358 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Counter Contact C_bit 000-199 ------ DDD

Special Internal Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD

State S 000-999 ------ DDD

Timer Value ------ T_word 000-255 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD

Data Register ------ D 0000-7999 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8255 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD 32 bit device

R ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

FX2N-10GM/20GM
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X 00-571 ------ OO *1
Output Relay Y 00-571 ------ OO *1
Internal Relay M 000-9175 ------ DDD *1
Special Internal Relay SM9000-9999 ------ DDDD *1
Data Register ------ D 0-9313 DDDD *2
Special Data Register ------ SD 9000-9999 DDDD *2
Special Data Register ------ FD 4000-4550 DDDD *2
Current Position(System) ------ CP_unit 0-1 D
Current Position(Pulse) ------ CP_puls 0-1 D
NOTE:
*1 Don’t support batch
*2 Support batch
FX3UC
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Input Relay X000-764 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y000-764 ------ OOO

Timer Contact T_bit 000-511 ------ DDD

Counter Contact C_bit 000-255 ------ DDD

Data Contact D_bit0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H

State S0000-4095 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M0000-7999 ------ DDDD

Special Internal Relay SM8000-9999 ------ DDDD

Timer Value ------ T_word 000-511 DDD

Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD

- 359 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Data Register ------ D_word 0-7999 DDDDD

Extension Register ------ R0000-32767 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD8000-9999 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword200-255 DDD 32 bit device

FX Series Ethernet
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
State S 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Data Contact D_bit0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.H
Special Internal Relay SM8000-8511 ------ DDDD
Counter Contact C_bit0-255 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact T_bit0-511 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M 0-7679 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ DDDD
Input Relay X 0-377 ------ DDDD
Extension Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
Special Data Register ------ SD 8000-8511 DDDD
Data Register ------ D_word0-7999 DDDD
Timer Value ------ T_word0-511 DDD
Counter Value ------ C_word0-199 DDD
Counter Value ------ C_dword200-255 DDD

FX5U
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Retentive TimerValve（contact） SS 0-15 ------ DD

Counter Valve（contact） CS 0-255 ------ DDD

Counter Valve（coil） CC 0-255 ------ DDD

Timer Valve（contact） TS 0-511 ------ DDD

Retentive TimerValve（coil） SC 0-15 ------ DD

Timer Valve（coil） TC 0-511 ------ DDD

D_bit0.0-7999.0 ------ DDDD.H

Specia Link Relay SB 0-FF ------ HH

Link Relay B 0-FF ------ HH

State Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Annunciator Relay F 0-127 ------ DDD

Latch relay L 0-7679 ------ DDDD

Specia Internal Relay SM 0-9999 ------ DDDD

Internal Relay M 0-7679 ------ DDDD

- 360 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Output Relay Y 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Input Relay X 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Long Counter Valve（contact） LCS 0-63 ------ DD

Long Counter Valve（coil） LCC 0-63 ------ DD

16 Bit Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD

Retentive TimerValve ------ SN 0-15 DD

Counter Valve ------ CN 0--255 DDD

Timer Valve ------ TN 0-511 DDD

Specia Link Register ------ SW 0-1FF HHH

Link Register ------ W 0-1FF HHH

File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Specia Date Register ------ SD 0-11999 DDDDD

Date Register D 0-7999 DDDD

32 Bit Index Register LZ 0-1 D

Long Counter Valve LCN 0-63 DD Double

FX5u Series Ethernet

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
State S 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Special Link Relay SB0-FF ------ HH
Link Relay B0-FF ------ HH
Annunciator F0-127 ------ DDD
Latch Relay LO-7679 ------ DDDD
Special Internal Relay SM0-9999 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M0-7679 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0-1777 ------ OOOO
Input Relay X 0-1777 ------ OOOO
D_bit 0.0-7999.0 ------ DDDD.H

File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD

Counter Value ------ CN0-255 DDD
Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-15 DD
Timer Value ------ TN0-511 DDD
Special Link Register ------ SW0-1FF HHH
Link Register ------ W0-1FFF HHH
Special Data Register ------ SD0-11999 DDDDD
Data Register ------ D0-7999 DDDD

Q00jCPU

- 361 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Counter Coil CC0-1023 ------ DDDD
Counter Contact CS0-1023 ------ DDDD
Timer Coil TC0-2047 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact TS0-2047 ------ DDDD
Special Link Relay SB000-7FFF ------ HHHH
Link Relay B0000-7FFF ------ HHHH
Step Relay S0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
Edge Relay V0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Annunciator F0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Latch Relay L0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Special Internal Relay SM0000-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Output Relay Y0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
Input Relay X0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
File Register ------ R000-32767 DDDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW0-7FF HHH
Link Register ------ W000-291F HHHH
Special Data Register ------ SD0-2047 DDDD
Data Register ------ D0-25983 DDDDD
Counter Value ------ CN0-23087 DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-2047 DDDD
Timer Value ------ TN0-23087 DDDDD

Melsec Q
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Direct output DY 0-7FF HHHH
Direct input DX 0-7FF HHHH
Step Relay S 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Special Link Relay SB 0-7FFF HHHH
Counter Coil CC 0-511 ------ DDDD
Counter Contact CS 0-511 ------ DDDD
Step Coil SC 0-511 ------ DDDD
Step Contact SS 0-511 ------ DDDD
Timer Coil TC 0-511 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact TS 0-511 ------ DDDD
Link Relay B 0-7FF HHHH
Edge Relay V 0-1023 ------ DDDD

- 362 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Annunciator F 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Latch Relay L 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0-7FF ------ HHHH
Input Relay X 0-7FF ------ HHHH
File Register ------ ZR 0-65535 DDDDDD
File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
Index Register ------ Z 0-9 DD
Counter Value ------ CN 0-511 DDDD
Retentive Timer Value SN 0-511 DDDD
Timer Value ------ TN 0-511 DDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW 0-3FF HHH
Link Register ------ W 0-1FFF HHHH
Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-11135 DDDDD

Q Series CPU port

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special Link Relay SB 00000- 7FFF ------ HHHH
Link Relay B 00000- 7FFF ------ HHHH
Step Relay S 0000-8191 ------ DDDD
Edge relay V 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Annunciator F 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Latch relay L 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Special Internal Relay SM 0000-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M 00000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Output Relay Y 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
Input Relay X 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
Index Register ------ Z 00-19 DD
File Register ------ ZR 0-16777215 DDDDD
Link Register ------ W 00000- 291F HHHH
Timer Value ------ TN 00000-23087 DDDDD
Counter Value ------ CN 00000-23087 DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value ------ SN 00000-23087 DDDDD
File Register ------ R 00000-65535 DDDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW 0000- 7FF HHH
Data Register ------ D 00000-25983 DDDDD
Special Data Register ------ SD 0000-2047 DDDD

- 363 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Q_QnA(link port)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special Link Relay SB000-7FFF ------ HHHH
Step Relay S 000-8191 ------ DDDD
Link Relay B0000-7FFF ------ HHHH
Edge Relay V0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Annunciator F0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Latch Relay L0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Special Internal Relay SM0000-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M0000-32767 ------ DDDDD
Output Relay Y0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
Input Relay X0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD
Link Register ------ W0000-291F HHHH
Timer Value ------ TN0-23087 DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value ------ SN0-23087 DDDDD
Counter Value ------ CN0-23087 DDDDD
File Register(Block switching is not necessary) ------ ZR00000-65535 DDDDD
File Register ------ R00000-32767 DDDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW000-7FF HHH
Data Register ------ D00000-25983 DDDDD
Special Data Register ------ SD0000-2047 DDDD

Q06
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Special Link Relay SB 0000- 7FFF ------ HHHH
Link Relay B 0000- 1FFF ------ HHHH
Edge relay V 00000-2047 ------ DDDDD
Annunciator F 00000-2047 ------ DDDDD
Latch relay L 00000-8191 ------ DDDDD
Special Internal Relay SM 0000-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M 00000-20480 ------ DDDDD
Output Relay Y 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
Input Relay X 0000-1FFF ------ HHHH
S S0-8191 ------ DDDD
Link Register ------ W 00000- 27FF HHHH
Timer Value ------ TN 00000-8191 DDDDD

- 364 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

------ SN 0-4095 DDDD

Counter Value ------ CN 00000-8191 DDDDD
File Register ------ R 00000-32767 DDDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW 0000- 7FF HHH
Data Register ------ D 00000-15359 DDDDD
Special Data Register ------ SD 0000-2047 DDDD
------ TS 0-4095 DDDD
------ TC 0-4095 DDDD
------ SS 0-4095 DDDD
------ SC 0-4095 DDDD
------ CS 0-4095 DDDD
------ CC 0-4095 DDDD

Mitsubishi QJ71E71 EtherNet Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Step Relay S 000-8191 ------ DDDD
Special Link Relay SB 000-7FFF ------ HHHH
Counter Coil CC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD
Counter Contact CS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD
Step Coil SC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD
Step Contact SS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD
Timer Coil TC 0-23087 ------ DDDDD
Timer Contact TS 0-23087 ------ DDDDD
Link Relay B 0000-7FFF ------ HHHH
Edge Relay V 0-32767 ------ DDDDD
Annunciator F 0-32767 ------ DDDDD
Latch Relay L 0-32767 ------ DDDDD
Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M 0-32767 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0-1FFF ------ HHHH
Input Relay X 0-1FFF ------ HHHH
Link Register ------ W 0-291F HHHH
Timer Value ------ TN 0-23087 DDDD
Counter Value ------ CN 0-23087 DDDDD
Retentive Timer Value SN 0-23087 DDDDD
File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
File Register(Block switching is not necessary) ------ ZR 0-1042431 DDDDDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH

- 365 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Data Register ------ D 0-25983 DDDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD

Mitsubishi QnA 3EBin Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Direct output DY 0-1FFF HHHH
Direct input DX 0-1FFF HHHH
Step Relay S 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Special Link Relay SB 0-7FF SB 0-1FFF HHHH
Counter Coil CC 0-1023 ------ DDDD
Counter Contact CS 0-1023 ------ DDDD
Step Coil SC 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Step Contact SS 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Timer Coil TC 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact TS 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Link Relay B 0-1FFF B 0-1FFF HHHH
Edge Relay V 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Annunciator F 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Latch Relay L 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0-1FFF Y 0-1FFF HHHH
Input Relay X 0-1FFF X 0-1FFF HHHH
File Register ------ ZR 0-16777215 DDDDDD
File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD
Counter Value ------ CN 0-1023 DDDD
Retentive Timer Value SN 0-2047 DDDD
Timer Value ------ TN 0-2047 DDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH
Link Register W 0-1FFF HHHH
Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-45055 DDDDD

Q03UDE
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Direct output DY 0-1FFF HHHH
Direct input DX 0-1FFF HHHH

- 366 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Step Relay S 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Link Relay SB 0-7FF SB 0-7F0 HHHH
Counter Coil CC 0-1023 ------ DDDD
Counter Contact CS 0-1023 ------ DDDD
Step Coil SC 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Step Contact SS 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Timer Coil TC 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact TS 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Link Relay B 0-1FFF B 0-1FF0 HHHH
Edge Relay V 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Annunciator F 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Latch Relay L 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Special Internal Relay SM 0-2047 ------ DDDD
Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y 0-1FFF Y 0-1FF0 HHHH
Input Relay X 0-1FFF X 0-1FF0 HHHH
File Register ------ ZR 0-32767 DDDDDD
File Register ------ R 0-32767 DDDDD
Index Register ------ Z 0-19 DD
Counter Value ------ CN 0-1023 DDDD
Retentive Timer Value ------ SN 0-2047 DDDD
Timer Value ------ TN 0-2047 DDDD
Special Link Register ------ SW 0-7FF HHH
Link Register ------ W 0-1FFF HHHH
Special Data Register ------ SD 0-2047 DDDD
Data Register ------ D 0-12287 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
FX Series RS232 Cable
1. CPU port communication
Please use the FX series SC - 09 serial programming cable communication, can also be made simple
programming cable

- 367 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 8pin Mini DIN(male)
2 RX 4TXD-
3 TX 1Kresistance 1RXD-
5 GND 2 RXD+
7 TXD+
SG SG
2. FX□□-232-BD/ADP communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

FX Series RS422 Cable

1. CPU port / FX□□-422-BD communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 8pin Mini DIN(male)
1 RX- 4Tx-
6 RX+ 7Tx+
5 GND 3GND
4 TX- 1Rx-
9 TX+ 2Rx+
2. FX□□-485-BD communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 RS422 terminal
1 RX- SDB
6 RX+ SDA
5 GND SG
4 TX- RDB
9 TX+ RDA

Q Series RS232 Cable

1. CPU port communication

- 368 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
6pin Mini DIN(male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 1 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND
5 CTS
6 RTS
2. C24 module communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND
1 DCD
4 DTR
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS

Q Series RS485/422 Cable

C24 module communication
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 RS422
1 RX- SDB
6 RX+ SDA
5 GND SG
4 TX- RDB
9 TX+ RDA
QJ71C24N-R4 QJ71C24(N)

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.59 Modbus

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module SIO type Driver
Modbus RTU Extend RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU Extend
Modbus RTU Extend Modbus RTU Extend
RS232/485 on the CPU unit
(Zero-based Addressing) (Zero-based Addressing)

- 369 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus RTU Slave
Modbus RTU(Unsupport Modbus RTU(Unsupport
RS232/485 on the CPU unit
06 function) 06 function)
Modbus ASCII RS232/485 on the CPU unit Modbus ASCII
Modbus TCP Ethernet Modbus TCP
Modbus TCP Slave Ethernet Modbus TCP Slave
Modbus UDP Ethernet Modbus UDP
Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet Modbus UDP Slave
Modbus Over TCP Ethernet Modbus Over TCP

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r
RS232/485 on the
Modbus RTU Extend RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CPU unit
Modbus RTU Extend RS232 on the CPU
RS232/485 Setting Your owner cable
(Zero-based Addressing) unit
Modbus RTU Slave RS232/485 on the RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CPU unit
Modbus RTU(Unsupport RS232/485 on the RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
06 function) CPU unit
RS232/485 on the
Modbus ASCII RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CPU unit
Modbus TCP Ethernet
Connection Configuration
Modbus TCP Slave Ethernet
Modbus UDP Ethernet Connection Configuration
Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet
Modbus UDP Slave Ethernet Connection Configuration

◎Communication Setting
Modbus RTU Extend protocol
RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

- 370 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Modbus RTU Extend(Zero-based Addressing) protocol

RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Modbus RTU Slave protocol

RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

- 371 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Modbus RTU(Unsupport 06 function)

RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Modbus ASCII protocol

RS232 communication
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Modbus TCP protocol

Network configuration

- 372 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Modbus UDP protocol

Network configuration

Modbus Over TCP protocol

Network configuration
The port number needs to be filled in according to the port number of the PLC controller device

Note: If the register address of the controller does not support batch reading and writing, you need to use
6X registers for communication. If the communication is overtime, it may be caused by the incompatible

- 373 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

timeout time of some devices. You can change the communication timeout time to 3.

◎Supported Device
Modbus RTU Extend
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD read only
Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD
4X Single Write Relay 6X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Input Register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD read only
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 5X1-65535 DDDDD
4X single word write ------ 6X1-65535 DDDDD
4X double word swap 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
3X double word swap 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
NOTE:
1. 5X is the byte register; 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit register. The relation of them as
follow:
Word:
H L
4X(1word) 1 2 3 4 H
byte swap

5X(1word) 3 4 1 2 H

Dword:

4X-DINV(2word) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 H
H word swap L
4X(2word) 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 H
byte swap

5X(2word) 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 H

Text:
number-normal
4X(2word) 4 4 4 3 4 2 4 1 H

text-normal text-byte swap

4X(2word) A B C D B A D C

text-normal text-byte swap

5X(2word) B A D C A B C D

3. Not use the odd and even address in the same window by 4X-DINV，only odd address or even

- 374 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

address in the same window.

Modbus RTU Extend(Zero-based Addressing)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X0-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 1X0-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 0.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD read only
Output Relay 4X_bit 0.00-65535.15 ------ DDDDD
4X Single Write Relay 6X_bit 0.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Input Register ------ 3X0-65535 DDDDD read only
Output Register ------ 4X0-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 5X0-65535 DDDDD
4X single word write ------ 6X0-65535 DDDDD
4X double word swap 4X-DINV 0-65535 DDDDD
3X double word swap 3X-DINV 0-65535 DDDDD
NOTE:
1. 5X is the byte register; 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit register. The relation of them as
follow:
Word:
H L
4X(1word) 1 2 3 4 H
byte swap

5X(1word) 3 4 1 2 H

Dword:

4X-DINV(2word) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 H
H word swap L
4X(2word) 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 H
byte swap

5X(2word) 7 8 5 6 3 4 1 2 H

Text:
number-normal
4X(2word) 4 4 4 3 4 2 4 1 H

text-normal text-byte swap

4X(2word) A B C D B A D C

text-normal text-byte swap

5X(2word) B A D C A B C D

2. Not use the odd and even address in the same window by 4X-DINV，only odd address or even address in
the same window.

- 375 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Modbus RTU Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay LB 0-9999 ------ DDDDD Mapping to 0X 1~9999
Data Register ------ LW 0-65535 DDDDD Mapping to 4X 1~9999

Modbus RTU MT500 compatible

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link] read only
Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD read only
Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD

Modbus ASCII
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay (read only) 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link] read only
Output Relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Input Register (read only) ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD

Modbus TCP Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 1X 1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link] read only
Data relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]
4X Single Write Relay 6X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]
Input Register ------ 3X 1-65535 DDDDD read only
Output Register ------ 4X 1-65535 DDDDD
4X single word write ------ 6X1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
NOTE: 4X-DINV, 3X-DINV is the word high and low-bit counter.

Modbus UDP Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Input Relay 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD read only
Input Relay 3X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link] read only
Data relay 4X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]

- 376 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4X Single Write Relay 6X_bit 1.00-65535.15 ------ [Link]

Input Register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD read only
Output Register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register 5X1-65535
4X single word write ------ 6X1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 4X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD
Data Register ------ 3X-DINV 1-65535 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)

2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
com0/com1 com3 Controller terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- -
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +
5 GND 5 GND GND

Ethernet communication cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.60 MODROL

Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit MODROL

System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r
MODROL IMS-GF3-4011E RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

Communication Setting

- 377 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
------ D_1 0-9999 DDDD One byte
------ D_2 0-9999 DDDD Two byte
------ D_3 0-9999 DDDD Three byte

Cable Diagram
MODROL RS485
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 RS485

1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A

4.61 Motrona controller

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit motrona MC700
CT150 CT150 RS232 on the CPU unit motrona CT-150

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
BY125 BY125 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CT150 CT150 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

- 378 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Communication Setting
Use motrona MC700 protocal
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 11

Use motrona CT-150 protocal

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 11

◎Supported Device
motrona MC700 protocal
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay CB 00-270F ------ HHHH
ERCD
ERCD ------ [Link]
0.00-9896.7F
Register ------ CD00-FF HH
External Register ------ ERCD 0000.00-9896.7F [Link]
Internal data processing
------ M1 0~270F HHHH Read only
control address bit

- 379 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Internal data processing

------ M2 0~270F HHHH Read only
control address bit
Internal data processing
------ M3 0~270F HHHH Read only
control address bit
NOTE:
1）ERCD is Extended register, the four position before radix point are C1,C2,C3,[Link] two positions
after radix point are S1, S2.
2）Parameter code corresponding with CD are C1,C2;
3）Parameter code corresponding with CB set to “1”;Eg:”Bit State Setting” part, addr type CB67, set
the state to “1”.
4) M1 correspond to parameter ":"; M2 correspond to parameter";"; M3 correspond to
parameter"<";
motrona CT-150 protocal
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Relay Cn_32Bit 0-99 DD
Relay Bn_32Bit 0-9 D
Relay An_32Bit 0-8 D
Relay ACT_CUT_ERR_L 0 D
Relay ACT_CUT_ERR_M 0 D
Relay ACT_CUT_LEN 0 D
Relay LINE_SPD 0 D
Relay WASTE_CNT 0 D
Relay BAT_CNT 0 D
Relay PRTMARK_ERR 0 D
Relay LV_VAL 0 D
Relay ERR_CNT 0 D
Relay Cn 0-99 DD
Relay Bn 0-9 D
Relay An 0-8 D

◎Cable Diagram
MKS controller RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.62 MyAntenna

◎Serial Communication

- 380 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Series CPU Link Module Driver

MyAntenna MyAntenna L2S RS485 on the CPU unit MyAntenna L2/L2S

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MyAntenna MyAntenn RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
a L2S

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication：9600bps，8，None，1；station：0

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Laser_Switch_Off Laser_Switch_Off 0 ------ D
Laser_Switch_On Laser_Switch_On 0 ------ D
Range ------ Range 0 D
Distance ------ Distance 0 D
Offset ------ Offset 0 D

◎Cable Diagram
RS485
HMI接线端
9pin D-SUB female Controller接线端
com0/com1 com3 RS485接线端

1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A

4.63 OE MAX

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit OE MAX NX7

- 381 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
NX7 NX7 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input/Output Relay R 0.0–127.15 ------ [Link]
General Relay L 0.0–63.15 ------ [Link]
General Relay M 0.0–127.15 ------ [Link]
Keep Relay K 0.0–127.15 ------ [Link]
Timer Relay TC 0–255 ------ DDD
Special Relay F 0.0–15.15 ------ [Link]
Internal HSC ------ R_word 0-127 DDD
General Register ------ L_word 0-63 DD
General Register ------ M_word 0-127 DDD
Keep Register ------ K_word 0-127 DDD
General Register ------ F_word 0-15 DD
Timer/Counter Register ------ SV_word 0-255 DDD
Timer/Counter Register ------ PV_word 0-255 DDD
General Register ------ W_word 0-2047 DDDD
Special Register ------ SR_word 0-511 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
Oemax RS232 communication cable

- 382 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.64 Omron Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SYSMAC C CP1H RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON C Series Host Link
CP1L CP1W-CIF01 OMRON CP Series Host Link
CP1E CP1W-CIF11/CIF12
C200H C200H-LK202 OMRON C Series Host Link
C120-LK201-V1
C200HS C200H-LK201
C200H-LK202
C120-LK201-V1
Link I/F on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
C500 C120-LK201-V1
C500F C120-LK202-V1
C1000H C500-LK201-V1
C2000 C500-LK203
C2000H
C1000HF C500-LK201-V1
C500-LK203
C20H/28H/40H Link I/F on the CPU unit
C20PF/28PF C120-LK201-V1
C40PF/60PF C120-LK202-V1
C120 C120-LK201-V1
C120F C120-LK202-V1
CQM1-CPU11 Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CQM1-CPU21 RS232C port on the CPU unit
CQM1-CPU41 Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CQM1-CPU42
CQM1-CPU43
CQM1-CPU44
CQM1-CPU41-V1
CQM1-CPU42-V1

- 383 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CQM1-CPU43-V1
CQM1-CPU44-V1
CPM2C Peripheral port on the CPU unit
Peripheral port on
the CPM2C-CIF01
RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF01
RS232C port on the CPM2C-CIF11
Terminal block on
the CPM2C-CIF11
CQM1H-CPU11 Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CQM1H-CPU21 RS232 on the CPU unit
CQM1H-CPU51 Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CQM1H-CPU61 RS232 on the CPU unit
RS232C port on
the CQM1H-SCB41
RS422A/485 port on
the CQM1H-SCB41
CPM1 RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON C Series Host Link
CPM1A OMRON CPM Series Host Link
CPM1A-V1
CPM2AH
SYSMAC CJ2 CJ2M-CPU13 RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link

SYSMAC CJ CJ1G-CPU45 RS232 on the CPU unit

CJ1G-CPU44
CJ1G-CPU45H
CJ1G-CPU44H
Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CJ1G-CPU43H
CJ1G-CPU42H
CJ1M-CPU23
CJ1M-CPU22 CJ1W-SCU41
CJ1M-CPU21
CJ1M-CPU13
CJ1M-CPU12
CJ1M-CPU11
CJ1H-CPU66H
CJ1H-CPU65H

- 384 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SYSMAC CS CS1G-CPU45 RS232 on the CPU unit OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link
CS1G-CPU44
CS1G-CPU43
CS1G-CPU42
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
CS1G-CPU42H
CS1G-CPU45-V1
CS1G-CPU44-V1 Peripheral port on the CPU unit
CS1G-CPU43-V1
CS1G-CPU42-V1
CS1H-CPU67
CS1H-CPU66
CS1H-CPU65
CS1H-CPU64
CS1H-CPU63
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1W-SCU21
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1W-SCB21
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1W-SCB41
CS1H-CPU63H
CS1H-CPU67-V1
CS1H-CPU66-V1
CS1H-CPU65-V1
CS1H-CPU64-V1
CS1H-CPU63-V1

◎Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
CJ2M-CPU35 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit OMRON CJ Series Ethernet(TCP
CJ1W-ETN21 Slave)
SYSMAC CJ2M-CPU3* EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CJ/CS CS1H CS1W-ETN21/EIP21
Omron CJ/CS/NJ/NX Series
CS1G CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21
Ethernet（UDP Slave）
CJ2H-***-EIP
SYSMAC NJ NJ*01 EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CP1L-EM EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
CP1L-EL
SYSMAC CP1 OMRON CP Series Ethernet
CP1H CP1W-CIF41
（UDP Slave）
CP1L
SYSMAC CP2 CP2E EtherNet/IP port on CPU Unit
OMRON NJ_NX Series
NJ/NX NJ501 port1 EtherNet/IP
EtherNet_IP(Free tag Names)

- 385 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Serial System configuration

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Cable
r
RS232 on the CPU
CP1H
unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CP1L
CP1W-CIF01
SYSMAC C CP1E
CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 RS422 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU Setting
CPM2AH RS232 Your owner cable
unit Setting

RS232 on the CPU

SYSMAC CJ2 CJ2M-CPU13 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
unit

CJ1G-CPU45
CJ1G-CPU44 RS232 on the CPU
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CJ1G-CPU45H unit
CJ1G-CPU44H
CJ1G-CPU43H
CJ1G-CPU42H
CJ1M-CPU23 Peripheral port on
SYSMAC CJ
CJ1M-CPU22 the CPU unit*1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CJ1M-CPU21
CJ1M-CPU13
CJ1M-CPU12
CJ1M-CPU11
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CJ1H-CPU66H CJ1W-SCU41
CJ1H-CPU65H RS422 Setting Your owner cable

CS1G-CPU45
CS1G-CPU44 RS232 on the CPU
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CS1G-CPU43 unit
CS1G-CPU42
CS1G-CPU45H
CS1G-CPU44H
CS1G-CPU43H
SYSMAC CS CS1G-CPU42H Peripheral port on
CS1G-CPU45-V1 the CPU unit*1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CS1G-CPU44-V1
CS1G-CPU43-V1
CS1G-CPU42-V1
CS1H-CPU67
CS1H-CPU66 CS1W-SCU21 RS232 Setting
Your owner cable
CS1H-CPU65 CS1W-SCB21 RS232 Setting

- 386 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CS1H-CPU64 RS232 Setting

CS1H-CPU63
CS1H-CPU67H
CS1H-CPU66H
CS1H-CPU65H
CS1H-CPU64H
CS1W-SCB41
CS1H-CPU63H RS422 Setting Your owner cable
CS1H-CPU67-V1
CS1H-CPU66-V1
CS1H-CPU65-V1
CS1H-CPU64-V1
CS1H-CPU63-V1
*1 Must set the switch DIP 4 to be on

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
CJ2M-CPU35 EtherNet/IP port on Ethernet(TCP Setting Your own cable
CPU Unit Slave)
CJ1W-ETN21
SYSMAC CJ2M-CPU3* EtherNet/IP port on Setting Your own cable
CJ/CS CS1H CPU Unit
CS1G CS1W-ETN21/EIP21
Ethernet（UDP
CJ1W-ETN21/EIP21
Slave）
CJ2H-***-EIP
NJ*01 EtherNet/IP port on
SYSMAC NJ
CPU Unit
CP1L-EM EtherNet/IP port on Setting Your own cable
CP1L-EL CPU Unit
SYSMAC Ethernet（UDP
CP1H EtherNet/IP port on
CP1 Slave）
CP1L CPU Unit
CP1W-CIF41
SYSMAC CP2E EtherNet/IP port on Ethernet（UDP Setting Your own cable
CP2 CPU Unit Slave）
NJ/NX NJ501 PORT1 EtherNet/IP Ethernet Setting Your own cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

OMRON CP Series Host Link protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0
RS232 communication

- 387 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 communication

NOTE：Make sure that the switch DIP1~6 of PLC must be OFF when using OMRON CP Series Host Link
protocol.
NO. Setup contents default status
ON: write enable OFF
1
OFF:write disable
ON: program automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up OFF
2
OFF: program can’t automaticlly transmit from card to PLC when power up
3 OFF: OFF(default) OFF
ON: communication port1,Toolbus(default) OFF
4
OFF:Port 1 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting
ON: communication port2,Toolbus(default) OFF
5
OFF:Port 2 communications settings according to the PLC system CPU setting
ON: customer use ( A395.12 = ON) OFF
6
OFF: customer use ( A395.12 = OFF)

OMRON C Series Host Link protocol

Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 2; station: 0

- 388 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS232 communication

RS422 communication

OMRON CPM Series Host Link protocol

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

- 389 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Select custom communication parameters (non-standard communication parameters), the switch
of PLC must be OFF.

OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link protocol

RS232 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

NOTE：1.CJ1M switch DIP: SW1, SW2, SW3, SW5, SW8 must be off, but SW4, SW6, SW7 are optional.
2. CJ1M switches DIP 1~8 are OFF (default).

RS422 Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

◎Network Communication Setting

OMRON CJ Series Ethernet(TCP Slave)
HMI Setting

- 390 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Double-click the IO table and the unit set, find the Ethernet communication module

2. Double-click the Ethernet communication module, set the parameters

- 391 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

OMRON CJ/CS/NJ/NX Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)

HMI Setting

Attention： HMI and PLC must be set in the same network，while the node ID should be different.

- 392 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
Please use CX-Integrator to modify
1. Choose the right type to get the PLC and its software connected
2. Set the PLC into programming mode
3. Read the data and show the connected device

4. Double click the device to modify the related parameter，for example IP Address

- 393 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

5. Set the Network number and Node ID

（1）Network number

（2）You can change the Node ID by the switch on the device（NODE No.）
Notice:NX1P2 needs to set” sysmac studio”, to check the register used, as shown in the figure below

- 394 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

OMRON CP Series Ethernet(UDP Slave)

CP1 Series：
HMI Setting

PLC Setting
Type in IE the IP address（ex：[Link] the password（ex:ETHERNET），then
you entry this [Link],you can modify the parameter.

- 395 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CP2 Series：
HMI Setting

Note：HMI node ID can’t the same as the PLC node ID

- 396 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. IP address: [Link]
2. FINS Node ID:10
Note: The Node ID must be the same as the last digit of the PLC IP

OMRON NJ_NX Series EtherNet_IP(Free tag Names)

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
①Communication settings

②IP address setting

- 397 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

③Enable memory settings

Note: NX series controllers, to enable memory settings; NJ series has no memory settings, do not need to
be enabled.
④Create variable tags

Note: The network public must be selected to be public only.

Import Label
After the global variables of the sysmac Studio programming software are created, you can copy the

- 398 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

global variables to the pasteboard by exporting the global variables and paste them directly into Kinco
Dtools.
① Export global variables from plc software, copy global variables to clipboard

②Open the tag editor of the PLC property, paste the variable exported in ① and click OK. The tag is
successfully created.

- 399 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Omron C Series Host Link
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Hold Relay H_bit 00.00-99.15 ------ [Link]
Data Relay D_bit 0000.00-6655.15 ------ [Link]
Link Relay LR_bit 00.00-63.15 ------ [Link]
Auxiliary Relay A_bit 00.00-27.15 ------ [Link]
Channel I/O CIO_IR_bit 000.00-511.15 ------ [Link]
C_FLAG 0-511 ----- DDD
T_FLAG 0-511 ----- DDD
Counter Relay ------ C 000-511 DDD
Timer Relay ------ T 000-511 DDD
Hold Register ------ H 00-99 DD
Data Register ------ D 0000-6655 DDDD
Link Register ------ LR 00-63 DD
Auxiliary Register ------ A 0-27 DDD
Channel I/O Register ------ CIO_IR_word 000-511 DDD

OMRON CP Series Host Link

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Work Relay W_bit 0.00-511.15 ------ [Link]

- 400 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Hold Relay H_bit 0.00-1535.15 ------ [Link]

Data Relay D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ [Link]
Counter Relay C flag 0-4095 ------ [Link]
Timer Relay T flag 0-4095 ------ [Link]
Auxiliary Relay A_bit 0.00-959.15 ------ [Link]
Channel I/O CIO_bit 0.00-6143.15 ------ [Link]
T_bit 0.00-4095.15 ------ [Link]
C_bit 0.00-4095.15 ------ [Link]
Work Register ------ W_word 0-511 DDD
Hold Register ------ H_word 0-1535 DDDD
Data Register ------ D_word 0-32767 DDDDD
Counter Register ------ C_word 0-4095 DDDD
Timer Register ------ T_word 0-4095 DDDD
Auxiliary Register ------ A_word 0-959 DDD
Channel I/O Register ------ CIO_word 0-6143 DDDD
Byte Register TK 0-31 DD
DR 0-15 DD

OMRON CPM Series Host Link

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Hold Relay HR 0.00-4095.15 ------ [Link]
Link Relay LR 0.00-4095.15 ------ [Link]
Auxiliary Relay AR 0.00-4095.15 ------ [Link]
Internal Relay IR 0.00-4095.15 ------ [Link]
Timer/Counter Register ------ TC 0-255 DDD
Data Register ------ DM 0-9999 DDDD

OMRON CJ/CS Series Host Link

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Channel I/O CIO 0.00-6143.15 ------ [Link]
Internal Auxiliary Relay W_bit 0.00-511.15 ------ [Link]
Special Auxiliary Relay A_bit 0.00-11535.15 ------ [Link]
Latch Relay H_bit 0.00-1535.15 ------ [Link]
Timer (Timer Up Flag) T_FLAG 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Counter (Counter Up Flag) C_FLAG 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ [Link]
Extension Data Memory Relay(E0-EF) E0 0.00-E18 32767.15 ------ [Link]
Extension Data Memory(E0-EF) ------ E0 0-E18 32767 DDDDD
Channel I/O ------ CIO 0000-6143 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD
Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-11535 DDD
Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDD
Timer (current Value) ------ T 0-4095 DDDD

- 401 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Counter (Current Value) ------ C 0-4095 DDDD

Data Memory ------ D 0-4095 DDDDD
Index Register ------ IR 00-15 DD
Data Register ------ DR 00-15 DD
OMRON CJ Series Ethernet (TCP Slave)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Channel IO CIO 0.00-6143.15 ------ [Link]
Internal Auxiliary Relay W 0.00-511.15 ------ [Link]
Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ [Link]
Latch Relay H 0.0-511.15 ------ [Link]
Timer Up Flag T 0-4095 ------ DDDD
Count Up Flag C 0-4095 ------ DDDD
TKB TKB 0-127 ------ DD
D0.00-32767.15 [Link]
E0 0.00 - E18 32767.15 [Link]
Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 DDDD
Byte Register ------ DR 0-15 DD
Byte Register ------ TK 0-127 DDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD
Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-11535 DDD
Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDD
Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD
Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD
Extension Data Memory(E0-E18) ------ E0-E18 0-32767 DDDDD
EM ------ EM 0-32767 DDDDD
Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD
Data Register ------ D 0-32767 DDDDD

OMRON CJ/CS/NJ Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
CIO_bit ------
Channel IO CIO_FORCE ------ [Link]
0.00-6143.15 CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------
CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------
W_bit ------
Internal Auxiliary Relay W_FORCE ------
[Link]
0.00-511.15 W_FORCE_RELEASE ------
W_RELEASE_STATUS ------
H_bit ------
Latch Relay H_FORCE ------ [Link]
0.0-1535.15 H_FORCE_RELEASE ------
H_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Timer Up Flag T_FLAG ------ DDDD

- 402 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

0-4095 T_FORCE ------

T_FORCE_RELEASE ------
T_RELEASE_STATUS ------
C_FLAG ------
Count Up Flag C_FORCE ------
DDDD
0-4095 C_FORCE_RELEASE ------
C_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-11535.15 ------ [Link]
E（0-9）_bit ------ [Link]
Extension Data Memory
E（A-F）_bit ------ [Link]
0.00-32767.15
E（10-18）_bit ------- [Link]
Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ [Link]
TKB TK_FLAG 0-127 ------ DDD
Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD
Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD
Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD
Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD
Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-11535 DDDDD
Extension Data Memory E0-E9 0-32767 DDDDD
EA-EF 0-32767
------
E10-E18 0-32767
EM 0-32767
Data Memory ------ D 0-32767 DDDDD
TK ------ TK0-127 DDD
Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD
Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD

OMRON CP Series Ethernet (UDP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
CIO_bit ------
Channel IO CIO_FORCE ------ [Link]
0.00-6143.15 CIO_FORCE_RELEASE ------
CIO_RELEASE_STATUS ------
W_bit ------
Internal Auxiliary Relay W_FORCE ------
[Link]
0.00-511.15 W_FORCE_RELEASE ------
W_RELEASE_STATUS ------
H_bit ------
Latch Relay H_FORCE ------ [Link]
0.0-1535.15 H_FORCE_RELEASE ------
H_RELEASE_STATUS ------

- 403 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

T_FLAG ------
Timer Up Flag T_FORCE ------
DDDD
0-4095 T_FORCE_RELEASE ------
T_RELEASE_STATUS ------
C_FLAG ------
Count Up Flag C_FORCE ------
DDDD
0-4095 C_FORCE_RELEASE ------
C_RELEASE_STATUS ------
Special Auxiliary Relay A 0.0-959.15 ------ [Link]
Data Memory D_bit 0.00-32767.15 ------ [Link]
TKB TK_FLAG 0-31 ------ DDD
Channel IO ------ CIO 0-6143 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary Relay ------ W 0-511 DDD
Latch Relay ------ H 0-1535 DDDD
Timer Current Value ------ T 0-4095 DDDD
Counter Current Value ------ C 0-4095 DDDD
Special Auxiliary Relay ------ A 0-959 DDDDD
Data Memory ------ D 00000-32767 DDDDD
TK ------ TK0-31 DDD
Index Register ------ IR 0-15 DD
Data Register ------ DR 0-15 DD

OMRON NJ_NX Series EtherNet_IP(Free tag Names)

Date Type data format Notes
Bool bit
Byte 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary 8-bit
SInt 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary 8-bit
USInt 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary 8-bit
Word 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary 16-bit
Int 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary 16-bit
UInt 16-bit Decimal, Hex, Binary 16-bit
DWord 32-bit Float,Decimal, Hex, Binary 32-bit
DInt 32-bit Float,Decimal, Hex, Binary 32-bit

Real 32-bit Float,Decimal, Hex, Binary 32-bit

UDInt 32-bit Float,Decimal, Hex, Binary 32-bit

Array

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable

- 404 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

1. RS232 on the CPU unit or CP1W-CIF01\CS1W-SCU21\CS1W-SCB21 etc. module

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB(male)
com0/com1 com2
3 TX 8 TX 3 RD
2 RX 7 RX 2 SD
5 GND 5 GND 9 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS

2. Peripheral port on the CPU unit（OMRON CJ\CS series）

When connecting the peripheral port on the CPU by the conversion adapter, set DIP4 to on.

RS422 Communication Cable

1. CJ1W-SCU41\ CJ1W-SCB41 module

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller module
com0/com1 9pin D-SUB(male)
1 RX- 1 SDA-
6 RX+ 2 SDB+
4 TX- 6 RDA-
9 TX+ 8 RDB+

2. CP1W-CIF11/CP1W-CIF12 module

NOTE：CP1W-CIF11 is without photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 50 m.

CP1W-CIF12 is with photoelectricity isolation, the maximum communication distance is 500 m. Other
parameters specification and DIP switch settings are the same.

DIP CONTENT
1 ON Yes（Both sides） Terminal resistance selection
OFF No
2 ON 2-wires（RS485） 2、3 must be the same.
OFF 4-wires（RS422A）
3 ON 2-wires（RS485）
OFF 4-wires（RS422A）
4 ----- ----- N/A
5 ON With RS control Set ON when loop back is forbidden.
OFF Without RS control（Receive）
6 ON With RS control If connecting to multiple devices, set ON when
OFF Without RS control（Send） using RS422A, it must set as ON.

- 405 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 RS422 terminal
1 RX- SDA-
6 RX+ SDB+
5 GND FG
4 TX- RDA-
9 TX+ RDB+

NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module for communication, if it uses 1:1 and RS422
communication, it need to set all the DIP Switch SW1~6 as OFF. If it uses 1:N and RS422 communication, it
need to set DIP Switch SW1~5 as OFF and SW6 as ON.

RS485 communication cable

CP1W-CIF11/CIF12 module

HMI terminal Controller

9pin D-SUB female RS422 terminal

com0/com1 com3 SDA-

1 RX- 7 RX- RDA-
5 GND 5 GND FG
6 RX+ 8 RX+ SDB+
RDB+

NOTE: When PLC uses CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 module and RS485 communication, please make sure
the DIP Switch SW1 of CP1W-CIF11 or CP1W-CIF12 as OFF, and set SW2,SW3,SW5,SW6 as ON.SW4 can be
set as ON or OFF.

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.65 OMRON E5CN/E5EZ/E5ZN (Temperature Controller)

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
E5CN RS485 on the CPU unit OMRON E5CN/E5EZ/E5ZN
OMRON E5 E5EZ
E5ZN

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

- 406 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

OMRON OMRON RS485 on the RS485 Setting Your owner cable

E5EZ-R3 E5EZ-R3 CPU unit

◎Communication Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 0

Temperature Controller setting

Protocol：CompoWay/F（Sysway）

◎Supported Device
OMRON E5EZ-R3
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Variable ------ 0.0 — 0.A (C0 read [Link] Main addr indicates variable
only) type 0(C0),1(C1),2(C3)
subaddress indicates address of
variable type
1.0 — 1.2D (C1)
2.0 — 2.5B (C3)
Action Command ------ 0-8 H
State 0-31 ------ DD Show the bit value of 0001
（state）in C0
Abnormal Input 0 ------ D The 6th value of C0 0001(state)
Abnormal Input
NOTE: H indicates hexadecimal
Action Command address and other informations
Addr command content Notes
00:OFF（disable） Before writing data, "Communication
0 Communication write write" command is "01” ON (enable)",
01:ON （enable）
otherwise it writes disable
00：Run
1 Run/Stop
01：Stop
2 Multi-segment SP 00：Setting value 0 Must set the value of variable(addr:3.1A )to

- 407 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

01：Setting value 1 1(ON) for writing correctly, otherwise it

02：Setting value 2 can’t write-in.
03：Setting value 3
00：stop
3 AT execute/stop
01：AT execute
00：save
4 write-in mode
01：RAM
5 RAM storage 00
6 Soft reset 00
7 Setting area1 shift 00
8 Protection value shift 00
Please refer to the communication protocol for details.
NOTE：
• Make sure the setting value be the same as the plc’s station No.
• Must be the same as the station No. of HMI
• Before writing data, "Communication write" command must is "01” ON (enable)", otherwise it
writes disable

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
Rs485 terminal
com0/com1 com3 AZ/EZ CZ
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 12 11 B+
1 RX- 7 RX- 13 12 A-

RS232 communication, need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.66 OPTO 22

◎Ethernet Communication (nonsupport Direct Online Simulation)

Series CPU Link Module Driver
OPTO 22 SNAP-UP1-ADS Ethernet OPTO 22 SNAP Ethernet(TCP)
SNAP-PAC-R2

◎System configuration

- 408 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Paramete Cable

r
SNAP-UP1-ADS Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
OPTO 22 Ethernet
SNAP-PAC-R2

◎Communication Setting

PLC Settings
Use Manager tool to read/write IP of OPT controler

- 409 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Software Setting

Set the IP of OPT to connect with Software

- 410 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Register add setting

Click “Config” to edit mode

Non-array type addition：

1.”B “or “N” bit register adding:chose Integer 32 Type

- 411 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2.”DT” register:chose Down Timer Type

3.”UT” register:chose UP Timer Type

4.”F” register:chose Float Type

- 412 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Array table adding:

BT/FT/NT（register name）+array number，set array length；for example: BT0 length 50，BT1 length 50
[Link] bit array adding:

[Link] array adding:

[Link] array adding:

- 413 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.I/O bit register adding:

After adding register, click “Debug” to download project.

Watch variables’s value online

- 414 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Write click “Watch”

Click “New” to creat a table as “5”

Then double click variales to change values,and click “Apply”

1. The address set in OPTO 22 software and HMI configuration should be correspond :
Notice Correct: Define Float type like“F1” in OPTO 22 software
Then it can communicate normally.
Select the“FN”register in the HMI configuration, the address is: 1
Error: Float type defined in OPTO 22 software such as“F0001”
Select the FN register in the HMI configuration, the address is: 1

- 415 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Then it cannot communicate normally.

2. Correspondence between array registers and HMI configuration
For example, configure“ FTn 0.000”: The 0 before the decimal point represents the array
number, which corresponds to the FT0 array in the PLC, the decimal point represents the
address of each register in the array, and FTn0.049 corresponds to the address 49 in the FT0
array in the PLC.
Configuration FTn 1.000 corresponds to FT1 array, address 0; FTn1.049 corresponds to array
FT1, address 49
Same for NTn and BTn

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Bit Table B0-65535 —— DDDDD
Input Coil In0-65535 —— DDDDD
Output Coil Qn0-65535 —— DDDDD
Bit Table BT0.000-65535.255 —— [Link]
Integer 32 —— N32 0-65535 DDDDD
Float —— FN0-65535 DDDDD
UP Timer —— UTN0-65535 DDDDD
Down Timer —— DTN0-65535 DDDDD
Integer 32 Table —— NT0.000-65535.255 [Link]
Float Table —— FT0.000-65535.255 [Link]

Editing Macro, please refer to the type table:

Register Type
N32 Double
FN Float
DTN Float
UTN Float
IN BIT
QN BIT
NT Double
FT Float
B BIT(the attribute of B is the same as N32 in the PLC software)
BT BIT(the attribute of BT is the same as NT in the PLC software)

◎Cable Diagram
Ethernet communication cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

- 416 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.67 Panasonic Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FP FP  Tool port on the Control unit
AFPG801
AFPG802 Panasonic FP
AFPG803 Panasonic FP_Extend
AFPG806
FP0 Tool port on the Control unit
FP1
RS232C port on the Control unit
FP-M
FP2 Tool port on the Control unit
FP2SH RS232C port on the Control unit
AFP2462
AFP2465+(AFP2803,AFP2804, FP2805)
FP3 Tool port on the Control unit
AFP3462
FP-e Tool port on the Control unit
AFPE224300
AFPE224302
AFPE224305
AFPE214322
AFPE214325
FP10SH Tool port on the Control unit
FP10S RS232C port on the Control unit
AFP3462
FP-X RS232C port on the Control unit
FP7 CPS3E RS232 on the CPU unit Panasonic FP7

◎Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FP FP-X Ethernet interface on CPU Panasonic FP Ethernet(TCP Slave)
FP7 CPS3E Ethernet interface on CPU Panasonic FP7 Ethernet(TCP slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Cable
r
Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable
AFPG801
FP FP RS232C Setting
AFPG802 Your owner cable
AFPG806

- 417 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

AFPG803
RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable
AFPG806
Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable
FP0 RS232C Setting
RS232C port on the Control unit Your owner cable
FP1 Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable
RS232C Setting
FP-M RS232C port on the Control unit Your owner cable
Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable
RS232C port on the Control unit
RS232C Setting
FP2 AFP2462 Your owner cable
FP2SH AFP2803
AFP2465 AFP2804 RS422(4 wire) Setting Your owner cable
AFP2805 RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable
Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable
RS232C Setting
FP3 AFP3462 Your owner cable
AFP3463 RS422(4 wire) Setting Your owner cable
Tool port on the Control unit RS232C Your owner cable
AFPE224300
Setting
AFPE214325 RS232C Your owner cable
FP-e
AFPE224305
AFPE224302
RS485(2 wire) Setting Your owner cable
AFPE214322
Tool port on the Control unit Your owner cable
FP10SH
RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting
FP10S Your owner cable
AFP3462
FP-X RS232C port on the Control unit RS232C Setting Your owner cable
FP7 CPS3E RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
NOTE：
1. Only FP0 (C10CRM/C10CRS/C14CRM/C14CRS/C16T/C16CP/C32CT/C32CP) has RS232C port.
2. Only FP1 (C24/C40/C56/C72) has RS232C port.
3. Only FP1(C20R/C20T/C32T)has RS232C port.
4. AFP245 is the communication Package of FP2/FP2SH. AFP2803, AFP2084 and AFP2085 are the
communications module of AFP2465.

◎ Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
FP FP-X Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
FP7 CPS3E Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎ Serial Communication Setting

Panasonic FP、Panasonic FP _Extend protocol：
RS232 communication

- 418 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Panasonic FP7 protocol：

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, odd, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting
communication parameters setting:

◎Network Communication Setting

Panasonic FP Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting

- 419 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Open the Configurator WD and search the online PLC.

NOTE: Configurator WD can configure PLC parameters (IP Address, Port ......).
2. Software Setting
1）Open the Control FPWIN Pro 7,build new project and select PLC type（FP-X C40T）；

2) Communication setting: [Online] → [Communication parameters... ] → Communications

settings(Destination Parameters must be the same as the testing PLC Parameters )

- 420 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3) VAR_EXTERNAL declaration

NOTE: VAR_EXTERNAL must be declared; otherwise you will get some compile errors.
4) Download to the PLC

Panasonic FP7 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Settings

NOTE：
This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication.

- 421 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Settings
1、communications settings

NOTE：
a. The range of the destination’s port number is 32769~32772.
b. The destination’s port number cannot be the same as the network device setting’s port of HMI
setting.
2、changed the IP address

◎Supported Device
Panasonic FP Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay X0.0~32767.F ------ DDDDD.H
Input Relay Y0.0~32767.F ------ DDDDD.H

- 422 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Timer T0~9999 ------ DDDD

Counter C0~9999 ------ DDDD
Link Relay L0.0~32767.F ------ DDDDD.H
Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0~32767.F ------ DDD.H
T/C Elapsed Value ------ EV0~32767 DDDDD
T/C Setting Value ------ SV0~9999 DDDD
Data Register ------ DT0~99999 DDDDD
Input Word ------ WX0~32767 DDDD
Output Word ------ WY0~32767 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0~32767 DDDDD
Link Data Register ------ LD0~99999 DDDDD
Link Relay ------ WL0~32767 DDDDD
File Register ------ FL0~99999 DDDDD
NOTE：
1. Example: X address: 01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the EV5000; X address: 1F in the PLC
corresponds to 1.F in the EV5000.Y\R register address, and so on.
2. EV registers in the range of addresses on the touch screen can be set to 32767, but only supports
the 9999 agreement.
Panasonic FP_Extend
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay X0.0~9999.F ------ DDDDD.H
Input Relay Y0.0~9999.F ------ DDDDD.H
Timer T0~9999 ------ DDDD
Counter C0~9999 ------ DDDD
Link Relay L_Bit 0.0~9999.F ------ DDDDD.H
Link Relay L 0~9999F ------ DDDDD.H
Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0~9999.F ------ DDD.H
T/C Elapsed Value ------ EV0~65535 DDDDD
T/C Setting Value ------ SV0~9999 DDDD
Data Register ------ DT0~262143 DDDDD
Input Word ------ WX0~9999 DDDD
Output Word ------ WY0~9999 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0~9999 DDDDD
Link Data Register ------ LD0~99999 DDDDD
Link Relay ------ WL0~9999 DDDDD
File Register ------ FL0~99999 DDDDD
Panasonic FP(Ethernet)
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Output Relay X0.0-10000.0 ------ DDDDD.H
Input Relay Y0.0-10000.0 ------ DDDDD.H
Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0-10000.0 ------ DDDDD.H
Link Relay L0.0-10000.0 ------ DDDDD.H
Timer T0-160000 ------ DDDDDD

- 423 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Counter C0-160000 ------ DDDDDD

Input Word ------ WX0-9999 DDDD
Output Word ------ WY0-9999 DDDD
Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0-9999 DDDD
Link Relay ------ WL0-9999 DDDD
File Register ------ FL0-99999 DDDDD
Link Data Register ------ LD0-8447 DDDD
Data Register ------ DT0-99999 DDDDD
T/C Setting Value ------ SV0-9999 DDDD
T/C Elapsed Value ------ EV0-65535 DDDDD

FP7 Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Input Relay X 0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H
Output Relay Y0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H
Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H
Link Relay L0.0-32767.f ------ DDDDD.H
Timer T0-4095 ------ DDDD
Counter C0-1023 ------ DDDD
Input word ------ WX0-511 DDD
Output word ------ WY0-511 DDD
Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0-32767 DDDDD
Link Relay ------ WL0-32767 DDDDD
File register ------ FL0-99999 DDDDD
Link Data register ------ LD0-99999 DDDDD
Data register ------ DT0-9829 DDDD
T Setting Value ------ TS0-4095 DDDD
T Elapsed Value ------ TE0-4095 DDDD
C Setting Value ------ CS0-1023 DDDD
C Elapsed Value ------ CE0-1023 DDDD
Index register ------ I 0-E H
NOTE：
Example: X address:01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;X address;1F in the PLC corresponds to 1.F
in the HMI.R\Y\L register address,and so on.

FP7 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Input Relay X 0.0-511.f ------ DDD.H
Output Relay Y0.0-511.f ------ DDD.H
Internal Auxiliary/Relay R0.0-2047.f ------ DDDD.H

- 424 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Link Relay L0.0-1023.f ------ DDDD.H

Timer T0-4095 ------ DDDD
Counter C0-1023 ------ DDDD
Error alarm relay E0-4095 ------ DDDD
Input word ------ WX0-511 DDD
Output word ------ WY0-511 DDD
Internal Auxiliary/Relay ------ WR0-2047 DDDD
Link Relay ------ WL0-1023 DDDD
File register ------ FL0-99999 DDDDD
Link Data register ------ LD0-16383 DDDDD
Data register ------ DT0-999423 DDDDDD
T Setting Value ------ TS0-4095 DDDD
T Elapsed Value ------ TE0-4095 DDDD
C Setting Value ------ CS0-1023 DDDD
C Elapsed Value ------ CE0-1023 DDDD
Index register ------ I 0-E H
NOTE：
Example: X address:01 in the PLC corresponds to 0.1 in the HMI;X address;1F in the PLC corresponds
to 1.F in the HMI.R\Y\L register address,and so on.

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication
Tool port:
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 5 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 1 GND

CPU port:
HMI terminal Controller terminal
9pin D-SUB female FP0 CPU RS232C port
com0/com1 com2
3 TX 8 TX RD
2 RX 7 RX SD
5 GND 5 GND SG S R G
COM port:

- 425 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 CPU RS232 9pin male

3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND
4 RTS
5 CTS
8 CD
9 ER

Communication module:
HMI terminal
Controller RS232
9pin D-SUB female
communication module
com0/com1 com2 terminal

3 TX 8 TX RD
2 RX 7 RX SD
5 GND 5 GND SG

RS485 communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- -
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +

RS422 communication
FP3 RS422 programming port:
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 15 pin D-SUB male
1 RX- 9 TXDA
6 RX+ 2 TXDB
5 GND 7 GND
4 TX- 10 RXDA
9 TX+ 3 RXDB
4 RTA+
5 CTS+
11 RTS-
12 CTS-
Another module RS422 communication:

- 426 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller RS422 terminal
com0/com1 9 pin D-SUB male
1 RX- 4 SD-
6 RX+ 2 SD+
4 TX- 5 RD-
9 TX+ 3 RD+

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.68 Parker Automation（Servo Controller）

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on CPU unit
Parker Compax3 Compax3 Parker Compax3
RS485 on CPU unit
Parker SLVD Series SLVD 15NS RS485 on the CPU unit Parker SLVD Series
Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit Parker 6k
ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B RS232 on the CPU unit Parker ACR9000

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP
ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B Ethernet interface on CPU
Slave）

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r
RS232 on CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Parker
Compax3 RS485 on CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Compax3
RS422 on CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Parker SLVD SLVD
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Series Series
Parker 6k 6K4 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
ACR9040
ACR9040 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
-P3-B

◎Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

- 427 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Ethernet interface on
ACR9040 ACR9040-P3-B Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
CPU

◎Communication Setting
Parker Compax3 protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 115200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS232 Communication

RS485 Communication

PLC Setting
NOTE: RS-485 Settings can be made in the C3 Servo Manager under “RS485 settings”
RS485 setting:

- 428 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 setting:

Parker SLVD Series protocol

Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0
RS422 communication

Parker 6K protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, none; station: 0

- 429 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Don’t support RS485 communication mode

Parker ACR9000 protocol

Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1；station NO.：0

Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP Slave）

HMI Setting

- 430 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Parker Compax3
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
R_Bit 0.0-9999999.31 ------ [Link]
------ R_Float 0.0-9999.511 [Link]
------ R_Int 0.0-9999.511 [Link]
NOTE: R_Bit device is the bit format of R_Int device. The address of R_Bit device is [Link], the first
seven position indicate the address of R_Int, the last two positon indicate 32-bit

SLVD Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Note
Pr_Bit 0-9999.15 ------ [Link]

Pr_Byte ------ 0-9999 DDDD

Pr_Word ------ 0-9999 DDDD

Pr_DWord ------ 0-9999 DDDD

6k Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit in register VARB_bit 1.00~125.31 ------ DDD Read only
KILL 0 ------
S0 ------
C0 ------
PS 0 ------
HALT 0 ------
RUN 0 ------
TAS_Bit 1.01-2.32 ------
TSS_Bit 1-32 ------
TIN_Bit 1.01-3.32 ------
TOUT_Bit 1.01-3.32 ------
The 32-bit hexadecimal value
------ VARB 1~125 DDD Read only
in register
The integer number value in
------ VAR_Int 1~225 DDDD
register
The real number value in
------ VAR_Float 1~225 DDD
register
------ VAR 1~255 DDD
------ VARS 1~255 DDD
------ A 1~255 DDD
------ AD 1~255 DDD
------ V 1~255 DDD

- 431 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

------ DRIVE 1~255 DDD

------ TAS 1~2 D
------ TPC 1~255 DDD
------ TPE 1~255 DDD
------ TER 0 D
------ TSS 0 D
------ TIN 1~3 D
------ TOUT 1~3 D
NOTE: VARB configuration software need to use hexadecimal data type, integer-bit to 8 bits.

ACR9000、Parker ACR9000 Series Ethernet （TCP Slave）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
P_low16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ [Link]
P_high16bit 0.0~99999.f ------ [Link]
P_int32 ------ 0~99999 DDDDD
P_float ------ 0~99999 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
Parker Compax3 Series
RS232 Communication Cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485 Communication Cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- 3 Tx-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 7 Tx+
1 Enable
9 (+5V)

RS422 Communication Cable

- 432 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 3 Tx-
6 RX+ 7 Tx+
4 Tx- 8 Rx-
9 TX+ 2 Rx+
5 GND 5 GND
1 Enable
9 (+5V)
SLVD Series
RS485 Communication Cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 15 pin X1terminal(female)
1 RX- 7 TX-
6 RX+ 12 TX+
4 TX- 2 RX-
9 TX+ 1 RX+

6k/9000 Series
RS232 Communication Cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.69 PANKONG Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MX Series MX310-32 RS232 on the CPU unit PANKONG MX Series RTU

- 433 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Ethernet Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
MX Series MX310-32 Ethernet interface on CPU PANKONG MX Series(TCP Slave)

◎ Serial System configuration

COMM
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable
Type
MX Series MX310-32 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Parameter Cable
Type
MX Series MX310-32 Ethernet interface on CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters 57600，8，even，1；station: 1
RS232 communication

PLC 设置
[Link] the MX Builder programming tool, create a new project, select the CPU series MX310-32
[Link] on the menu bar（the button next to Offline）, select the serial port, click Detect, the connected
serial port setting parameters will be automatically detected, and click OK to connect to the device

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

- 434 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Open the MX Builder programming tool, create a new project, and select the CPU series MX310-32
2. Click the button next to Offline in the menu bar, select the network port, search for the device, click the
PLC device in the gray box, wait until the lower left corner shows connected, and then click OK

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output register X 0~377 ----- OOO

Input register Y 0~377 ----- OOO

Counter Value C 0~255 ----- DDD

Timer Value T 0~511 ----- DDD

Status register S 0~4095 ----- DDDD

M8xxx 0~511 ----- DDD

Auxiliary relay M 0~7679 ----- DDDD

Counter Value (32 bits) ----- C2xx 0~55 DD

Counter Value ----- CW 0~199 DDD

Timer Value ----- TW 0~511 DDD

Auxiliary relay ----- R 0~7999 DDDD

----- D8xxx 0~511 DDD

Data register ----- D 0~7999 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 cable

- 435 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 8 GND

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.70 PMAC Motion Controller

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
PC/104 PC/104 RS232 on the CPU unit PMAC series

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
PC/104 PC/104 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 38400bps, 8, none, 1; station: 0

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I variable ------ I 0-9999 DDDD R/W

- 436 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

M variable ------ M 0-9999 DDDD R/W

P variable ------ P 0-9999 DDDD R/W
Q variable ------ Q 0-9999 DDDD R/W
I variable Float ------ I_float 0-9999 DDDD R/W
P variable Float ------ P_float 0-9999 DDDD R/W
Q variable Float ------ Q_float 0-9999 DDDD R/W
report position of motor ------ POS 0 D R
report velocity of motor ------ VEL 0 D R
report following error of motor ------ FER 0 D R
common manual and programming command ------ ORD/JOG* 0-9999 DDDD W
Run current program ------ RUN 0-9999 DDDD W
Halt program ------ HLT 0-9999 DDDD W
NOTE：Some addresses in I variable devices are on with hex number, when single float number on, all bits
which can’t be transformed into hex numbers will be “0”

PMAC common manual commands

(0) ORD/JOG 0000： j+:：continual positive rotation command
(1) ORD/JOG 0010： j- ：continual reverse rotation command
(2) ORD/JOG 0020： j/ ：stop command
(3) ORD/JOG 0030： j=constant
(4) ORD/JOG 0040： j：constant
(5) ORD/JOG 0050： j ^
(6) ORD/JOG 0060： # n
(7) ORD/JOG 0070： home（hm）：manual reset zero commands
(8) ORD/JOG 0080： homez（hmz）：manual reset zero position commands

PMAC common programming commands

(0) ORD/JOG 0100：& n
(1) ORD/JOG 0110：B m R
(2) ORD/JOG 0120：B m S
(3) ORD/JOG 0130：A（ctrl A）：Stop movement program
(4) ORD/JOG 0140：K（ctrl K）：Stop movement program and close enable signal
(5) ORD/JOG 0150： Enable PLC n：Enable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31
(6) ORD/JOG 0160： Disable PLC n：Disable PLC, n indicates prog no. of PLC, range 0-31

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable

- 437 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9pin D-SUB(male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 5 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 9 GND
2 DTR
7 DSR
4 CTS
6 RTS

4.71 Power-one AURORA Wind Inverter

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
AURORA PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port Aurora PV

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r
AUROR
PVI-6000-OUTD-US-W RS485 on the port RS485 Setting Your owner cable
A

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 2

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format

- 438 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Time Register（double word） ------ Time 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0

Energy Register（double word） ------ Energy 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0
Status variable Register（double word） ------ Measure 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0
Hardware version（double word） ------ Fireware 0-9999.7 DDDDD.0
Software version（double word） ------ Version 0-9999 DDDD
Device sequence No.（double word） ------ SN 0-9999 DDDD
Device ID（double word） ------ PN 0-9999 DDDD
Device work status ------ State 0-9999 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram
NOTE: AURORA Wind Inverter supports two connection modes, please refer to the manual of power-one
Corporation for details.
1. Connect with RS485 port

HMI terminal
Controller
9pin D-SUB female
RS485
com0/com1 com3 terminal

1 RX-(B) 7 RX- 5 -T/R

6 RX+(A) 8 RX+ 4 +T/R
5 GND 5 GND 3 RTN

2. Connect with RJ12

HMI terminal
Controller
9pin D-SUB female
terminal
com0/com1 com3 RJ12(male)

1 RX-(B) 7 RX- 4 -T/R

6 RX+(A) 8 RX+ 2 +T/R
5 GND 5 GND 6 RTN

4.72 Profibus DP Slave

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
SIMATIC ALL CPUs that have PROFIBUS DP port on the
S7-300/400 the DP port External Device
Profibus DP Slave
Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP port
PROFIBUS DP Master

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Parameter SIP Type
ALL CPUs that have PROFIBUS DP port on the
SIMATIC S7-300/400 Setting Profibus
the DP port External Device

- 439 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Other company devices which support

PROFIBUS DP port Setting
PROFIBUS DP Master

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting

NOTE：Input and Output Modules should match with Master Configuration.

PLC Setting
NOTE: you can find [Link] in the fieldbus file of EV5000 Installation Directory, or you can download
from [Link].
1. Setup [Link] file
Setup GSD file in the s7-300 software.
Process:
（1）. Closed all the station in HW Config
（2）.choose “option” > “install GSD file”.
（3）.Find out the folder of [Link].
（4）.Choose [Link], and then click the install button.
You can find the ico in PROFIBUS DP\MMI, after installing

2. configuration setting
(1) Make a new project in s7-300 through the guide

- 440 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

(2) We must use OB82，OB86，OB100，OB121 and OB122 in BLOCK, or system will go wrong when PLC is
power-up.
(3) Double click HW Config, choose “DP” and right click “add master station”.

(4) Right click，choose “Insert Object”

Click “Kinco_MT5K_ProfibusDP_V1.0”，set address.

- 441 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: the address No. of DP master station and slave can not be same.
(5) Input and output setting

(6) Profibus DP Slave has adaption function，you can change the transmission rate of DP master station,
maximum is 12Mbps.

(7) Double click slave ico, then set User_Prm_Data (0) =01

- 442 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Direct I/O Input LW.B8500.0~8615.F ———— DDDD.H
Direct I/O Output LW.B8000.0~8115.F ———— DDDD.H
Direct I/O Input ———— LW8500~8615 DDDD correspond PIW
Direct I/O Output ———— LW8000~8115 DDDD correspond PQW
LW8500~8615(Data
Direct I/O Input ———— DDDD correspond PID
width is dword)
LW8000~8115(Data
Direct I/O Output ———— DDDD correspond PQD
width is dword)
NOTE: When use either PID or PQD, you must set User_Prm_Data (0) =1 if HMI communication with the
DP port of Siemens; Other company devices which support PROFIBUS DP Master, default User_Prm_Data
(0) =0.

◎Cable Diagram
A-type violet cable

4.73 RF-IC (Card Reader)

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RF-IC RF-IC RS232 on the CPU unit RF-IC

- 443 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RF-IC RF-IC RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bit LB 8999 ------ DDDD
------ LW 8900 DDDD
NOTE: LB8999 means bar code has received or not. LB8999=1 means data has received.

◎Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.74 RKC Instrument INC.

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RKC CH CH402WK02-VV*AN-5N CPU direct RKC CH402

◎System configuration

- 444 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Cable
r
RKC CH402WK02-VV
RS485 the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CH *AN-5N

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS485 communication

PLC Setting
Press “SET” key and “﹤R/S” key at one time,then press the SET key and select parameters:
Add Address *1
bPS Baudrate *2
bIT data instruction *3
InT transmission delay *4
*1: Two bits ASCII code. Example 23, instrument number must 23(32H 33H)
*2: Baudrate controlled by code as below; default value: 2
0：2400 bps
1：4800 bps
2：9600 bps
3：19200 bps
*3: data instruction controlled by code as below; default value: 0
ID Data bit parity stop bit
0 8 none 1
1 8 none 2
2 7 odd 1
3 7 odd 2
4 7 even 1
5 7 even 2

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Alarm 1 status AA: 0 ------ D Read only

- 445 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Burnout B1: 0 ------ D Read only

PID control/Autotuning G1: 0 ------ D R/W
Alarm 2 status AB: 0 ------ D Read only
RUN/STOP transfer SR: 0 ------ D R/W
Self-tuning G2:0 ------ D R/W
Measured value ------ M1: 0 D Read only
Current transfomer input1 ------ M2: 0 D Read only
Current transfomer input2 ------ M3: 0 D Read only
Error code ------ ER: 0 D Read only
Set value(SV1) ------ S1: 0 D R/W
Alarm 1 setting ------ A1: 0 D R/W
Alarm 2 setting ------ A2: 0 D R/W
Heater break alarm 1 setting ------ A3: 0 D R/W
Heater break alarm 2 setting ------ A4: 0 D R/W
Control loop break alarm ------ A5: 0 D R/W
Heat-side proportional band ------ P1: 0 D R/W
Integral time ------ I1: 0 D R/W
Derivative time ------ D1: 0 D R/W
Anti-reset windup ------ W1: 0 D R/W
Cool-side proportional band ------ P2: 0 D R/W
Overlap/deadband ------ V1: 0 D R/W
Heat-side proportioning cycle ------ T0: 0 D R/W
Cool-side proportioning cycle ------ T1: 0 D R/W
PV bias ------ PB: 0 D R/W
Set data lock function ------ LK: 0 D R/W

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 Communication Cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- 14 485-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 15 485+
5 GND 5 GND 13 GND

4.75 Saia-Burgess

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
PCS PCS1.C8 RS232 on the CPU unit Saia SBus

- 446 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PCD2.M110
PCD2.M120
PCD PCD2.M150 RS232 on the CPU unit
PCD2.M170
PCD2.M480

◎Systems Configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Paramete Cable
r
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
PCS PCS1.C8
RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
PCD PCD2.M110 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

- 447 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input I0-8091 ------ DDDDD
Output O0-8091 ------ DDDDD
Flag F0-8091 ------ DDDD
Timer ------ T0-1599 DDDD
Counter ------ C0-1599 DDDD
Register ------ R0-4095 DDDD
Register（support single float point） ------ R_Float0-4095 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram
PCS1.C8
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
X1-1
1 RX- 7 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ X1-2
5 GND 5 GND X1-3

PCD2.M110
RS232 communication cable

- 448 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RXD 3 TXD
3 TXD 2 RXD
4 DTR 6 DSR
5 GND 5 GND
7 RTS 8 CTS
8 CTS 7 RTS

4.76 Sailsors D9 (Temperature Controller)

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Sailsors D9 Swp-T16-80-08-N RS232 on the CPU unit Sailsors D9

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
RS485 on the CPU
Sailsors D9 Swp-T16-80-08-N RS485 Setting Your owner cable
unit

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 80
RS485 communication

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

- 449 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Channel Sample Value ------ CH 0~16 DD

Channel Indexing ------ SN 1~16 DD

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- DATA-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ DATA+

4.77 Schneider Electric, Ltd.

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Micro TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1 TER port on the CPU
TSX 37 10 028AR1
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001 Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay
TSX 37 22 001 Modbus RTU
Premium TSX P57 103M
TSX P57 153M
TSX P57 203M
TSX P57 253M TER port on the CPU
TSX P57 303M
TSX P57 353M
TSX P57 453M
Nano TSX 07 3L 28
TSX 07 30 10
Programming port on CPU
TSX 07 31 16
TSX 07 31 24

- 450 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

TSX 07 32 28
TSX 07 33 28
Twido TWD LCAA 10DRF
TWD LCAA 16DRF
TWD LCAA 24DRF
TWD LMDA 20DTK
RS485 on the CPU unit Schneider Twido Modbus RTU
TWD LMDA 20DUK
TWD LMDA 20DRT
TWD LMDA 40DTK
TWD LMDA 40DUK
TM258LD42DT RS232 on the CPU unit
M 258 Series Schneider M Series
TM258LF42DT RS485 on the CPU unit
TM100/200 TM100/ TM200CE32R RS485 on the CPU unit Schneider M100_M200 Modbus
Series RTU Series

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
TM258LD42DT
M 258 Series ETH on the CPU unit Schneider Ethernet(TCP Slave)
TM258LF42DT
TM100/200 TM200CE32R ETH on the CPU unit Schneider M200 Ethernet(TCP
Series Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

COMM Paramete
Series CPU Link Module Driver Cable
Type r
TSX3705001 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
TSX3705001
TSX 37 05 028DR1
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1
TSX 37 10 128DR1
Schneider
TSX 37 10 128DTK1 RS485 on
Modicon
TSX 37 10 164DTK1 the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Uni-TelWay
TSX 37 10 028AR1
Modicon
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001
TSX3705001 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
TSX3705001
RS485 on Modbus
TSX 37 05 028DR1
the CPU unit RTU RS485 Setting Your owner cable
TSX 37 08 056DR1
TSX 37 10 128DT1

- 451 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

TSX 37 10 128DR1
TSX 37 10 128DTK1
TSX 37 10 164DTK1
TSX 37 10 028AR1
TSX 37 10 028DR1
TSX 37 21 101
TSX 37 22 101
TSX 37 21 001
TSX 37 22 001

TWD LCAA 10DRF RS232 Setting Your owner cable

TWD LCAA 16DRF
TWD LCAA 24DRF
TWD LMDA 20DTK
Twido RS485 on the CPU unit
TWD LMDA 20DUK
TWD LMDA 20DRT RS485 Setting Your owner cable
TWD LMDA 40DTK
TWD LMDA 40DUK

M258 TM258LD42DT RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Series TM258LF42DT RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
TM100/200 RS485 on the CPU unit
TM200CE32R RS485 Setting Your owner cable
Series

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
M258 TM258LD42DT HMI
ETH on the CPU unit Ethernet Your owner cable
Series TM258LF42DT Setting
TM200 HMI
TM200CE32R ETH on the CPU unit Ethernet Your owner cable
Series Setting

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting
Schneider Modicon Uni-TelWay protocol
Default communication：9600, 8, odd, 1; station:1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)

- 452 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 communication

Modbus RTU protocol

Default communication：9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3(OTHER Direct)

- 453 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 communication

PLC Setting
PL7 software setting
1. Start menu→“modicum telemecanique” → “XWAY Driver Manager” to set communication parameter

2. Pop-up to select “UNITELWAY Driver”→”Configuration”→”Edit” to modify communication parameter

- 454 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Press ”OK” and pop up the following tips

4. And then click ”XWAY Test”→”Connect”, if the connection is successful, it will clue “Connected”

5. Open the PL7 software→”Create new project” → click “Hardware configuration”→double-click pop-up
window “Comm”

- 455 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Unitel-way protocol setting as follow:

Modbus RTU protocol setting as follow:

6. Setting up the configuration and download the project to the PLC

- 456 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol

Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
NOTE: Cable by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct).
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

PLC Setting
1. Specify a large number for the internal word in the “Controller → Memory Use →Edit” and load the
configuration into the PLC to open the memory area for the words. If set the internal word 3000, you can
use address of MW before 3000.

- 457 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. You must program a coil with maximum address to open the memory area for the Bits. If you
program a coil with 127 addresses, then the address before 127 can be used.

Schneider M Series protocol

Default communication：9600, 8, odd, 1; station:1
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

- 458 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
Somachine software setting
[Link] Somachine software, choose and link to the same type PLC ,then create a new program.

[Link] creating a new program,right click[ Serial Line] and choose add device

- 459 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

In the add device window,choose Modbus Manager and click [add device]

3. Double click [Serial Line]>[Modbus Manage],complete the parameter setting , click [online]and [log on].

- 460 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4. when need to change the type of communication, double click [Serial Line] and choose in the right region.

[Link] you want to monitor the internal data of the controller,click [View]>[Monitor] and choose a monitor sheet.

- 461 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Schneider M100_M200 Modbus RTU Series protocol

Default communication：9600, 8, odd, 1; station:1
RS485 communication

PLC Setting

- 462 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Network Communication Setting

Schneider Ethernet TCP Slave protocol
HMI Setting

PLC Setting
[Link] Somachine software, choose and link to the same type PLC, then create a new program.

[Link] you need to change the IP Address of the PLC, double click [Ethernet]then complete the IP Address
configuration.(Attention: Subnet mask and Gateway address should be set up correctly, and choose
Ethernet Ⅱ protocol.)

- 463 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] you don’t need to change the IP Address of the PLC, double click [Mycontroller]then choose the right
model PLC, click [online]and [log on].

[Link] you want to monitor the internal data of the controller,click [View]>[Monitor] and choose a monitor
sheet.

- 464 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Schneider TM200 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

- 465 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Modicon TSX
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal Relay S00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Auxiliary Relay M00000-32767 ------ DDDDD

Data Register Relay MW.B0000-9999.F ------ DDDD.H
Data register ------ MW0000-7999 DDDD
Data register double word ------ MD0000-7999 DDDD

Twido
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Output Relay 0X 1-9999 ------ DDDD
Input Relay (read only) 1X 1-9999 ------ DDDD
Input Register (read only) ------ 3X 1-9999 DDDD
Output Register ------ 4X 1-9999 DDDD
NOTE:
The M register in the software of TWIDO corresponds to 0X in the ev5000 software; MW corresponds
to [Link] HMI’s address must plus 1 to correspond with the address of PLC.
e.g.: M0 corresponds to 0X1.

- 466 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Don’t use 1X, 3X device, because there is no correspondence with the PLC.
M Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input IX0.0-4095.7 ------ DDDD.O Read only

Output QX0.0-4095.7 ------ DDDD.O

Data Register Relay MX0.0-11999.7 ------ DDDDDD.O

Data register ------ MW00000- 59999 DDDDD

Data register double word ------ MD00000-29999 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
Uni-TelWay protocol
RS232 communication cable
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 2(TER Direct)（Add a direct
line）
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
com0/com1 com3
2 D-
1 RX- 7 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 1 D+
5 GND 5 GND 7 GND

Modicon modbus protocol

RS232 communication cable
PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”→double click “Ccom” to select “MODBUS/BUS LINK”;
others are default parameters.
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries, Rotary switch setting: 3 (OTHER Direct)
RS485 communication cable
PLC software setting: “Hardware Configuration”→double click “Ccom” to select “ MODBUS/BUS
LINK”; Others are default parameters.
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 8 pin Mini Din (male)

1 RX- 7 RX- 2 D-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 1 D+
5 GND 5 GND 5 DPT
7 GND

Schneider Twido Modbus RTU protocol

RS232 communication cable
Cable recommended by Schneider Electric Industries

- 467 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
8 pin Mini Din (male)
com0/com1 com3
7 RX- 2 B-
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 1 A+
5 GND 5 GND 5 DPT
7 GND

Schneider M Series protocol

RS232 communication cable
HMI Terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller Terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 1 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 8 GND
RS485 communication cable
HMI Terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller Terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- 5D0
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 4D1

Schneider TM100/200 Modbus RTU Series protocol

RS485 communication cable
HMI Terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller Terminal
com0/com1 com3
1 RX- 7 RX- D0
6 RX+ 8 RX+ D1

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

- 468 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.78 SHIMADEN

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
FP23 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit SHIMADEN FP23
MR13 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit SHIMADEN MR13

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
FP23 FP23 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
MR13 MR13 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
SHIMADEN FP23
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

SHIMADEN MR13
HMI Settings
Default communication parameters of HMI

- 469 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE:
1. When communicating with COM mode, you should first put the 18C address 1, and then open the COM
communication mode to communicate successfully. The bool element address is set to 1.18C, as shown in
the following figure:

PLC Settings
Please refer to relevant instructions of communication equipment for related parameter settings.
【1-14B】PLC Station No.；
【1-15B】Baud Rate；
【1-16B】Data Bits、Parity、Stop Bits；
【1-18B】Start Character Mode，Select 2：STX_ETX_CRLF；
【1-19B】BCC Operation Method，Select 1：ADD；

◎ Supported Device
FP23
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
State instructions(Write Only) Ctrl_Write 184-252 ------ HHH
Sequence code(Read Only) ------ Array Code 0-3 H
Basic parameter value（Read Only） ------ Basic_Read 00-42 HH
OUT1_W,OUT2_W(Write Only) ------ Out_Write 0-1 H
PV1，PV2（Read Only） ------ PV_Read 0-1 H
Reference（Read & Write） ------ Reference 300-952 HHH
Basic_Read operatable address
PLC addr
Parameter R/W Parameters mean
（HEX）
00H PV_W Read Measurements
01H SV_W Read Setting value
02H OUT1_W Read Output1 value
03H OUT2_W Read Output2 value
04H EXE_FLG Read Execute_flag（no execute=0）
05H EV_FLG Read Event_flag（no event output 0000）
06H Reserve Read value:0000H
07H EXE_PID Read Execute_PID No.

- 470 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

09H HB_W Read Heater break alarm

0AH HL_W Read Heater loop alarm
0BH DI_FLG Read DI status flag
10H UNIT Read Measurement unit
11H RANGE Read Measuring range
12H CJ Read Cold junction compensation 0=Internal 1=External
13H DP Read Decimal position, 0=none 1=0.1 2=0.01 3=0.001 4=0.0001
14H SC_L Read PV lower limit side scaling
15H SC_H Read PV higher limit side scaling
16H DPFLG Read 0=show 1=cancel
20H E_PRG Read Execute flag of program
21H E_PTN Read Execution step No. of step loop
22H Reserve Read Reserve
23H E_RPT Read Curve repeat time
24H E_STP Read Execution count of step loop
25H E_TIM Read Step time
26H E_PID Read PID No. execution
29H E_STPRPT Read Number of steps
42H POSI Read Seven switches（feedback 0-100）
Ctrl_Write operatable address example
PLC addr（HEX） Parameter R/W Parameters mean
184H AT write Execution automatically adjustment 0：OFF1：ON
18CH COM write Communication Protocol：0: LOC 1: COM
Reference operatable address example
PLC Addr（HEX） Parameter R/W Parameters mean
300H FIX_SV R/W FIX mode SV: in the limit range of SV

460H PB21 R/W ratio coefficient：0.0 to 999.9％(0.0=OFF)

About device address details, please refer to the FP23 communication protocol.
Show: H indicates HEX
Note: 1、Setting the parameters of ADDR address, the settings must be the same as the corresponding PLC
station.
2、When Connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be
set different ADDR value.

MR13
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
State instructions(Write Ctrl_Write 1.184-3.252 ------- HHH

Only)
Sequence code(Read ------- Array [Link]

- 471 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Only) Code1.000-3.003
Basic parameter value ------- Basic_Read [Link] settings
（Read Only） 1.000-3.042
OUT1_W,OUT2_W(Writ ------- Out_Write [Link]
e Only) 1.000-3.001
PV1，PV2（Read Only） ------- PV_Read [Link] PV1(1.0;2.0;3.0)
1.000-3.002 PV2(1.1;2.1;3.1)
PV3(1.2;2.2;3.2)
Reference （ Read & ------- Reference [Link] settings
Write） 1.100-3.952
（Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication mode is chosen
as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default.）
Basic_Read 可操作地址
Examples: Address “1.2” ,”1” is the channel address, and “2” is the control address
PLC
Read/Writ Remark /Example for 3
Address Parameter Meanings of Parameter
e channel address
（HEX）
01H SV_W Read Setting values 1.1；2.1；3.1(setting values of
three channels)
02H OUT_W Read Limits of output control 1.2；2.2；3.2
04H EXE_FLG Read Execution flag Non execution =0
05H EV_FLG Read Event output flag bit Non event output=0000
06H Retain Read The value is fixed to 0000H
07H EXE_PID Read The current executed PID
number
09H HB_W Read Heater disconnection alarm
value
0AH HL_W Read Undercurrent alarm value
0BH DI_FLG Read DI switch status flag bit
10H UNIT Read 0=℃;1=℉;2=% 3=K;
4=NONE
11H RANGE Read Measuring range
12H CJ Read Cold junction compensation 0=Internal；1=External
13H DP Read Position of decimal point 0=None；1=0.1；2=0.01......
14H SC_L Read Lower limit of measuring
range
15H SC_H Read Higher limit of measuring
range
16H DPFLG Read Digital decimal place 0=Display ; 1=Cancel
20H E_PRG Read Program execution tagging
21H E_PTN Read The currently executed curve
number
22H Retain Read Retain
23H E_RPT Read Curve repeat number
24H E_STP Read Current executed step of the

- 472 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

curve
25H E_TIM Read The remaining time of the
current executed step
26H E_PID Read The current executed PID
number
29H E_STPRPT Read Program execution steps
42H POSI Read Seven switching quantities

Ctrl_Write：Operable address examples

PLC Address Remark /Example for 3 channel
（HEX） Parameter Read/Write address
184H AT Write Self-tuning function，0=OFF;1=0N
18CH COM Write COM function：0=Local; 1=COM
（Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the
communication mode is chosen as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to
1.184(AT mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default.
Reference：Operable address examples
PLC Address Parameter Read/Write Note
（HEX）
100H PV(Measuring values ) Read Example: 1.100；2.100；3.100
101H E_SV(Setting values) Read Example: 1.101；2.101；3.101
184H AT(Self tuning) Write 0：Stop；1：Execute
18CH COM(Communication state ) Write 0：Local communication
1：COM Communication
... ... ... ...
8C2 The ninth step number of PID Read/Write 1.8C2，2.8C2，3.8C2
Example: In address 1.184, “1” is the channel address, “2” is the control address, and the communication
mode is chosen as the public address, regardless of the channel. The address is set to 1.184(AT
mode)and1.18C(COM mode) by default.
For other parameters, refer to 《 mr13 communication protocol 》 , at the sixth section of the
communication data address table.
Notice:
[Link] you set the parameter address of communication,the setting value must be the same as the
station number of the corresponding PLC.
[Link] the case of connecting multiple meters, a different parameter address value is required for each
instrument to distinguish between different instruments.

◎ Cable Diagram
FP23
FP23 programmable PID regulator of 8 point and 10 point must be shorted or communications
failure
RS485 communication cable

- 473 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485接线端

1 RX- 7 RX- 14 RD-

6 RX+ 8 RX+ 13 SD+
MR13
RS485:Communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485接线端
1 RX- 7 RX- 14 RD-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 13 SD+

4.79 SIEMENS

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
CPU212
CPU214
CPU215
CPU216
CPU221
S7-200 RS485 on the CPU unit
CPU222
SIEMENS S7-200
CPU224
CPU226
CPU224 XP CN
CPU226 XP CN
CR40
S7-200 SMART RS485 on the CPU unit
SR20
CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter
CPU314
Direct)
CPU314IFM
S7-300 MPI port on the CPU unit
CPU315
SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct)
CPU315-2 DP
*1
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2

- 474 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
S7-400 MPI port on the CPU unit
CPU414-2 DP
CPU414-3 DP
CPU416-1
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
CPU312IFM
CPU313
CPU313C
CPU314
CPU314IFM
S7-300 MPI port on the CPU unit SIEMENS MPI*2
CPU315
CPU315-2 DP
CPU316
CPU316-2 DP
CPU318-2

NOTE 1. *1 :The protocol is suitable for the MT5020 series with MPI extended port. This
protocol supports multi HMI to multi PLC communication
2. *2 : The protocol is suitable for the MT4000 series HMI in 2013 November factory. This
protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication

◎ Ethernet Communication (Direct online simulation disable)

Series CPU Link Module Driver
CPU222
CPU224 CP 243-1 IT SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-200
CPU224 XP CP 243-1 (TCP Slave)
CPU226
CR40 SIEMENS S7-200 SMART
SMART S7-200 Ethernet interface on CPU
SR20 Ethernet (TCP Slave)
SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU SIEMENS S7-1200 /1500
SIMATIC S7-1500 CPU1511-1 PN CPU Ethernet (TCP Slave)
CP 343-1 IT
CPU315-2DP
CP 343-1
SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-300 CPU315-2 PN/DP Ethernet interface on CPU
(TCP Slave)
CPU317-2 PN/DP
CPU319-3 PN/DP

- 475 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CPU412-1
CPU412-2 DP
CPU412-3H
CPU413-1
CPU413-2 DP
CPU414-1
CPU414-2 DP CP 443-1 IT
CPU414-3 DP CP 443-1
SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400 CPU416-1
(TCP Slave)
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4
CPU414-3 PN/DP
CPU416-3 PN/DP

CPU414-3 PN/DP Ethernet interface

CPU416-3 PN/DP on CPU

6ED1 SIEMENS LOGO!

SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet interface on CPU
052-1MD00-0AB8 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎BUS Communication
Please refer to 4.59 Profibus DP Slave.

◎Serial System configuration

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Cable
r
CPU222 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CPU224
S7-200 CPU226 RS485 on the CPU unit
CPU224 XP CN RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CPU226 XP CN
S7-200 CR40
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
SMART SR20
S7-300 CPU312IFM MPI port on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CPU313 S7-300/400
CPU313C (PC Adapter
CPU314 Direct)
CPU314IFM protocol
CPU315 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CPU315-2 DP S7-300/400
CPU316 (MPI Direct)
CPU316-2 DP protocol

- 476 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CPU318-2 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

SIEMENS MPI
protocol
S7-400 CPU412-1 MPI port on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
CPU412-2 DP S7-300/400
CPU412-3H (PC Adapter
CPU413-1 Direct)
CPU413-2 DP protocol
CPU414-1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable
CPU414-2 DP S7-300/400
CPU414-3 DP (MPI Direct)
CPU416-1 protocol
CPU416-2 DP
CPU416-3 DP
CPU417-4

◎Ethernet System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
CPU222
CPU224 CP 243-1 IT
SIMATIC S7-200 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
CPU224 XP CP 243-1
CPU226
Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-200 CR40
interface on Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
SMART SR20
CPU
SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU1214C CPU
Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
SIMATIC S7-1500 CPU1511-1 PN CPU
CP 343-1 IT
CPU315-2DP
CP 343-1
SIMATIC S7-300 CPU315-2 PN/DP Ethernet Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
CPU317-2 PN/DP interface on
CPU319-3 PN/DP CPU
CP 443-1 IT
SIMATIC S7-400 CPU412-3H Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
CP 443-1
Ethernet
6ED1
SIEMENS LOGO! interface on Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
052-1MD00-0AB8
CPU

◎Serial Communication Setting

SIEMENS S7-200 protocol
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, 1, even; station No.: 2.
NOTE: HMI Baudrate can reach to187.5k, but don’t support online simulate for187.5K.
RS232 communication

- 477 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 communication

PLC Setting

- 478 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 19200bps, 8, 2, odd; station：2
RS232 communication

NOTE:
1. If you use MT5-S7-300 adapter to communicate, the baudrate of PLC must be 187.5K, and HMI must be
19.2K
2. If we use PC adapter, PLC station No. is not necessary, so the communication is one-to-one.
3. DB block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write ([Link], [Link], [Link]).
[Link], [Link] address start must be an even number.

PLC Setting
1. Production of the adapter with KINCO, MPI transmission rate must be set 187.5K. 19.2K general users of
the transmission rate, if the S7-300 MPI-side transmission rate is 19.2K, you need to change it into the
Siemens adapter 187.5K (where changes in the hardware properties)

2. MPI address must be 2.

- 479 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. After the software change, downloaded to PLC, make sure the transmission rate of MPI is 187.5K, and
then in the options set PG / PC interface, select PC Adapter (MPI), MPI-side of the transfer rate will be
changed to 187.5K.

- 480 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol

HMI Setting

NOTE:
1. This protocol is suitable for MT5020 series with MPI extended port.
2. This protocol supports multi-station communication, and the MPI is RS485 port, so we can use this
protocol to communicate between many HMI and PLC, and then we must set the master station number.

- 481 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. HMI station No. can be 0~15, PLC station No. must be 0~15, the station No. of HMI and PLC can not be
the same number.
4. PLC baud rate can be 187.5K or 19.2K.
5. You must set DB first, or register cannot write（[Link], [Link], [Link]. The initial address of
[Link] and [Link] must be even number.
6. This protocol doesn’t support direct simulation and indirect simulation.
PLC Setting
1. PLC station No. can be 0~15.
2. MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k.

SIEMENS MPI Direct protocol

HMI setting
Default parameter:19200bps, 8, even, 1; station number:2

PLC setting
PLC station No. can be 2-15, MPI baud rate can be 19.2k or 187.5k

- 482 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

1. You should set DB block first, otherwise the registers as [Link],[Link] and [Link]
NOTE: cannot write.
2. This protocol supports one HMI to one PLC communication

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol
Many(HMI)-to-One(PLC) commication
PLC Setting
The settings for the CP 243-1 are defined in STEP 7 Micro/WIN via the Ethernet Wizard. For assistance
with all the information go to STEP 7 Micro/WIN Online Help via F1.
1. Starting the Ethernet Wizard
⚫ Open STEP 7 Micro/WIN
⚫ Start the Ethernet Wizard via “Tools >Ethernet Wizard….”
⚫ Click on “Next”

2. Specifying module position

If your PC is connected to the S7-200, click the “Read modules” button to determine the position of
the CP 243-1 module automatically. Otherwise, the module position can also be entered manually.
Important:
The panel can only establish a connection with a Cp243-1 if the module is configured to “position 0”.
⚫ Check if the CP is connected in the module position “ZERO” and change the module position if
necessary.
⚫ Identify or enter the module position “ZERO”.
⚫ Click on “Next”.

- 483 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Specifying IP address
3.0 Define an IP address for the CP 243-1.
Caution:The IP address for this application may not be taken automatically from a server because the
panel requires a fixed reference partner (CP 243-1) for the Ethernet communication.
Note: The communication connection type for this module can be defined by the “Automatic Setting”.
4.0 Click on “Next” to continue.

4. Parameterizing PtP connection

5.0 Specify the command byte for the module and the number of point-to-point connections with
the CP 243-1 .
6.0 Click on “Next”

- 484 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

5. Configuration connection
7.0 The configuration for connecting the CP 243-1 to the panel is defined as in Fig..

Click “Next Connection”

- 485 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

6. Using CRC protection

Set the CRC protection the way you want it. It is advisable to work without CRC protection first of all. The
“Keep Alive Interval” can be specified with the default time.
8.0 Activate the CRC protection and change the time of the “Keep Alive Interval” if required.
9.0 Click on “Next”.

7. Assigning memory
10.0 Specify a memory area for the configuration of the CP 243-1.
Recommend: If you click on Suggest address, the Wizard can identify a variable memory area.
Note: The register used in the panel must be out of the memory area for the configuration.
11.0 Click on “Next”.

- 486 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

8. Creating project components

If you click on “Close”, the Ethernet Wizard generates the project components for the set configuration.
Among other things, subprograms and the variable memory are created in the data block.

9. Confirm message
12.0 Click “Yes” to confirm the message that appears.

10. Call ETH0_CTRL

13.0 In your STEP 7 Micro/WIN program, you must call the ETH0_CTRL subroutine in each cycle.
14.0 Finally, load the entire configuration into the S7-200.

- 487 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI Setting
Take the second HMI connection as an example

Note: The TSAP set in the PLC software needs to be filled in the protocol timeout here and converted
into decimal, as shown in the figure.

- 488 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

One-to-One communication
Other settings are consistent with many-to-one communication, but the number of
connections and TSAP setting are different, as shown in the figure.

- 489 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Warning: The TSAP must always be specified in four-digit format, with a leading zero (02.00).
HMI Setting

- 490 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet (TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

- 491 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Modify the IP address
a. Setting IP in “General”→“Profinet interface”

b. After configuration, download device. Download in the first time, select the “Extended download to
device”, in the dialog to select show all accessible devices.

- 492 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

c. Select the device, press “Load”.

2. Build the data block

Portal10：
Data block must be created, otherwise the relevant registers can not write ([Link], [Link], [Link]).
Double-click “Add new block”

For example, add new block “DB10”, setting as follow

- 493 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE:
1. Make sure the data type of PLC same as the HMI when defining the data block. For example, if the data
type of PLC is REAL, then the data type of number input/display component must be float in HMI.
2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.

Portal13：
1. Must disable “Optimized block access” in the DB block properties-[general]-[Attributes].

2. Must enable “Permit access with PUT/GET communication from remote partner (PLC, HMI, OPC, …)”
in the CPU properties-[General]-[Protection].

- 494 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Import address tags using TIA portal

[Link] PLC tags（.xml format）
1）Add new tag table and create new tag in PLC tags;

2） Check the tag table and click the export icon, then choose the path of export file and choose .xml format to save.

- 495 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] program blocks(.db format, the DB block should not check “Optimized block access”)
1）Create DB block under Program blocks, and click the right mouse on the data_block and then click [Generate source from
blocks];

[Link] PLC data types (.udt format)

1）Add new data type under PLC data tags

- 496 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2）The define plc data types can use in the DB blocks;

3）Choose the define data type, and click the right mouse and click [Generate source from blocks] to export the .udt format
file;

- 497 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] the PLC tags in DTools software;

- 498 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting
1. In “HW configuration” insert CP300 industrial Ethernet.

- 499 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Set IP address in the Properties of CP343-1.

3. After HW configuration, download.

SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave) protocol

HMI Setting

- 500 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Dual redundant parameters configuration of S7-400 Ethernet communication

15.0 The station No. is composed of two parts: track No. and slot No., and station No. is a byte, the track
No. is the high 4 bits, and the slot No. is the low 4 bits. For example, the station No. is 0x03 in hex,
that is to say, the track No. is 0 and CPU slot No. is 3.
16.0 Protocol timeout 1 stands for IP address of redundancy PLC. For example, if the IP address is
[Link], corresponding to the hex value 0xC0A864F8, then transfer this value to decimal, it is
3232261368.
17.0 Protocol timeout 2 stands for tack No. and Slot No. of redundant PLC, for example, if the Protocol
timeout 2 is 19, corresponding to the 0x13 in hex, that is to say the track No. is 1 and slot No. is 3.
18.0 When configuring PLC in HMI program, just need to configure one PLC but not two.

- 501 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. In the hardware configuration, insert CP400 Ethernet module CP443-1：

2. Open the Properties of CP443-1, set the IP address. No need to set MAC address.

3. Download after finishing hardware configuration

SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet(TCP Slave)

HMI Setting

- 502 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
Set the same parameters as the HMI dose.

◎Supported Device
S7-200
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
SCR S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DDD.O
Special memory Relay SM.B 0.0-1535.7 ------ DDDD.O
Counter Relay Cnt 0-255 ------ DDD.O
Timer Relay Tim 0-255 ------ DDD.O
V Relay V.B 0.0-20479.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-15.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Discrete inputs and image Relay I.B 0.0-15.7 ------ DDDDD.O
Analog Outputs ------ AQW 0-110 DD
Analog Inputs ------ AIW 0-110 DD
SCR double word ------ SD 0-28 DD
SCR ------ SW 0-30 DD
Special memory double word ------ SMD 0-1532 DDD
Special memory ------ SMW 0-1534 DDD
Internal memory double word ------ MD 0-28 DD
Internal memory ------ MW 0-30 DD
Discrete outputs and image register double word ------ QD 0-28 DD
Discrete outputs and image register ------ QW 0-30 DD
Discrete inputs and image register double word ------ ID 0-28 DD
Discrete inputs and image register ------ IW 0-30 DD
Timer（Current Value） ------ Cnt 0-255 DDD
Counter（Current Value） ------ Tim 0-255 DDD
V memory double word ------ VD 0-20478 DDDDD
V memory ------ VW 0-20476 DDDDD
V memory ------ VB 0-20476 DDDDD
Internal memory ------ MB 0-30 DD
NOTE：VW、VD address must be an even number

SIEMENS S7-200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
V Relay V.B 0.0-20479.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

- 503 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Discrete inputs and image Relay I.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Special memory Relay SM.B 0.0-1535.7 ------ DDDD.O
SCR S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
[Link] 0-255 ------ DDD
[Link] 0-255 ------ DDD
Internal memory double word ------ MD 0-28 DD
Internal memory ------ MW 0-30 DD
Discrete outputs and image register ------ QD 0-28 DD
double word
Discrete outputs and image register ------ QW 0-30 DD
Discrete inputs and image register double ------ ID 0-28 DD
word
Discrete inputs and image register ------ IW 0-30 DD
V memory double word ------ VD 0-20478 DDDD
V memory ------ VW 0-20476 DDDD
------ SMW 0-1534 DDDD
------ SW 0-30 DD
Timer ------ TW 0-255 DDD
Counter ------ CW 0-255 DDD
------ AIW 0-110 DDD
------ AQW 0-110 DDD
------ VB 0-20476 DDD
------ MB 0-31 DD

SIEMENS S7-200 SMART Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
V Relay V.B 0.0-20479.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal Memory Relay M.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Discrete outputs and image Relay Q.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Discrete inputs and image Relay I.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O

Special memory Relay SM.B 0.0-1535.7 ------ DDDD.O
SCR S.B 0.0-31.7 ------ DD.O
Internal memory double word [Link] 0-255 ------ DDD
Internal memory [Link] 0-255 ------ DDD
Discrete outputs and image register
------ MD 0-28 DD
double word
Discrete outputs and image register ------ MW 0-30 DD
Discrete inputs and image register
------ QD 0-28 DD
double word

- 504 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Discrete inputs and image register ------ QW 0-30 DD

V memory double word ------ ID 0-28 DD
V memory ------ IW 0-30 DD

V Relay ------ Cnt 0-255 DDD

Internal Memory Relay ------ Tim 0-255 DDD

Discrete outputs and image Relay ------ VD 0-20478 DDDD

Discrete inputs and image Relay ------ VW 0-20476 DDDD

------ SMW 0-1534 DDDD

------ SW 0-30 DD

Timer ------ T 0-255 DDD

Counter ------ C 0-255 DDD

------ AIW 0-110 DDD

------ AQW 0-110 DDD

------ VB 0-20476 DDD

------ MB 0-31 DD

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input node I 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O
External Output node Q 0.0~511.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal assistant node M 0.0~4095.7 ------ DDDD.O
[Link]
Data Register Relay node ------ DDDDD.O m:10~60
0~65535.7
Data Register Relay ------ [Link] 0-65534 DDDDD m:10~60
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ [Link] 0-65532 DDDDD m:10~60
Internal Relay ------ MW 0~9999 DDDD
Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~9999 DDDD
External Output Relay ------ QW 0~9999 DDD
External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~9999 DDD
External Input Relay ------ IW 0~9999 DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~9999 DDD
NOTE:
1. The initial address of [Link] and [Link] must be even number.
2. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct)& SIEMENS MPI

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input node I 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O

- 505 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

External Output node Q 0.0~255.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal assistant node M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O

Data Register Relay node [Link] 0.0~65533.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~60

Data Register Relay node [Link] ------ DDDDD.O n:1~4096

100000.0~409665535.7

Counter ------ C 0~2047 DDD

*1
Timer ------ T 0~2047 DDD

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QW 0~254 DDD

External Input Relay ------ IW 0~254 DDD

Internal Relay ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD

External Output Relay ------ QD 0~252 DDD

External Input Relay ------ ID 0~252 DDD

Data Register Relay ------ [Link] 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ [Link] 0~65532 DDDDD m:1~60

Data Register Relay ------ DBn_DBW DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096

100000-409665534

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBn_DBD DDDDDDDDD n:1~4096

100000-409665532
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First four data formats for data block number, the
address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software
addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of [Link], [Link] must be an even number.
3. *1 T/C registers are read only.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-1200 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input node I 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O

External Output node Q 0.0~127.7 ------ DDDD.O

Internal assistant node M 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O

DBn_DBX
Data Register Relay node ------ DDDDDDDDD.O
100000.0~260065535.7
Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX 0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10
DBn_DBW
Data Register Relay ------ DDDDDDDDD n:1~9999
100000-999965534
DBn_DBD
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DDDDDDDDD n:1~9999
100000-999965532

- 506 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD

m:1~10
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD

Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD
External Output Relay ------ QW 0~1022 DDD
External Output Relay (32 bit) ------ QD 0~1020 DDD
External Input Relay ------ IW 0~1022 DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~1020 DDD
DBn_String
String ------ DDDDDDDDD n:1~9999
100000-999965534
NOTE:
1. EV5000 in the DB register corresponds to the definition of S7-1200 software, the absolute address of DB,
rather than the global symbol DB.
2. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First four data formats for data block number, the
address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software
addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
3. The initial address of [Link], [Link] must be an even number.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-300 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input node I 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O
External Output node Q 0.0~2047.7 ------ DDDD.O
Internal assistant node M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O
DBn_DBX
Data Register Relay node ------ DDDDDDDD.O
100000.0~25565535.7
DBm_DBX m:1~1
Data Register Relay node ------ DDDDD.O
0.0~65535.7 0
DBn_DBW n:1~25
Data Register Relay ------ DDDDDDDD
100000-25565534 5
DBn_DBD n:1~25
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DDDDDDDD
100000-25565532 5

Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD m:1~1

Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD 0

Internal Relay ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD

Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~2044 DDDD
External Output Relay ------ QW 0~2046 DDD
External Output Relay (32
------ QD 0~2044 DDD
bit)

- 507 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

External Input Relay ------ IW 0~2046 DDD

External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~2044 DDD
Internal Relay(byte) MB 0~8191 DDDD
External Input Relay(byte) IB 0~2047 DDDD
External Output Relay(byte) QB 0~2047 DDDD
Data Register Relay(byte) DBm_DBB 0-65535 DDDDD m:1~10
Data Register Relay(byte) DBn_DBB100000-25565535 DDDDD n:1~255
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number, the
address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software
addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of [Link], [Link] must be an even number.
3. The data type of MB, IB, QB registers can’t be set to signed int.
4. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS S7-400 Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
External Input node I 0.0~1023.7 ------ DDD.O
External Output node Q 0.0~1023.7 ------ DDD.O
Internal assistant node M 0.0~8191.7 ------ DDDD.O
DBn_DBX
Data Register Relay node ------ DDDDDDDD.O
100000.0~25565535.7
Data Register Relay node DBm_DBX 0.0~65535.7 ------ DDDDD.O m:1~10
DBn_DBW
Data Register Relay ------ DDDDDDDD
100000-25565534
DBn_DBD
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DDDDDDDD
100000-25565532
Data Register Relay ------ DBm_DBW 0-65534 DDDDD
m:1~10
Data Register Relay (32 bit) ------ DBm_DBD 0-65532 DDDDD
Internal Relay ------ MW 0~8190 DDDD
Internal Relay (32 bit) ------ MD 0~8188 DDDD
External Output Relay ------ QW 0~1022 DDD
External Output Relay (32
------ QD 0~1020 DDD
bit)
External Input Relay ------ IW 0~1022 DDD
External Input Relay (32 bit) ------ ID 0~1020 DDD
NOTE:
1. DBn_DBX, DBn_DBW, DBn_DBD is a custom block. First three data formats for data block number, the
address after the five, less than five former address zeros. To DB20.DBX23.4 example, EV5000 software
addresses to DBn_DBX: 2000023.4
2. The initial address of [Link], [Link] must be an even number.

- 508 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Make sure that the data block defined in PLC should be more than the data block used in HMI. For
example, if DB5.DBW32 is used in HMI, user can’t define the data block up to DB5.DBW32, but up to
DB5.DBW34 or more.

SIEMENS LOGO! Ethernet(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input I_Bit 1-64 ------ DD Read Only
Output Q_Bit 1-64 ------ DD
Flag Bit M_Bit 1-112 ------ DDD
Network Input NI_Bit 1-128 ------ DDD
Network Output NQ_Bit 1-128 ------ DDD
V Relay V_Bit 0.0-1469.7 ------ DDDDo
Analog Input ------ AI_Word 1-16 DD
Analog Output ------ AQ_Word 1-16 DD
Analog Mark ------ AM_Word 1-64 DD
Network Analog Input ------ NAI_Word 1-64 DD
Network Analog Onput ------ NAQ_Word 1-32 DD
V memory ------ VW_Word 0-1468 DDDD
V memory double word ------ VD_Word 0-1466 DDDD
NOTE：VD、VW address must be an even number

◎Cable Diagram
SIEMENS S7-200 protocol
RS232 communication
Siemens models using standard serial PC / PPI cable . Cable Baud Rate DIP switch settings are as follows:
1 ) with 5 DIP switch cable

PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate

Baud SWITCH（1=on）
38400 000

- 509 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

19200 001
9600 010
4800 011
2400 100
1200 101
2）with 8 DIP switch cable

PC/PPI Cable switch to select the baud rate

Baud SWITCH（1=on）
115200 110
57600 111
38400 000
19200 001
9600 010
4800 011
2400 100
1200 101
Note: The switch 5 is set to 0 , the selected item Freeport;the switch 6,7,8 is set to 0.
PC / PPI cable on the baud rate DIP switch settings, you must set the baud rate with the PLC and PC SET PG
/ PC Interface match the settings , Siemens S7-200 PLC baud rate can be programmed via
STEP7-Micro/WIN software settings.
RS485 communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 9pin D-SUB(male)

1 RX- 7 RX- 8 D-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 3 D+
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (PC Adapter Direct) protocol

RS232 communication
MT5-S7-300 PC Adapter communication cable

- 510 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Need to add a communication cable in adapter RS232 terminal

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female SIEMENS PLC
PC Adapter RS232 terminal
com0/com1 com2 9pin D-SUB(female)

3 TX 8 TX 2 RX
2 RX 7 RX 3 TX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND
7 RTS
8 CTS

SIEMENS S7-300/400 (MPI Direct) protocol

RS485 communication
HMI MPI terminal Controller MPI terminal
9pin D-SUB male 9 pin D-SUB (male)
3+ 3 TXD/RXD+
8- 8 TXD/RXD-
5 GND 5 GND

SIEMENS MPI protocol

RS485 communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 9pin D-SUB(male)

1 RX- 7 RX- 8 D-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 3 D+
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

Long distance communication with MPI adapter:

The cable length must be 600m or less in the 187.5k ,the 7 pin and 2 pin must connect with 24V power in
the port of RS485, the 8 pin and 3 pin must connect with 120Ωterminal resistance.

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

- 511 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.80 SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Siko AG05 AG05 Port on CPU unit SIKO AG05 SIKONETZ5

◎Serial System configuration

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Cable
r
Siko AG05 AG05 CPU Direct RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default parameter：57600bps，8，none，1，station：1

PLC Setting
Please reference to controller manual.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Parameter No. ------ ID 0-FF HH
SW ------ SW 0-0 D
CW ------ CW 0-0 D

Note Direct online simulation disable

◎Cable Diagram
RS485

- 512 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3
7 RX- 1 TxRX-
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 2 TxRX+

4.81 Sinocon Sc1n

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

SC1N SC1N-30T-2AD2DA RS232 on the CPU unit Sinocon Sc1n

◎ System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable

SC1N-30T-2A
SC1N RS232 on the CPU unit RS232/RS485 Setting Your owner cable
D2DA

◎ Communication Setting
HMI setting
Default parameter：9600bps，7，even，1，station：1
RS232

RS485

- 513 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎ Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X 000-377 ------ OOO
Output Relay Y 000-377 ------ OOO
Data Contact D_bit 0.0-7999.F ------ DDDD.F
Internal Relay M 0000-3071 ------ DDDD
Timer Contact T 000-255 ------ DDD
Counter Contact C 000-255 ------ DDD
Special Internal Relay SM 8000-8255 ------ DDDD
State S 000-999 ------ DDD
Timer Value ------ T_word 000-255 DDD
Counter Value ------ C_word 000-199 DDD
Data Register ------ D_word 0000-7999 DDDD
Special Data Register ------ SD_word 8000-8255 DDDD

Counter Value ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD 32 bit device

◎ Cable Diagram
RS232
HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female 232 terminal
com0/com1 com2 com1/com2
2 RX 7 RX 2 TX
3 TX 8 TX 3 RX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485

- 514 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal Controller

9pin D-SUB female RS485 terminal

com0/com1 com3 com2

7 RX- 1 B-
1 RX-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 6 A+
5 GND
5 GND 5 GND

4.82 TECO TP03/AP Series

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
TOP3-30HR-A RS232 on the CPU unit
TECO TECO TP03/AP Series
AP Series RS485 on the CPU unit

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
TOP3-30HR-A RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
TECO
AP Series RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, none, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication

RS485 communication

- 515 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Input Relay（receive external
X0-377 ------ OOO
switch signal）
Output Relay Y0-377 ------ OOO
Auxiliary Relay M（0-7679）& (8000-8511） ------ DDDD
Step Relay S0-4096 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay T0-511 ------ DDD
Counter Relay C0-255 ------ DDD
Data Register ------ D0-8511 DDDD
Data Register ------ Z0-15 DD
Data Register ------ V0-15 DD
Timer(Current value） ------ T_Current_Word 0-511 DDD
Counter(Current value） ------ C_Current_Word 0-199 DDD
Counter ------ C_Current_Double 200-255 DDD
Timer(Preset value) ------ T_Preset_Word 0-511 DDD
Counter(Preset value) ------ C_Preset_Word 0-199 DDD
Counter ------ C_Preset_Double 200-255 DDD
NOTE：Z, V is the turn of the write and read out. When testing a single word, max interval of word block
pack and max word block package size are changed to 1.

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable

- 516 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)

2 RX- 7 RX- 4 TX-

3 TX- 8 TX- 1 RX-
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- B-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A+
5 GND 5 GND SG

4.83 TMCM

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
TMCM_303 RS232 on the CPU unit TMCM_303
TMCM-6110 TMCM-6110 RS485 on the CPU unit TMCM_6110

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
TMCM_303 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
TMCM-6110 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
TMCM_303:
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

- 517 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

TMCM_6110:
HMI Setting
Default communication parameters: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting
communication parameters setting:

- 518 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Serial baud rate value Serial baud rate

0 9600 baud Default
1 14400 baud
2 19200 baud
3 28800 baud
4 38400 baud
5 57600 baud
6 76800 baud Not supported by Windows！
7 115200 baud
8 230400 baud
9 250000 baud Not supported by Windows！
10 500000 baud Not supported by Windows！
11 1000000 baud Not supported by Windows！

◎Supported Device
Please refer to TMCL Reference Manual for device details
TMCM_303
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

ROR ------ 0-2 D Write Only

ROL ------ 0-2 D Write Only

- 519 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

MST 0-2 ------ D Write Only

MVP ------ 0.0-2.7 DD.D Write Only
0.008-0.013
SAP 1.008-1.013 0.0-2.213 [Link] Write Only
2.008-2.013
0.008-0.013
GAP 1.008-1.013 0.0-2.213 [Link] Read Only
2.008-2.013
STAP 0.0-2.213 ------ [Link] Write Only
RSAP 0.0-2.213 ------ [Link] Write Only
0.0-0.038
0.64-0.81
0.077
SGP 0.128-0.132 [Link] Write Only
0.129
1.0-1.11
2.0-2.19
0.0-0.038
0.64-0.81
0.077
GGP 0.128-0.132 [Link] Read Only
0.129
1.0-1.11
2.0-2.19
RFS ------ DWord 0.0-2.2 DD.D Write Only
SIO 0-7 ------ D Write Only
0.0-0.10
GIO 1.0-1.7 [Link] Read Only
2.0-2.07
CALC ------ 0-9 D Write Only
COMP ------ 0 D Write Only
JC ------ 0-9 DD Write Only
JA ------ 0 D Write Only
CSUB ------ 0 D Write Only
RSUB 0 ------ D Write Only
WAIT ------ 0.0-4.7 DD.D Write Only
STOP 0 ------ D Write Only

TMCM_6110
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
STOP 0-0 ------ D
RSUB 0-0 ------ D
SIO 0-7 ------ D
RSGP 0.000-255.255 ------ [Link]
STGP 0.000-255.255 ------ [Link]

- 520 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RSAP 0.000-255.255 ------ [Link]

STAP 0.000-255.255 ------ [Link]
MST 0-5 ------ D
WAIT ------ 0.000-4.255 [Link]
CSUB ------ 0-0 D
JA ------ 0-0 D
JC ------ 0-12 DD
COMP ------ 0-0 D
CALC ------ 0-9 D
GIO ------ 0.000-255.255 [Link]
RFS ------ 0.000-2.255 [Link]
GGP ------ 0.000-255.255 [Link]
SGP ------ 0.000-255.255 [Link]
GAP ------ 0.000-255.255 [Link]
SAP ------ 0.000-255.255 [Link]
MVP ------ 0.000-2.255 [Link]
ROL ------ 0-5 D
ROR ------ 0-5 D
NOTE:The address format of registers is [type].[motor].c

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 Communication Cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS485 Communication Cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 9pin D-SUB(male)

1 RX- 7 RX- 2 RS485-

6 RX+ 8 RX+ 7 RS485+
5 GND 5 GND 3 GND

- 521 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.84 Toledo DLoadCell

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
D3CellTM D3CellTM RS422 on the CPU unit DLoadCell

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
D3CellTM D3CellTM RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable

◎Supported Device
For detailed device, please refer to the PLC manual.

◎Communication Setting

◎Cable Diagram
RS422 Communication Cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 RS422 terminal

1 RX- Blue（TX-）

4 TX- Yellow（RX-）
6 RX+ White（TX+）

9 TX+ Green（RX+）

- 522 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

4.85 Toshiba

◎Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
V30 TCXMAIN1 Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba V30 Ethernet （TCP Slave）
V-series S2PU72A Ethernet interface on CPU Toshiba S2PU72A Ethernet（TCP Slave）

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Connect Type Parameter Cable
ToShiBaV30 TCXMAIN1 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
V-series S2PU72A Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI setting
TCXMAIN1：

S2PU72A：

- 523 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC setting
Please refer to the communication equipment related documentation to set the parameter。

◎Supported Device
TCXMAIN1：
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
0x00000000-0x0000FFFF R00_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x01000000-0x0100FFFF R01_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x02000000-0x02000FFF R02_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x03000000-0x03000FFF R03_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x04000000-0x04000FFF R04_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x05000000-0x05000FFF R05_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x06000000-0x06000FFF R06_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x07000000-0x07000FFF R07_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x08000000-0x0800FFFF R08_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x09000000-0x09000FFF R09_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF R0A_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF R0B_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF R0C_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF R0D_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF R0E_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF R0F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x10000000-0x10000FFF R10_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x11000000-0x11000FFF R11_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x12000000-0x1200FFFF R12_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x13000000-0x13000FFF R13_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x14000000-0x14000FFF R14_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]

- 524 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

0x15000000-0x15000FFF R15_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]

0x17000000-0x17007FFF R17_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x41000000-0x4100FFFF R41_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x51000000-0x5100FFFF R51_B 0.00-FFFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x52000000-0x520000FF R52_B 0.00-FF.1F ------ [Link]
0x61000000-0x6107FFFF R61_B 0.00-7FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x62000000-0x62003FFF R62_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x63000000-0x63003FFF R63_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x64000000-0x64003FFF R64_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x65000000-0x65003FFF R65_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x66000000-0x66003FFF R66_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x67000000-0x67003FFF R67_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x68000000-0x68003FFF R68_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x69000000-0x69003FFF R69_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF R6A_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF R6B_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF R6C_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF R6D_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF R6E_B 0.00-3FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF R6F_B 0.00-FFF.1F ------ [Link]
0x00000000-0x0000FFFF ------ R00 0-FFFF HHHH
0x01000000-0x0100FFFF ------ R01 0-FFFF HHHH
0x02000000-0x02000FFF ------ R02 0-FFF HHH
0x03000000-0x03000FFF ------ R03 0-FFF HHH
0x04000000-0x04000FFF ------ R04 0-FFF HHH
0x05000000-0x05000FFF ------ R05 0-FFF HHH
0x06000000-0x06000FFF ------ R06 0-FFF HHH
0x07000000-0x07000FFF ------ R07 0-FFF HHH
0x08000000-0x0800FFFF ------ R08 0-FFFF HHHH
0x09000000-0x09000FFF ------ R09 0-FFF HHH
0x0A000000-0x0A000FFF ------ R0A 0-FFF HHH
0x0B000000-0x0B00FFFF ------ R0B 0-FFFF HHHH
0x0C000000-0x0C00FFFF ------ R0C 0-FFFF HHHH
0x0D000000-0x0D000FFF ------ R0D 0-FFF HHH
0x0E000000-0x0E000FFF ------ R0E 0-FFF HHH
0x0F000000-0x0F000FFF ------ R0F 0-FFF HHH
0x10000000-0x10000FFF ------ R10 0-FFF HHH
0x11000000-0x11000FFF ------ R11 0-FFF HHH
0x12000000-0x1200FFFF ------ R12 0-FFFF HHHH
0x13000000-0x13000FFF ------ R13 0-FFF HHH

- 525 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

0x14000000-0x14000FFF ------ R14 0-FFF HHH

0x15000000-0x15000FFF ------ R15 0-FFF HHH
0x17000000-0x17007FFF ------ R17 0-7FFF HHHH
0x41000000-0x4100FFFF ------ R41 0-FFFF HHHH
0x51000000-0x5100FFFF ------ R51 0-FFFF HHHH
0x52000000-0x520000FF ------ R52 0-FF HH
0x61000000-0x6107FFFF ------ R61 0-7FFF HHHH
0x62000000-0x62003FFF ------ R62 0-3FFF HHHH
0x63000000-0x63003FFF ------ R63 0-3FFF HHHH
0x64000000-0x64003FFF ------ R64 0-3FFF HHHH
0x65000000-0x65003FFF ------ R65 0-3FFF HHHH
0x66000000-0x66003FFF ------ R66 0-3FFF HHHH
0x67000000-0x67003FFF ------ R67 0-3FFF HHHH
0x68000000-0x68003FFF ------ R68 0-3FFF HHHH
0x69000000-0x69003FFF ------ R69 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6A000000-0x6A003FFF ------ R6A 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6B000000-0x6B003FFF ------ R6B 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6C000000-0x6C003FFF ------ R6C 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6D000000-0x6D003FFF ------ R6D 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6E000000-0x6E003FFF ------ R6E 0-3FFF HHHH
0x6F000000-0x6F000FFF ------ R6F 0-FFF HHH

S2PU72A：
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
XX 0.0-3071.F ------ DDDD.F
RR 0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.F
SS 0.0-511.F ------ DDD.F
X_WORD ------ 0-3071 DDDD
R_WORD ------ 0-4095 DDDD
S_WORD ------ 0-511 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet

4.86 Trio motion controller

◎Serial Communication

- 526 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Series CPU Link Module Driver

TRIO
Euro Euro 205x RS232 on the CPU unit
Modbus RTU Extend
MC MC405 RS232 on the CPU unit Trio (mode7)

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Ethernet on the CPU Trio TCP-IP(TCP Slave)
MC MC405
Ethernet on the CPU Trio TCP-IP(modde7)

◎Serial System configuration

COMM
Series CPU Link Module Parameter Cable
Type
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
TRIO Euro 205x
RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Modbus RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Euro 205x
RTU Extend RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Trio RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
MC405
（mode7） RS485 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
Trio MC405 Ethernet on the CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

Trio（mode7） MC405 Ethernet on the CPU Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication SettingVE

TRIO protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 2; station: 1
RS232 communication

- 527 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Controller internal setting:

RS422 communication

Controller internal setting:

PLC Setting
Select the HOST LINK protocol in the PLC program software
1. Define HOST LINK slave node
HLS_NODE=1
2. Define HOST LINK slave model
HLS_MODEL=$FA
3. Set up HOST LINK slave for port2.
Trio controller setting: SETCOM(baudrate, databits, stopbits, parity, port, 5)
SETCOM（9600，7，2，2，2，5）
RS232 communication

RS422 communication

Modbus RTU Extend protocol

HMI Setting

- 528 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

RS232 communication

RS422 communication

PLC Setting
Modbus Protocol：
ADDRESS=1
SETCOM（9600,8,1,2,1,4）

Trio(mode7) protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1
RS232 communication

- 529 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 communication

PLC Setting
1. ADDRESS=1
2. Serial Interface Configuration :Chose VR ,32BIT IEEE floating point;Right click “STARTUP”to generate
Serial port 1’s project ; and click RUN

- 530 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

3. Next,Chose “VR ”register in HMI software，data type is float，then it can shows decimal,like 12.89;
If chose “VR_INT”，data type use unsigned INT,it can only shows Integer part,like12. Table register is the
same
4. If u chose 32 bit long word:

Then u can chose “VR” register，data type is unsigned INT, it can only shows Integer part;Table register is
the same.

◎Network Communication Setting

Trio TCP/IP protocol

HMI Setting

- 531 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

- 532 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Trio TCP/IP (mode7) protocol

HMI Setting

PLC Setting

- 533 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
TRIO TCP/IP
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
I/O and Internal Auxiliary Relay IR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- [Link]
Link Relay LR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- [Link]
Assistant Relay AR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- [Link]
Holding Relay HR 0.0-4095.15 ---------- [Link]
Data Memory ---------- DM 0-30000 DDDDD
Timer/Counter ---------- TC 0-255 DDD
NOTE：Address correspondence: IRn.m-->the m Trio VR (n); DMn->Table (n). Example IR1.02 corresponds
to the 2nd bit of VR1.
TRIO TCP/IP（mode7）
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
VR ---------- 0-4096 DDDD
VR_INT ---------- 0-4096 DDDD
VR_BIT 0.00-31999.31 ---------- [Link]
VR_INT_BIT 0.00-31999.31 ---------- [Link]
Table ---------- 0-31999 DDDDD
Table _INT ---------- 0-31999 DDDDD
Table _BIT 0.00-31999.31 ---------- [Link]
Table _INT_BIT 0.00-31999.31 ---------- [Link]

Modbus RTU Extend

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Data register bit 4X_bit 0.0-1023.15 ---------- [Link]

Data register ---------- 4X 0-1023 DDDDD
NOTE：Address correspondence: 4x corresponds to VR; 4x_bit corresponds to VR’s bit. Address difference
between one position, e.g. 4x (501) corresponds to VR (500); 4x_bit (67.1) corresponds to the first bit of
VR (66).

Trio (mode 7)

- 534 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

Table_INT_Bit 0.0-30000.31 ---------- [Link]
Table_Bit 0.0-30000.31 ---------- [Link]
VR_INT_Bit 0.0-4095.31 ---------- [Link]
VR_Bit 0.0-4095.31 ---------- [Link]
Table_INT ---------- 0-30000 DDDDD
Table ---------- 0-30000 DDDDD
When the PLC software sets
the serial port protocol to 32
VR_INT ---------- 0-4095 DDDD long integer, this register is
used for configuration at this
time, and the type is integer
When the PLC software sets
the serial port protocol to 32
floating point, VR register is
VR ---------- 0-4095 DDDD
used at this time, and the
type is single precision
floating point

Trio TCP-IP(TCP Slave)

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
VR_Bit 0.00-4095.15 ---------- DDDD. DD
Table_Bit 0.00-4095.15 ---------- DDDD. DD
When selecting this register
for configuration, the type
needs to be set to integer. If
VR ---------- 0-4095 DDDD the PLC value is 1.2, the
screen will display 1, but the
decimal point cannot be
displayed.
Table ---------- 0-4095 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram
NOTE: In the controller, A port is programming port, B port is communication port
Programming Cable
PC terminal Controller A port terminal
9pin D-SUB female 8 pin Mini Din (male)
2 RX 5 TXD
3 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 4 GND

RS232 Communication Cable

- 535 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller B port terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 4 GND

RS422 Communication Cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller B port terminal
com0/com1 8 pin Mini Din (male)
1Rx- 7Tx-
6Rx+ 8Tx+
5 GND 4 GND
4Tx- 2Rx-
9Tx+ 1Rx+

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.87 Unitronics

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
RS232 on the CPU unit
Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Unitronics
RS485 on the CPU unit

◎Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Unitronics Ethernet(TCP Slave)

◎Serial System configuration

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Cable
r
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
Vision 130 V130-33-B1
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable

- 536 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Vision 130 V130-33-B1 Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 1

PLC Setting

RS485 default communication: 57600, 8, 1, none; station: 64

PLC Setting
1. COM Initialize in the program software by RS485 communication.

- 537 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2. Initialize ID, and program as below, download to controller.

3. Change the jumper position and choose RS485 communication.

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

- 538 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Inputs I 0~999 ------ DDD Read only
Outputs O 0~999 ------ DDD
Memory Bits MB 0~8191 ------ DDDD
System Bits SB 0~999 ------ DDD
Timers T 0~383 ------ DDD Read only
Counters C 0~31 ------ DD Read only
Memory Integer ------ MI 0~4095 DDDD
Memory Longer ------ ML 0~511 DDD
Double Word ------ DW 0~255 DDD
Memory Float ------ MF 0~63 DD
System Integer ------ SI 0~999 DDD
System Longer ------ SL 0~199 DDD
System Double Word ------ SDW 0~199 DDD
Timers Preset ------ T_C 0~383 DDD Read only
Timers Current ------ T_P 0~383 DDD Read only
Counters Preset ------ C_C 0~31 DD Read only
Counters Current ------ C_P 0~31 DD Read only

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
RJ12(male)
com0/com1 com2
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 2 GND
5 GND

- 539 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3 RJ12(male)

1 RX- 7 RX- 6 B-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 1 A+

PLC RJ12 pins are defined as follow:

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.88 Universal Slave

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Universal ASCII Slave Universal ASCII Slave RS232 on the CPU unit Universal ASCII Slave
Universal HEX Slave Universal HEX Slave RS232 on the CPU unit Universal HEX Slave

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
Universal RS232 on the Your owner
Universal ASCII Slave RS232 Setting
ASCII Slave CPU unit cable
Universal HEX RS232 on the Your owner
Universal HEX Slave RS232 Setting
Slave CPU unit cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, 1, none; station: 1

- 540 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
Universal ASCII Slave
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
send LB 0 ------ D
clear LB1 ------ D Correspond to
Send data buffer ------ LW 0~99 DD COM0
Receive data buffer ------ LW 100~199 DDD
send LB2 ------ D
clear LB3 ------ D Correspond to
Send data buffer ------ LW 200~299 DD COM1
Receive data buffer ------ LW 300~399 DDD
send LB 4 ------ D
clear LB5 ------ D Correspond to
Send data buffer ------ LW400~499 DD COM2
Receive data buffer ------ LW 500~599 DDD
send LB 6 ------ D
clear LB7 ------ D Correspond to
Send data buffer ------ LW600~699 DD COM3
Receive data buffer ------ LW 700~799 DDD

Universal HEX Slave

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
send LB 0 ------ D
clear LB1 ------ D Correspond to
Send data buffer ------ LW 0~99 DD COM0
Receive data buffer ------ LW 100~199 DDD
send LB2 ------ D
clear LB3 ------ D Correspond to
Send data buffer ------ LW 200~299 DD COM1
Receive data buffer ------ LW 300~399 DDD
send LB 4 ------ D Correspond to

- 541 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

clear LB5 ------ D COM2

Send data buffer ------ LW400~499 DD
Receive data buffer ------ LW 500~599 DDD
send LB 6 ------ D
clear LB7 ------ D Correspond to
Send data buffer ------ LW600~699 DD COM3
Receive data buffer ------ LW 700~799 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB (male)
2 RX 7 RX 3 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.89 Vigor Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit
Vigor
VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit
VS1 VS1-10MT-D RS485 CP1 Vigor VS

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
VH VH-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
VB0 VB0-14MR RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
VS1 VS1-10MT-D RS485 CP1 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
Vigor Protocol：
Default communication: 19200, 7, even, 1; station: 0

- 542 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE：CP1* baudrate 19200bps.

*：CP1 programming port is USB(RS232).

Vigor VS Protocol：
RS485：Default parameter：19200，8,1，None；Station No：0

PLC Setting
Set the same parameters as the HMI does.

◎ Supported Device
Vigor Protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X 0-777 ------ OOO
Output Relay Y 0-777 ------ OOO
Internal Relay M 0-5119 ------ DDDD
Special Relay SM 9000-9255 ------ DDDD
Timer Relay T_bit 0-255 ------ DDD

Counter Relay C_bit 0-255 ------ DDD

Timer ------ T_word 0-255 DDD

- 543 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Counter ------ C_word 0-199 DDD

Counter double word ------ C_dword 200-255 DDD

Data Register ------ D 0-8191 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD 9000－9255 DDDD

Vigor VS Protocol
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input Relay X 0-377 ------ OOO

Output Relay Y 0-377 ------ OOO

Internal Relay M 0-8191 ------ DDDD

Special Relay SM 0-511 ------ DDD

Data Register D (bit) D_BIT 0.0-8999.F ------ DDDD.H

Data Register R (bit) R_BIT 0.0-25999.F ------ DDDDD.H

Step Relay S 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer Coil T_XQ 0-511 DDD

Timer Contact T_JD 0-511 DDD

Counter Coil C_XQ 0-255 DDD

Counter Contact C_JD 0-255 DDD

Timer ------ T_WORD 0-511 DDD

Counter ------ C_WORD 0-199 DDD

Counter（32 bit） ------ C_DWORD 200-255 DDD

Data Register D ------ D_WORD 0-8999 DDDD

Special Data Register ------ SD_WORD 0-511 DDDD

Data Register R ------ R_WORD 0-25999 DDDDD

◎Cable Diagram
VH-14MR RS232 communication cable
1. Communication via USB programming port
Connection with HMI by programming cable of Vigor
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
VIGOR VH PLC
com0/com1 com2 USB A interface
3 TX 8 TX 2 D-
2 RX 7 RX 3 D+
5 GND 5 GND 4 GND
2. Communication via auxiliary interface of programming device:

- 544 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
PLC Auxiliary
com0/com1 com2 interfaceJST 4PIN

3 TX 8 TX 3 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 2 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 1 GND JST 4PIN

3．RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 interface

1 RX- 7 RX- D+
6 RX+ 8 RX+ D-

4.90 XINJE Controller

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
Modbus RTU
XINJE XC XC3-32R-E RS232 on the CPU unit
XINJE XC Series
RS232 on the Port 1
XINJE XDM XDM-60T10-E XINJIE XDM Series
RS485 on the Port 2

◎Network communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
XD5/XDM/XDC/XD5E/XL5/
XINJE XD CPU Direct XINJE XD Series(TCP Slave)
XL5E/XLME

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
XINJE XC XC3-32R-E RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
XDM-60T10- RS232 on the Port 1 RS232 Setting Your owner cable
XINJE XDM
E RS485 on the Port 2 RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
XD5/XDM/XDC/XD5E/X
XINJE XD CPU Direct Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
L5/XL5E/XLME

- 545 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Serial Communication Setting

XINJE XC Series protocol
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1

XINJE XDM Series protocol

HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1
RS232

RS485

- 546 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Network Communication Setting

XINJE XD Series(TCP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting

PLC configuration
1. Open the Xinjie XNetConfig Tool ，and then select PLC
2. Connection protocol selects: XNet, finding port selects: AutoTry, check the ID search, enter the ID on the PLC machine
(eg: 292-080-047-DC2E-1617), and then click Find Device
3. After clicking Find Device, the plc configuration will pop up. The following two configurations will appear:
1) If you choose to obtain the IP address automatically, click the Read button at the bottom.
2) If you choose to use the following IP address, enter your own IP address, and then click on the write button at the

- 547 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

bottom to complete the connection with plc

4. Finally open the Xinjie PLC programming tool software, click on the configuration software communication, you can
directly use the specified address, enter the previously set IP address, click the OK button

◎Supported Device
XINJE XC Series
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal Relay M 0~7999 ------ DDDDD
M8 0-767 ----- DDD

Input Relay X 0.0~30323.7 ------ OOOOOO.O

Output Relay Y 0.0~30323.7 ------ OOOOOO.O
State Relay S 0~99999 ------ DDDDD
Special Relay M 8000~99999 ------ DDDDD
Timer Relay T 0~99999 ------ DDDDD
Counter Relay C 0~99999 ------ DDDDD
Data register ------ D 0~7999 DDDDD
Timer ------ TD 0~9999 DDDDD
Counter ------ CD 0~9999 DDDDD
Special Data Register ------ D 8000~9999 DDDDD
------ D8 0-1023
FlashROM Register ------ FD0~FD5000 DDDDD
FD8 0-1023 DDDD
Special FlashROM Register ------ FD8000~FD 9999 DDDDD
Internal extend register ------ ED 0~36863 DDDDD
Input register ------ ID 0~9999 DDDD
Output Register ------ QD 0~9999 DDDD
NOTE：
1. O indicates OCT, D indicates HEX.
2. Example: X\Y address: 1 in the controller corresponds with 0.1 in the HMIWare; X\Y address: 17 in the
controller correspond with 1.7 in the HMIWare.

MODBUS RTU protocol

Register address in programmable controller correspond with address in modbus protocol, as follows:
Coil Area：
bits Addr MODBUS addr（Decimal K）
M0~M7999 0X 1~0X 8000
X0~X511 0X 16385~0X 16714
Y0~Y511 0X 18433~0X 18762
S0~S1023 0X 20481~0X 21504
M8000~M8511 0X 24577~0X 25088

- 548 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

T0~T618 0X 25601~0X 26219

C0~C634 0X 27649~0X 28283
Register Area：
words Addr MODBUS addr（Decimal K）
D0~D7999 4X 1~4X8000
TD0~TD618 4X 12289~4X12907
CD0~CD634 4X 14337~4X 14971
D8000~D8511 4X 16385~4X 16896
FD0~FD1535 4X 18433~4X19968
FD8000~FD8511 4X 26625~4X 27136

XINJE XDM Series

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Counter HSC 0-39 ------ DD

Counter HC 0-1023 ------ DDDD

Timer task HT 0-1023 ------ DDDD

State relay HS 0-999 ------ DDD

Auxiliary relay HM 0-6143 ------ DDDD

Order function block SEM 0-127 ------ DDD

Timer task ET 0-39 ------ DD

Counter C 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Timer task T 0-4095 ------ DDDD

Auxiliary relay SM 0-4095 ------ DDDD

State relay S 0-7999 ------ DDDD

Output relay Y3 0-77 ------ OO

Output relay Y2 0-277 ------ OOO

Output relay Y1 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Output relay Y 0-77 ------ OO

Input relay X3 0-77 ------ OO

Input relay X2 0-277 ------ OOO

Input relay X1 0-1777 ------ OOOO

Input relay X 0-77 ------ OO

Auxiliary relay M 0-20479 ------ DDDDD

Confidentiality register ------ FS 0-47 DD

Flash register ------ SFD 0-4095 DDDD

- 549 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Flash register ------ FD 0-8191 DDDD

Counter ------ HSCD 0-39 DD

Counter ------ HCD 0-1023 DDDD

Timer task ------ HTD 0-1023 DDDD

Dater register ------ HSD 0-1023 DDDD

Dater register ------ HD 0-6143 DDDDD

Counter ------ ETD 0-39 DD

Timer task ------ CD 0-4095 DDDD

Timer task ------ TD 0-4095 DDDD

Dater register ------ SD 0-4095 DDDD

Functional module ------ QD3 0-99 DD

Functional module ------ QD2 0-299 DDD
Functional module ------ QD1 0-1599 DDDD
Functional module ------ QD 0-99 DD

Functional module ------ ID3 0-99 DD

Functional module ------ ID2 0-299 DDD

Functional module ------ ID1 0-1599 DDDD

Functional module ------ ID 0-99 DD

Dater register ------ D 0-20479 DDDDD

XINJE XD Series（TCP Slave）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal relay node M 0~20479 ------ DDDDD

Input relay node X 0~77 ------ OO

Input relay node X1 0~1777 ------ OOOO

Input relay node X2 0~277 ------ OOO

Input relay node X3 0~77 ------ OO

Output relay node Y 0~77 ------ OO

Output relay node Y1 0~1777 ------ OOOO

Output relay node Y2 0~277 ------ OOO

Output relay node Y3 0~77 ------ OO

State node S 0~7999 ------ DDDD

HSC register HSC0~39 ------ DD

Timer node T 0~4095 ------ DDDD

Counter node C 0~4095 ------ DDDD

- 550 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HC register HC0~1023 ------ DDDD

HT register HT0~1023 ------ DDDD

HS register HS0~999 ------ DDD

SEM register SEM0~127 ------ DDD

ET register ET0~39 ------ DD

SM register SM0~4095 ------ DDDD

HM register HM0~6143 ------ DDDD

Data register ------ D 0~20479 DDDDD

Timer ------ TD 0~4095 DDDD

Counter ------ CD 0~4095 DDDD

FlashROM register ------ FD 0~8191 DDDD

Internal extension register ------ ED 0~36863 DDDDD

Input register ------ ID 0~30099 DDDDD

Output register ------ QD 0~30099 DDDDD

FS register ------ FS0~47 DD

SFD register ------ SFD0~4095 DDDD

HSCD register ------ HSCD0~39 DD

HCD register ------ HCD0~1023 DDDD

HTD register ------ HTD0~1023 DDDD

HSD register ------ HSD0~1023 DDDD

HD register ------ HD0~6143 DDDD

ETD register ------ ETD0~39 DD

SD register ------ SD0~4095 DDDD

◎Cable Diagram

RS232 Communication

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com2 8 pin Mini Din (male)
3 TX 8 TX 4 RXD
2 RX 7 RX 5 TXD
5 GND 5 GND 8 GND

RS485 Communication

- 551 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A

Ethernet communication protocol cable

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.91 XiLin Inverter

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
XiLin EH600 RS485 on the CPU unit XiLin EH600

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
XiLin EH600 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default Communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes

- 552 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Addr communication parameter ------ Addr HHHH

A FWD ------ A0 D
B REV ------ B0 D
C FJOG ------ C0 D
D RJOG ------ D0 D
E Free halt ------ E0 D
F Slow down ------ F0 D
G Reset failures ------ G0 D
PLC Setting
Please refer to XILIN frequency converter manual for details about device address.

◎Cable Diagram
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- B
6 RX+ 8 RX+ A

4.92 Yamatake Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
DCP30 P30A2 RS485 on the CPU unit Yamatake DCP30
C352
C354
SDC35/36 RS485 on the CPU unit
C362
Yamatake SDC/DMC
C364
DMC10D
DMC RS485 on the CPU unit
DMC10S

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
RS485 on the CPU Your owner
DCP30 P30A2 RS485 Setting
unit cable
C352
C354 RS485 on the CPU Your owner
SDC35/36 RS485 Setting
C362 unit cable
C364
DMC DMC10D RS485 on the CPU RS485 Setting Your owner

- 553 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

DMC10S unit cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Yamatake DCP30 protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Yamatake SDC/DMC protocol

SDC
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

DMC
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 6

- 554 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Set modbus RTU in the SLP-D10, and then download.

2. Station match with the switch on the device.

◎Supported Device
DCP30
Device Bit Address Word Address（Parameter code） Format Notes
RUN Status ------ 1-26 DDD
PARA ------ 1-33 DDD
EU ------ 1-13 DDD
PID ------ 1-80 DDD
SET ------ 1-99 DDD
TBL ------ 1-22 DDD
CNST ------ 1-26 DDD
FO_R 1-19 ------ DDD
FO_W 1-19 ------ DDD
FC 1-19 ------ DDD
FD 1-19 ------ DDD
FBR1_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]

- 555 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

FBR2_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]

FBR3_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR4_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR5_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR6_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR7_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR8_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR9_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR10_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR11_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR12_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR13_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR14_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR15_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR16_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR17_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR18_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
FBR19_R ------ 1.0-30.22 [Link]
Please refer to the communication protocol for details.
NOTE：
1、SET C85 ----- Transmission rate，data type
0：9600，even，stopbit 1；
1：9600，none，stopbit 2；
2：4800，even，stopbit 1；
3：4800，none，stopbit 2.
2、SET C84 -----setting station No. The value of C84 must be the same as the PLC’s station No.
When connecting multiple instruments, for distinguishing instruments, each instrument must be set
C84 value with a different parameter. .
3、Must press “FUNC+PARA” to set the parameter；
4、PROG. have 19 numbers and SEG have 30 numbers, press DOWN key (sub) and PROG key (add) to
change program number；
5 、 Press “FUNC+PROG” to change the program.----every program must be set firstly and then
communicate will be ok, or else “PLC Response Error” will print;
6、After “RUN/HLD” light on, many parameters can’t be modified(e.g. SET) In order to reset, press
“ PROG+RUN/HOLD” .
Modify the parameter at the state of “DISP”, not at the state of “INPUT”；
7、On the temperature controller, time parameters show number with sexagesimal.
（Example it shows 2222 on the screen, but on the controller panel shows 37.02-----37.00*60+2=2222）
8、PROG’s address setting：
FBR1_R indicates prog 1. (e.g. PROG 1) format: [Link]. Main address DDD indicates seg No,
subaddress DD indicates parameter value, the correspondence as follows
（Example：FBR1_R address 11.10 indicates PROG 1,SEG 1,T1 2nd ）

- 556 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Sub addr DD correspond to temperature controller：

Sub Addr Parameter Sub Addr Parameter
.0 SP .12 T2 2nd
.1 TM .13 T3 1st
.2 None（Skip） .14 T3 2nd
.3 EV1 .15 T4 1st
.4 Blank .16 T4 2nd
.5 EV2 .17 T5 1st
.6 Blank .18 T5 2nd
.7 EV3 .19 PID
.8 Blank .20 None（Skip）
.9 T1 1st .21 9.5.
.10 T1 2nd .22 [Link]
.11 T2 1st

SDC36（Please refer to the manual of yamatake SDC36 for details）

Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Data Register ———— 4X 0-65535 DDDDD

DMC（Please refer to the manual of DMC-SPL for details, in 10-8 communication parameters）
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Address add 1 to the list of
Data Register ———— 4X 1002-65535 DDDDD
communication parameters
Example: CH1 PV is according to 4X1005 in the HMIWare.

◎Cable Diagram
DCP 30 series
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3 58
1 RX- 7 RX- 60
5 GND 5 GND 61
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 57
59
RS232 communication cable
Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter

- 557 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Commutator terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB male
2 RX 7 RX 2 TX
3 TX 8 TX 3 RX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

SDC36 series
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- -
6 RX+ 8 RX+ +
5 GND 5 GND GND

DMC series
RS485 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal
1 RX- 7 RX- DB
6 RX+ 8 RX+ DA
5 GND 5 GND GND

4.93 Yaskawa Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
CIMR-JT2
V（Inverter） A0001BA RS485 on the CPU unit Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU
A
MP2200
MP2300
MP（Motion Controller） RS232 on the CPU unit Yaskawa MP2300
MP2310
MP2300S
RS232 on the CPU unit
SGDM Yaskawa SGDM
∑Ⅱ/∑Ⅱ Plus（Servo Controller） RS422 on the CPU unit

- 558 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS232 on the CPU unit

SGDV Yaskawa SGDV
RS422 on the CPU unit

◎Network communication (support indirect online and direct online)

Series CPU Link Module Driver
MP series MP2400 ETH on the CPU unit Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave)
MP3300

◎Serial System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COM Type Parameter Cable
CIMR-JT2A00
V RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
01BAA
MP MP2300 RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
SGDM
∑Ⅱ/∑Ⅱ RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable
Plus RS232 on the CPU unit RS232 Setting Your owner cable
SGDV
RS422 on the CPU unit RS422 Setting Your owner cable

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
MP series MP2400 ETH on the CPU unit ETH Setting Your owner cable
MP3300

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting
Yaskawa AH Modbus RTU protocol
Default communication: 9600, 8, even, 1; station: 1

PLC Setting
19.0 change the inverter panel button ”up” or “down”, adjustment to the parameter mode
20.0 then adjust to H5-01 by the button ”up” or “down”，according to the required parameter set
No. Name Scope Parameter Setting

- 559 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

description
H5-01 Secondary station 0~FFH Secondary station 1F
address number
H5-02 The choice of the 0~5 0：1200bps 3
communication 1：2400bps
speed 2：4800bps
3：9600bps
4：19200bps
5：38400bps
H5-03 The choice of the 0~2 0：no check 0
communication check 1：even check
2：odd check
NOTE: the inverter should be restarted to be effective。

Yaskawa MP2300 protocol

Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 1

Yaskawa SGDM protocol

Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 0
RS232 communication

- 560 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 communication

PLC Setting
Related parameters Settings refer to the communication equipment description。

Yaskawa SGDV protocol

RS232 communication
HMI Setting
Default communication: 19200, 8, even, 1; station: 0
NOTE:Set max word block package size as 2

- 561 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 communication

- 562 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE: Station No. is a decimal number corresponding to axis address of servo controller.

PLC Setting

- 563 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

NOTE：
1. axis address 0020H is the station number of PLC，here is hexadecimal，HMI is the decimal system;
[Link] you change the axis address, Parameters will be displayed unless you restart

◎Network Communication Setting

Yaskawa Ethernet(UDP Slave) protocol
HMI Setting

NOTE:The port number must be set to 9999 in HMI software otherwise hmi can not communicate with
controller.
PLC Setting
[Link] you do not know the IP in MP2400, you can first put INIT and CNFG ON in SW1, then power ON the
controller, and then the default IP: [Link].

[Link] the software MPE720 ver.7 and select the model MP2400.
[Link] the IP of the computer to be the same network segment with the controller , for example: the

- 564 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

computer IP is [Link],then click the connection icon in the MPE software, and after the connection,
control is online state.

[Link] Setup,and select module configuration to set IP and connect to your device.

5. In the following window , double-click 218IFA.

[Link] can modify IP, port number and other parameters.

- 565 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

IP of controller

IP of HMI

NOTE:
①. IP address of controller MP2400:[Link] port number 10001.
②. HMI IP address: [Link] port number 10001.
③.Select MODBUS TCP protocol.
7. After modification, click save, and download to the controller, select online -- write into controller.

[Link] all SW1's dials to OFF, restart the controller (parameter effected)
[Link] online, then you can monitoring the data：
Monitor single data：

Monitor the Register：

- 566 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
V inverter
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Internal/external output node 0X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Internal/external input node 1X1-65535 ------ DDDDD
Simulant input data register ------ 3X1-65535 DDDDD
data register ------ 4X1-65535 DDDDD
NOTE:
1 this drive can not provide write batch of word part;
2 Address correspondence: MEMOBUS+1=4X
Eg: b1-01（requency instruction selection），MEMOBUS register address is 080 H;the corresponding
screen is 4X 385

MP2300
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Coil MB0.0-4095.F ------ DDDD.H
Input Relay IB 0.0-FFF.F ------ HHHH.H
Hold Register ------ MW 0-65534 DDDDD
Input Register ------ IW 0-7FFF HHHH
NOTE：IB0.0-0.F are occupied by the system; IW0 is occupied by the system.

SGDM
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Function Selection Basic Switches ------ Pn000 ～ Pn003 HHH
Speed Loop Gain and so on ------ Pn100 ～ Pn118 HHH
Position Control Reference ------ Pn200 ～ Pn205 HHH
Speed Control Reference ------ Pn300 ～ Pn308 HHH
Torque Control Reference ------ Pn400 ～ Pn407 HHH
Sequence Reference ------ Pn500 ～ Pn510 HHH
Other ------ Pn600 ～ Pn601 HHH
Monitor mode ------ Un000 ～ Un00D HHH

- 567 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

SGDV
Device Bit Address Word Address Format
Function （Pn000~Pn002）&（Pn006~Pn009）
------------ HHH
Selection （Pn00B~Pn00D）& Pn010 & Pn080
（Pn100~Pn106）&（Pn109~Pn10F）& Pn11F
（Pn121~Pn125）&（Pn131~Pn132）& （Pn135~Pn136）
Gain ------------ HHH
（Pn139 & Pn13D）&（Pn140~Pn14B）
Pn14F &（Pn160~Pn165）&Pn170 & Pn190
Pn200 & Pn205 & Pn207 &Pn20A & Pn20E
Position ------------ HHH
Pn210 & Pn212 &（Pn216~Pn218）& Pn22A & Pn281
Speed ------------ （Pn300~Pn307）&（Pn310~Pn312）& Pn324 HHH
Touque （Pn400~Pn410）& Pn412 & Pn415 &（Pn423~Pn425）
------------ Pn456 & Pn460 &（Pn481~Pn482）&（Pn486~Pn488） HHH
Pn490 &（Pn493~Pn495）& Pn498
Sequential Control （Pn501~Pn503）&（Pn506~Pn509）& Pn51B
Pn51E & Pn520 & Pn522 & Pn524 & Pn526
------------ HHH
（Pn528~Pn52C）&（Pn52F~Pn531）&（Pn533~Pn536）
（Pn550~Pn553）&（Pn560~Pn561）&（Pn600~Pn601）
Input/Output signal ------------ （Pn50A~Pn513）&（Pn515~Pn517） HHH

UDP
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Input register node IB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H
Output register node OB0000.0-FFFF.F ------ HHHHH.H
holding register node MB00000.0-65534.F ------ DDDDD.H
System relay SB 0.0-8198.F ------ DDDD.H
Data elay GB 0-2097151.F ------ DDDDDDD.H
Input register ------ IW0000-FFFF HHHH
Output register ------ OW0000-FFFF HHHH
Holding register ------ MW00000-65534 DDDDD
System register ------ SW 0-65535 DDDDD
Data register ------ GW 0-2097151 DDDDDDD
NOTE：In the HMIWare, bit address format is HHHH.H, but there is no point in the controller. E.g.: In the
EV5000 software, the bit address is MB65534.F, but there is no point in the controller, and it is MB65534F.
We set the I\O address as large as enough, and we found the big address can’t be written, but it is the
same effect with the monitoring.

◎Cable Diagram
V series inverter
RS485 communication cable

- 568 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female
Controller terminal
com0/com1 com3
S-
1 RX- 7 RX- R-
6 RX+ 8 RX+ S+
R+

MP2300
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
com0/com1 9 pin D-SUB (male)
1 FG 1 FG
2 RD(RXD) 2 SD(TXD)
3 SD(TXD) 3 RD(RXD)
5 SG(GND) 7 SG(GND)
6 DR(DSR) 9 ER(DTR)
7 RS(RTS) 4 RS(RTS)
8 CS(CTS) 5 CS(CTS)

SGDM/SGDV
RS232 communication cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female SERVOPACK
Half-pitch 14 pin
com0/com1 terminal
2 RX 2 TXD
3 TX 4 RXD
5 GND 14 GND
7 RTS FG case
8 CTS

RS422 communication cable

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female SERVOPACK
com0/com1 Half-pitch 14 pin terminal
1 RXD- 2 TXD-
6 RXD+ 1 TXD+
4 TXD- 4 RXD-
9 TXD+ 3 RXD+
5 GND 14 GND
6
7
FG case

Ethernet communication protocol cable

- 569 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.94 Yokogawa Electric Corporation

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
F3SP21-0N CPU Direct
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP20-0N F3LC11-1N
F3SP21-0N F3LC11-1F
FA-M3 F3SP25-2N F3LC11-2F Yokogawa FA-M3
F3SP28-3N F3LC12-1F
F3SP30-0N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3SP58-6H
F3SP36-3N
F3LC11-2N
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S

◎Network Communication（direct online simulation disable）

Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 570 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3LE01-5T F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T F3LE11-0T Yokogawa FA-M3 Ethernet(TCP
FA-M3
F3SP58-6H Slave)
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
Ethernet I/F on CPU Unit
F3SP67-6S

◎Serial System configuration

Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COM Type Cable
r
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H RS232 on the CPU
RS232 Setting Your owner cable
F3SP58-6H unit
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
FA-M3
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP20-0N RS422/485(4Wire) RS422 Setting Your owner cable
F3SP21-0N port on F3LCLL-2F
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP30-0N
F3SP35-5N

- 571 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

F3SP38-6N RS422/485(2Wire) RS485 Setting Your owner cable

F3SP53-4H port on F3LCLL-2F
F3SP58-6H
F3SP36-3N
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S
F3SP67-6S

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
F3SP21-0N
F3SP25-2N
F3SP28-3N
F3SP35-5N
F3SP38-6N
F3SP53-4H
F3LE01-5T F3LE01-5T
F3LE11-0T F3LE11-0T
FA-M3 Ethernet Setting Your owner cable
F3SP58-6H
F3SP28-3S
F3SP38-6S
F3SP53-4S
F3SP58-6S
F3SP59-7S
F3SP66-4S Ethernet I/F
F3SP67-6S on CPU Unit

◎Serial Communication Setting

HMI Setting
RS232 default communication: 9600, 8, 1, even; station: 0 (station number disable)

- 572 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

RS422 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1

RS485 default communication: 19200, 8, 1, none; station: 1

PLC Setting
RS422 communication configuration
Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.
1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7
2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2
Bit Settings Setup Description
1 ON Data Length

- 573 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2 OFF Parity Bit

3 OFF --
4 OFF Stop Bit
5 OFF Exist Sum Check
6 ON Exist Terminator
7 OFF Protect
8 OFF Always OFF
3. Station No. setting 1
4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 4- WIRE
RS485 communication configuration
Set the 485 communication module on the right as below.
1. Transmission Speed Setting Switch: SW1=7
2. Data Code Setting Switch: SW2
Bit Settings Setup Description
1 ON Data Length
2 OFF Parity Bit
3 OFF --
4 OFF Stop Bit
5 OFF Exist Sum Check
6 ON Exist Terminator
7 OFF Protect
8 OFF Always OFF
3. Station No. setting 1
4. Set the termination resistance switch of only the module which terminates the connection to 2- WIRE.

◎Network Communication Setting

HMI Setting

PLC setting
- 574 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

Use the swicthes on the right side of Ethernet module for setting the External Device.
1. Set all condition setup switch off.
2. Set IP Address: [Link].

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Link Relay L 1~256 ------ DDD
Special Relay M 1~256 ------ DDD
Internal Relay I 1~256 ------ DDDD
Output Relay Y (233~264)&(333~364） ------ DDD
Input Relay X (201~232)&( 301~332） ------ DDD Read only
Special Register ------ Z_word 1~256 DDDD
Link Register ------ W_word 1~256 DDD
Index Register ------ V_word 1~64 DD
File Register ------ B_word 1~256 DD
Data Register ------ D_word 1~256 DDD

◎Cable Diagram
RS232 communication cable
Yokogawa programming cable
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller terminal
6 pin
com0/com1 com2
2 RX 7 RX 1 TXD
3 TX 8 TX 2 RXD
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

RS422 communication cable

- 575 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 RS422 terminal
1 RX- SDA-
6 RX+ SDB+
5 GND FG
4 TX- RDA-
9 TX+ RDB+

RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal Controller
9pin D-SUB female RS422 terminal
com0/com1 com3 SDA-
1 RX- 7 RX- RDA-
5 GND 5 GND FG
6 RX+ 8 RX+ SDB+
RDB+
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.95 YuDian AI

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
AI-518
RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI Single_Loop
AI AI-701
AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit YuDian AI 4_Loop

◎System configuration
Paramete
Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Cable
r
AI-518
RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable
AI AI-701
AI-7048 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 8, none, 1; station: 1

- 576 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

◎Supported Device
YuDian AI Single_Loop
Device Bit Address Word Address（参数代号） Format Notes
HiAL 0 ------ D Read only
LoAL 0 ------ D Read only
dHAL 0 ------ D Read only
dLAL 0 ------ D Read only
orAL 0 ------ D Read only
AL1 0 ------ D Read only
AL2 0 ------ D Read only
PV ------ 0 D Read only
MV ------ 0 D
SV ------ 0 D
ALARM ------ 0 D Read only
Address correspond to
Reference ------ 86 DD
AI parameters code
NOTE：
1、When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number .
2、If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.

YuDian AI 4_Loop
AI-7048
Device Bit Address Word Address（参数代号） Format Notes
HiAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
LoAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
dHAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
dLAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
orAL 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
AL1 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only
AL2 0.0-3.0 ------ D.D Read only

- 577 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D Read only

MV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D
SV ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D
ALARM ------ 0.0-3.0 D.D Read only
Address correspond to AI
Reference ------ 0.0-3.086 [Link]
parameters code
NOTE:
1、When setting the parameter of ADDR, it match the PLC Station Number.
2、If connecting many devices, you should set different ADDR values.
3、AI-7048 has 4 loops, so it occupies 4 address, For instance, Addr=5,address 5~8 were used by this
controller, other controller can’t use address 5~8.

EXAMPLE
Take HIAL for example, look up table and then know that HIAL parameters code is 1, so HIAL for 4 channels
correspond to address in HMI should be Reference0.01，Reference1.01，Reference2.01，Reference3.01.
If station number is 2, Reference0.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 0),
Reference1.01 is HIAL address of channel 2(station No. 2 + main address 1), and so on.
Thereinto the setting of station number is very important, it denotes start address of the controller (viz.
instrument address in instrument parameter), and main address just denotes 4 channels. When main
address is 0, it denotes channel (station number+0)

TABLE
Table 1
Parameter
Adjustor Inspection instrument
Code
AI-518/708/808/518P/70
DEC AI-519/719/719P AI-501/701 AI-702M/704M/706M
8P/808P
0 SV /SteP SV /SteP N/A N/A
1 HIAL HIAL HIAL HIAL
2 LoAL LoAL LoAL LoAL
3 dHAL HdAL HdAL N/A
4 dLAL LdAL LdAL N/A
5 dF CHYS AHYS dF
6 Ctrl Ctrl N/A N/A
7 M5 P N/A N/A
8 P I N/A N/A
9 t d N/A N/A
10 CtI CtI N/A N/A
11 Sn InP InP Sn
12 dIP dPt dPt dIP
13 dIL SCL SCL dIL
14 dIH SCH SCH dIH
15 ALP AOP AOP ALP

- 578 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

16 Sc Scb Scb Sc
17 OP1 OPt OPt OPn
18 oPL OPL N/A oPL
19 oPH OPH N/A oPH
20 CF AF N/A Cn
Feature codes/Program Feature codes/Program Feature codes(the
21 control words(Run:0 control words(Run:0 same to SV, and it Feature codes
Pause:4 Stop:12) Pause:4 Stop:12) can be modified)
22 Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W）
23 dL FILt FILt dL
24 run A-M N/A nonc
25 Loc Loc Loc Loc
C01(set the MV when C01(set the MV when
26
writing AI-808) writing AI-519/719)
27 t01 t01
28 C02 C02
29 t02 t02
30 C03 C03
31 t03 t03
32 C04 C04
33 t04 t04
34 C05 C05
35 t05 t05
36 C06 C06
37 t06 t06
38 C07 C07
39 t07 t07
40 C08 C08
41 t08 t08
42 C09 C09
43-85 t09-C30 t09-C30
Run time of current Run time of current
86
program program

Table 2
4 loop PID
Parameter Code Flow totalizer AI-301M
adjustor
Frequency
DEC HEX （AI-708H/Y/808H） measurement/switching AI-7048
value
0 00H SV SV SP
1 01H FHIA HIAL HIAL

- 579 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

2 02H FloA LoAL LoAL

3 03H SPE dHAL
4 04H Act dLAL
5 05H Sn dF AHYS
6 06H FSc CtrL At
7 07H PdIH M5 P
8 08H CSc P I
9 09H CdIH t d
10 0AH Cut CtI
11 0BH FdIH Frd InP
12 0CH FdIP dIP dPt
13 0DH PA dIL SCL
14 0EH Po dIH SCH
15 0FH Co ALP AOP
16 10H Frd switch state Scb
17 11H CF oP1
18 12H bC OPL
19 13H IoL OPH OPH
20 14H FoH CF AF
Feature codes Feature
21 15H Feature codes
codes
22 16H Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W） Add.（R/W）
23 17H IoH dL FILt
24 18H FdL run Nonc
25 19H Loc Loc Loc
26 1AH N/A MV Cn
27 1BH FdF
28 1CH CHIA
29 1DH CLoA
30 1EH PHIA
31 1FH PLoA
32 20H ALP
33 21H FSb
34 22H CdIP
35 23H PdIP
36 24H PSc
37 25H CLn
38 26H FLJH
39 27H FLJL
40 28H EJH
41 29H EJL
42 2AH Mass accumulation value of zero position

- 580 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

43-85 2BH-55H
86 56H

◎Cable Diagram
RS485 communication cable

HMI terminal
Controller
9pin D-SUB female
RS485 terminal
com0/com1 com3 3 COMM/AL1
6 RX+ 8 RX+ N/0
1 RX- 7 RX- 4 COMM/AL1
COM
RS232 communication cable
Need to use RS-232 to RS-422/485 converter
HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female/male
Convert terminal
com0/com1 com2 9 pin D-SUB male

2 RX 7 RX 2 TX
3 TX 8 TX 3 RX
5 GND 5 GND 5 GND

4.96 ZiGuang Ethernet

◎Network Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver
ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet ZiGuang Ethernet Slave

◎Network System configuration

Series CPU Link Module COMM Type Parameter Cable
ZiGuang Ethernet UNIS-600C Ethernet Ethernet Setting Your owner cable

◎Ethernet Communication Setting

HMI Setting

- 581 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

PLC Setting
1. Settings in the software as follows:
(1) System basic configuration: Set the controller number, IP address, and the PC IP address.

(2) Configuration of data tag: set the parameters according to the actual I/O card. The PLC register
address should be the same as the ID number of the data tag.

- 582 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

（3）Update and get configuration: After finish the system basic configuration and data tag configuration,
choose the Update Configuration in the Tool menu or click the icon to update the configurations in
the controller. Choose the Get Configuration in the Tool menu or click the icon to get the
configuration in the controller.

- 583 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

（4）Click icon after updating controller configuration, then it will pop upWinEmu window, real-time
control of script debugging window and none-real time control of script debugging window.
WinEmu window monitors the internal data of controller, real-time control of script debugging window
and none-real time control of script debugging window provide environment for customer secondary
development.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
Bool_Read Bool_Read 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Read only
Bool_Write Bool_Write 0-65535 ------ DDDDD Write only
Float_Read ------ Float_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only
Int_Read ------ Int_Read 0-65535 DDDDD Read only
Float_Write ------ Float_Write 0-65535 DDDDD Write only
Int_Write ------ Int_Write 0-65535 DDDDD Write only
------ Time 0-2 D
NOTE: The name and address of registers in HMI must be same as register in Ziguang controller when
defining in HMI.

◎Cable Diagram
Ethernet communication protocol cable
Cross-connection or crossover network cable can be used as communication cable via the hub
Refer to 3.3 Download by Network Ethernet for method of making connection cable.

4.97 ZHIMEI CB920X

◎Serial Communication
Series CPU Link Module Driver

- 584 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

CB920X CB920X-10 RS485 on the CPU unit ZHIMEI CB920X

◎System configuration
Series CPU Link Module Connect Type Parameter Cable
CB920X CB920X-10 RS485 on the CPU unit RS485 Setting Your owner cable

◎Communication Setting
HMI Setting
Default communication: 9600, 7, even, 1; station: 1
RS485

PLC Setting
Please refer to the manual of controller.

◎Supported Device
Device Bit Address Word Address Format Notes
------ FUNC1-FUNC42 DD
------ READ0 D

1. The controller station can set 1~99, don’t support station 0.

2. The FUNC parameter cannot be arbitrarily set, please refer to the controller manual. If
the settings in the HMI value is not in the allowed range, it will retain a valid value
[Link] registers, when in use, select "Hex data type".
[Link] register READ is read-only register, and only 0 address is effective. When in use,
select the text display component, 4 words.

- 585 -
 4 Communication settings and guide of HMI connecting with controller

[Link] place the FUNC and READ registers in the different configuration window, because
the FUNC is the functional setting register, when in a functional setting condition, the RS485
interface will always send instructions, and you cannot read the weight register.

◎Cable Diagram
RS485

HMI terminal
9pin D-SUB female Controller
com0/com1 com3 RS485 terminal

1 RX- 7 RX- 10 +
6 RX+ 8 RX+ 11 -
5 SG 5 SG 12

- 586 -